1 CITY OF COSTA ME
SA
PUBLIC WORKS AGREEMENT
FOR
CITY PROJECT NO. 24-12
THIS PUBLIC WORKS AGREE
MENT (“Agreement”), dated September 2nd, 2025
(“Effective Date”), is made by the CITY OF COSTA MESA, a political subdivision of the State of California (“CITY”), and HOUALLA ENTERPRISES, LTD, dba METRO BUILDERS & ENGINEERS GROUP, LTD., a California corporation (“CONTRACTOR”).
WHEREAS, CITY desir
es to construct the public improvements described below under Paragraph 1, Scope of Work (the “Project”); and
WHEREAS, C
ITY has determined that CONTRACTOR is the lowest responsible bidder; and
WHEREAS, CITY now
desires to contract with CONTRACTOR to furnish
construction and related services for the Project; and
WHEREAS, C
ITY and CONTRACTOR desire to set forth their rights, duties and liabilities in connection with the services to be performed.
NOW, THEREFOR
E, for and in consideration of the covenants and conditions contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. SCOPE OF WORK.
The scope of work gener
ally consists of all labor, permitting, parts, tools, materials, equipment, deliveries, setup, mobilization, etc., to fully repair and rehabilitate the lakes at TeWinkle Park (the “Work”).
The Work is further
described in the “Contract Documents” referred to below.
The Project is know
n as the TeWinkle Park Lakes Repair and Rehabilitation
Project, City Project No. 24-12 (the “Project”).
2. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
The complete Agreement c
onsists of the following documents relating to the
Project:
(a) This Agreement
;
(b) CONTRACTOR’
s bid, attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein; (c) Bid package, inc
luding, but not limited to, addenda to bid package, notice ATTACHMENT 2
Project and Specification No. 24-12
2 inviting bids, State of California – Natural Resources Agency Department of Parks and Recreation Grant Contract, complete plans, profiles, detailed drawings and specifications, general provisions and special provisions. The bid package is attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein;
(d) Faithful Performance Bond and Labor and Material Bond, including agent’s Power of Attorney for each bond, attached hereto as Exhibit C;
(e) Drug-Free Workplace Policy, attached hereto as Exhibit D and incorporated herein; and
(f) Provisions of the most current edition of The Greenbook: Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (“The Greenbook”). Provisions of The Greenbook are incorporated by this reference as if fully set forth herein.
The documents comprising the complete Agreement will be referred to as the “Contract Documents.”
All of the Contract Documents are intended to complement one another, so that any Work called for in one and not mentioned in another is to be performed as if mentioned in all documents.
In the event of an inconsistency in the Contract Documents, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail over all other Contract Documents. The order of precedence between the remaining Contract Documents shall be as set forth in The Greenbook.
The Contract Documents constitute the entire agreement between the parties and supersede any and all other writings and oral negotiations.
3. CITY’S REPRESENTATIVE.
The CITY’s Representative is Seung Yang, referred to herein as the Project Manager (“Project Manager”).
4. CONTRACTOR’S PROJECT MANAGER; PERSONNEL.
(a) Project Manager. CONTRACTOR’s Project Manager must be approved by City. Such approval shall be at CITY’s sole discretion.
(b) Personnel. CITY has the right to review and approve any personnel who are assigned to perform work under this Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall remove personnel from performing work under this Agreement if requested to do so by CITY.
This Paragraph 4 is a material provision of the Agreement.
5. SCHEDULE.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
3 All Work shall be performed in accordance with the schedule approved on behalf of CITY by the Project Manager, and in accordance with the time of performance set forth in Paragraph 11 (Time of Performance).
6. EQUIPMENT - PERFORMANCE OF WORK.
CONTRACTOR shall furnish all tools, equipment, apparatus, facilities, labor and materials necessary to perform and complete the Work in a good and workmanlike manner in strict conformity with the Contract Documents.
The equipment, apparatus, facilities, labor and material shall be furnished and such Work performed and completed as required in the plans and specifications to the satisfaction of the Project Manager or his or her designee, and subject to his or her approval.
7. COMPENSATION.
CITY shall pay CONTRACTOR in accordance with the fee schedule set forth in CONTRACTOR’s bid. CONTRACTOR’s total compensation shall not exceed Two Million Four Hundred Fifty-Nine Thousand Seven Hundred Seventy -Seven Dollars and Zero Cents ($2,459,777.00).
8. ADDITIONAL SERVICES.
CONTRACTOR shall not receive compensation for any services provided outside the scope of the Contract Documents unless such additional services, including change orders, are approved in writing by CITY prior to CONTRACTOR performing the additional services.
It is specifically understood that oral requests or approvals of such additional services, change orders or additional compensation and any approvals from CITY shall be barred and are unenforceable.
9. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR.
On or before the last Monday of each and every month during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall meet with the Project Manager or his or her designee to determine the quantity of pay items incorporated into the improvement during that month.
A “Progress Payment Order” will then be jointly prepared, approved, and signed by the Project Manager and the CONTRACTOR setting forth the amount to be paid and providing for a five percent (5%) retention. Upon approval of the progress payment order by the Project Manager, or his or her designee, it shall be submitted to CITY’s Finance Department and processed for payment by obtaining approval from the City Council to issue a warrant.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
4 Within three (3) days following City Council’s approval to issue a warrant, CITY shall mail to CONTRACTOR a warrant for the amount specified in the progress payment order as the amount to be paid. The retained five percent (5%) shall be paid to CONTRACTOR thirty-five (35) days after the recording of the Notice of Completion of the Work by the CITY with the Orange County Clerk-Recorder and after CONTRACTOR has furnished releases of all claims against CITY by persons who furnished labor or materials for the Work, if required by CITY.
Upon the request of CONTRACTOR and at its expense, securities equivalent to the amount withheld pursuant to the foregoing provisions may be presented to CITY for substitution for the retained funds. If CITY approves the form and amount of the offered securities it will release the retained funds and will hold the securities in lieu thereof.
CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to any interest earned on the securities.
In the event that claims for property damage or bodily injury are presented to CITY arising out of CONTRACTOR’s or any subcontractor’s work under this Agreement, CITY shall give notice thereof to CONTRACTOR, and CONTRACTOR shall have thirty-five (35) days from the mailing of any such notice to evaluate the claim and to settle it by whole or partial payment, or to reject it, and to give notice of settlement or rejection to CITY. If CITY does not receive notice within the above-mentioned 35-day period that the claim has been settled, and if the Project Manager, after consultation with the City Attorney, determines that the claim is meritorious, CITY may pay the claim or a portion of it in exchange for an appropriate release from the claimant, and may deduct the amount of the payment from the retained funds that would otherwise be paid to CONTRACTOR upon completion of the Work; provided, however, that the maximum amount paid for any one claim pursuant to this provision shall be One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00), and the maximum amount for all such claims in the aggregate paid pursuant to this provision shall be Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00).
10. PROMPT PAYMENT OF SUBCONTRACTORS.
CONTRACTOR agrees to pay each subcontractor under this Agreement for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than seven (7) days from the receipt of each payment the CONTRACTOR receives from CITY.
CONTRACTOR agrees further to release retainage payments to each subcontractor within thirty (30) days after the subcontractor’s work is satisfactorily completed.
Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the CITY.
11. TIME OF PERFORMANCE.
CONTRACTOR shall commence Work by the date specified in CITY’s Notice to Proceed, unless a later date is agreed upon in writing by the parties. The Work shall be Project and Specification No. 24-12
5 completed within One Hundred Eighty-Five ( 185) working days from the first day of commencement of the Work.
12. TERMINATION.
(a) Termination for Convenience. CITY may terminate this Agreement at any time, with or without cause, by providing thirty (30) days’ written notice to CONTRACTOR.
(b) Termination for Breach of Contract.
(i) If CONTRACTOR refuses or fails to prosecute the Work or any severable part of it with such diligence as will ensure its timely completion, or if CONTRACTOR fails to complete the Work on time, or if CONTRACTOR, or any subcontractor, violates any of the provisions of the Contract Documents, the Project Manager may give written notice to CONTRACTOR and CONTRACTOR’s sureties of the CITY’s intention to terminate this Agreement; and, unless within five (5) days after the serving of that notice, such conduct shall cease and arrangements for the correction thereof be made to the satisfaction of the CITY, this Agreement may be terminated at the option of CITY effective upon CONTRACTOR’s receipt of a second notice sent by the CITY indicating that the CITY has exercised its option to terminate.
(ii) If CONTRACTOR is adjudged bankrupt or files for any relief under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or State insolvency laws, this Agreement shall automatically terminate without any further action or notice by CITY.
(iii) If CONTRACTOR is in breach of any material provision of this Agreement, CITY may immediately terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to CONTRACTOR of same.
13. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.
In the event the Work is not completed, for any reason, within the time required including any approved extensions of time, and to the satisfaction of the Project Manager, CITY may, in addition to any other remedies, equitable and legal, including remedies authorized by Paragraph 12 (Termination) of this Agreement, charge to CONTRACTOR or its sureties, or deduct from payments or credits due CONTRACTOR, a sum equal to Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250.00) as liquidated damages for each calendar day beyond the date provided for the completion of such work.
The parties hereto agree that the amount set forth above, as liquidated damages constitutes a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs the CITY would suffer for each day that the CONTRACTOR fails to meet the performance schedule. The parties hereby Project and Specification No. 24-12
6 agree and acknowledge that the delays in the performance schedule will cause CITY to incur costs and expenses not contemplated by this Agreement.
14. PERFORMANCE BY SURETIES.
In the event CONTRACTOR fails or refuses to perform the Work, CITY may provide CONTRACTOR with a notice of intent to terminate as provided in Paragraph 12 (Termination), of this Agreement. CITY shall immediately give written notice of such intent to terminate to CONTRACTOR and CONTRACTOR’s surety or sureties, and the sureties shall have the right to take over and perform this Agreement; provided, however, that the sureties must, within five (5) days after CITY’s giving notice of termination, (a) give the CITY written notice of their intention to take over the performance of this Agreement; (b) provide adequate assurances, to the satisfaction of the CITY, that the Work shall be performed diligently and in a timely manner; and (c) must commence performance thereof within five (5) days after providing notice to the CITY of their intention to take over the Work. Upon the failure of the sureties to comply with the provisions set forth above, CITY may take over the Work and complete it, at the expense of CONTRACTOR , and the CONTRACTOR and the sureties shall be liable to CITY for any excess costs or damages including those referred to in Paragraph 13 (Liquidated Damages), incurred by CITY. In such event, CITY may, without liability for so doing, take possession of such materials, equipment, tools, appliances, Contract Documents and other property belonging to CONTRACTOR as may be on the site of the Work and reasonably necessary therefor and may use them to complete the Work.
15. DISPUTES PERTAINING TO PAYMENT FOR WORK.
Should any dispute arise respecting whether any delay is excusable, or its duration, or the value of the Work done, or of any Work omitted, or of any extra Work which CONTRACTOR may be required to do, or respecting any payment to CONTRACTOR during the performance of this Agreement, such dispute shall be decided by the Project Manager, and his or her decisions shall be final and binding upon CONTRACTOR and its sureties.
16. SUPERINTENDENCE BY CONTRACTOR.
At all times during performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall give personal superintendence or have a competent foreman or superintendent on the worksite, with authority to act for CONTRACTOR.
17. INSPECTION BY CITY.
CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain proper facilities and provide safe access for inspection by CITY to all parts of the Work and to all shops on or off -site where the Work or portions of the Work, are in preparation. CITY shall have the right of access to the premises for inspection at all times. However, CITY shall, at all times, comply with CONTRACTOR’s safety requirements on the job site.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
7 18. CARE OF THE WORK AND OFF-SITE AUTHORIZATION.
CONTRACTOR warrants that it has examined the site of the Work and is familiar with its topography and condition, location of property lines, easements, building lines and other physical factors and limitations affecting the performance of this Agreement.
CONTRACTOR, at CONTRACTOR’s sole cost and expense, shall obtain any permission, and all approvals, licenses, or easements necessary for any operations conducted off the premises owned or controlled by CITY. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the proper care and protection of all materials delivered to the site or stored off -site and for the Work performed until completion and final inspection and acceptance by CITY. The risk, damage or destruction of materials delivered to the site or to Work performed shal l be borne by CONTRACTOR.
19. CONTRACT SECURITY AND GUARANTEE.
CONTRACTOR shall furnish, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the following: (1) a surety bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price as security for the faithful performance of this Agreement, and (2) a separate surety bond in an amount equal to at least one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price as security for the payment of all persons furnishing labor or materials in connection with the Work under this Agreement. Sureties for each of the bonds and the forms thereof shall be satisfactory to CITY. In addition, such sureties must be authorized to issue bonds in California; sureties must be listed on the latest revision to the U.S.
Department of the Treasury Circular 570; and must be shown to have sufficient bonding capacity to provide the bonds required by the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall provide a certified copy of the certificate of authority of the surety issued by the Insurance Commissioner; a certificate from the clerk of the county in which the court or officer is located that the certificate of authority of the surety has not been surrendered, revoked, canceled, annulled, or suspended or, in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted; and copies of the surety’s most recent annual statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 (commencing with Section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code.
CONTRACTOR guarantees that all materials used in the Work and all labor performed shall be in conformity with the Contract Documents including, but not limited to, the standards and specifications set forth in the most current edition of The Greenbook.
CONTRACTOR shall, at its own expense, make any and all repairs and replacements that shall become necessary as the result of any failure of the Work to conform to the aforementioned Contract Documents, and/or standard specifications; provided, however, that CONTRACTOR shall be obligated under this provision only to the extent of those failures or defects of which CONTRACTOR is given notice within a period of twelve (12) months from the date that the Notice of Completion is recorded.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
8 The rights and remedies available to CITY pursuant to this provision shall be cumulative with all rights and remedies available to CITY pursuant to statutory and common law, which rights and remedies are hereby expressly reserved, and neither the foregoing guarantee by CONTRACTOR nor its furnishing of the bonds, nor acceptance thereof by CITY, shall constitute a waiver of any rights or remedies available to CITY against CONTRACTOR.
20. INDEMNIFICATION.
CONTRACTOR agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless CITY and State of California Department of Parks and Recreation (“STATE”) and their elected and appointed boards, officers, agents, and employees from any and all claims, liabilities, expenses, or damages of any nature, including attorneys’ fees, for injury to or death of any person, and for injury or damage to any property, including consequential damages of any nature resulting therefrom, arising out of or in any way connected with the performance of this Agreement. The defense obligation provided for hereunder shall apply without any advance showing of negligence or wrongdoing by the CONTRACTOR, its employees, and/or authorized subcontractors, but shall be required whenever any claim, action, complaint, or suit asserts as its basis the negligence, errors, omissions or misconduct of the CONTRACTOR, its employees, and/or authorized subcontractors, and/or whenever any claim, action, complaint or suit asserts liability against the CITY and STATE, its elected officials, officers, agents and employees based upon the work performed by the CONTRACTOR, its employees, and/or authorized subcontractors under this Agreement, whether or not the CONTRACTOR, its employees, and/or authorized subcontractors are specifically named or otherwise asserted to be liable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the CONTRACTOR shall not be liable for the defense or indemnification of the CITY and STATE for claims, actions, complaints or suits arising out of the sole active negligence or willful misconduct of the CITY and STATE. This provision shall supersede and replace all other indemnity provisions contained either in the CITY’s specifications or CONTRACTOR’s proposal, which shall be of no force and effect.
CONTRACTOR shall comply with all of the provisions of the Workers’ Compensation insurance laws and Safety in Employment laws of the State of California, including the applicable provisions of Divisions 4 and 5 of the California Labor Code and all amendments thereto and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and all similar State, Federal or local laws applicable; and CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless CITY and STATE from and against all claims, liabilities, expenses, damages, suits, actions, proceedings and judgments, of every nature and description, including attorney fees, that may be presented, brought or recovered against CITY and STATE for or on account of any liability under or failure to comply with any of said laws which may be incurred by reason of any Work performed under this Agreement by CONTRACTOR or any subcontractor or others performing on behalf of CONTRACTOR.
CITY and STATE do not, and shall not, waive any rights against CONTRACTOR which it may have by reason of the above hold harmless agreements, because of the acceptance by CITY and STATE or the deposit with CITY and STATE by CONTRACTOR Project and Specification No. 24-12
9 of any or all of the insurance policies described in Paragraph 21 (Insurance) of this Agreement.
The hold harmless agreements by CONTRACTOR shall apply to all liabilities, expenses, claims, and damages of every kind (including but not limited to attorneys’ fees) incurred or alleged to have been incurred, by reason of the operations of CONTRACTOR or any subcontractor or others performing on behalf of CONTRACTOR, whether or not such insurance policies are applicable. CONTRACTOR shall require any and all tiers of subcontractors to afford the same degree of indemnification to the CITY and STATE and their elected and appointed boards, officers, agents, and employees that is required of CONTRACTOR and shall incorporate identical indemnity provisions in all contracts between CONTRACTOR and all tiers of its subcontractors.
In the event that CONTRACTOR and CITY and STATE are sued by a third party for damages caused or allegedly caused by negligent or other wrongful conduct of CONTRACTOR, or by a dangerous condition of CITY’s and STATE’s property created by CONTRACTOR or existing while the property was under the control of CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall not be relieved of its indemnity obligation to CITY and STATE by any settlement with any such third party unless that settlement includes a full release and dismissal of all claims by the third party against the CITY and STATE.
21. INSURANCE.
(a) Minimum Scope and Limits of Insurance. CONTRACTOR shall not commence work under this Agreement until it has obtained all insurance required under this Paragraph 21 and CITY has approved the insurance as to form, amount, and carrier, nor shall CONTRACTOR allow any subcontractor to commence any Work until all similar insurance required of the subcontractor has been obtained and approved.
CONTRACTOR shall obtain, maintain, and keep in full force and effect during the life of this Agreement all of the following minimum scope of insurance coverages with an insurance company admitted to do business in California, rated “A,” Class X, or better in the most recent Best’s Key Insurance Rating Guide, and approved by CITY:
(i) Commercial general liability, including premises -operations, products/completed operations, broad form property damage, blanket contractual liability, independent contractors, personal injury or bodily injury with a policy limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence. If such insurance contains a general aggregate limit, it shall apply separately to this Agreement or shall be twice the required occurrence limit.
(ii) Business automobile liability for owned vehicles, hired, and non- owned vehicles, with a policy limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
10 (iii) Workers’ compensation insurance as required by the State of California, with Statutory Limits, and Employer’s Liability insurance with a limit of no less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per accident for bodily injury or disease. CONTRACTOR agrees to waive, and to obtain endorsements from its workers’ compensation insurer waiving subrogation rights under its workers’ compensation insurance policy against the CITY and STATE, its officers, agents, employees, and volunteers arising from work performed by CONTRACTOR for the CITY and STATE and to require each of its subcontractors, if any, to do likewise under their workers’ compensation insurance policies.
(iv) Umbrella or excess liability insurance that will provide bodily injury, personal injury and property damage liability coverage at least as broad as the primary coverages set forth above, including commercial general liability, automobile liability, and employer’s liability. Such policy or policies shall include the following terms and conditions:
(1) A drop down feature requiring the policy to respond in the event that any primary insurance that would otherwise have applied proves to be uncollectable in whole or in part for any reason;
(2) Pay on behalf of wording as opposed to reimbursement; (3) Concurrency of effective dates with primary policies; (4) Policies shall “follow form” to underlying primary policies; and (5) Insureds under primary policies shall also be insureds under the umbrella or excess policies.
(b) Endorsements. The commercial general liability insurance policy and business automobile liability policy shall contain or be endorsed to contain the following provisions:
(i) Additional insureds: The City of Costa Mesa and State of California Department of Parks and Recreation and their elected and appointed boards, officers, officials, agents, employees, and volunteers are additional insureds with respect to: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR pursuant to its contract with the City; products and completed operations of the CONTRACTOR; premises owned, occupied or used by the
CONTRACTOR; automobiles owned, leased, hired, or borrowed by the CONTRACTOR.”
(ii) Notice: “Said policy shall not terminate, nor shall it be canceled nor the coverage reduced, until thirty (30) days after written notice is Project and Specification No. 24-12
11 given to CITY.”
(iii) Other Insurance: “CONTRACTOR’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City of Costa Mesa, its officers, officials, agents, employees, and volunteers. Any other insurance maintained by the City of Costa Mesa shall be excess and not contributing with the insurance provided by this policy.”
(c) Reporting Provisions . Any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with the reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the City of Costa Mesa, its officers, officials, agents, employees, and volunteers.
(d) Insurance Applies Separately. CONTRACTOR’s insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer’s liability.
(e) Deductible or Self-Insured Retention. If any of such policies provide for a deductible or self -insured retention to provide such coverage, the amount of such deductible or self -insured retention shall be approved in advance by CITY. No policy of insurance issued as to which the CITY is an additional insured shall contain a provision which requires that no insured except the named insured can satisfy any such deductible or self-insured retention.
(f) Proof of Insurance. Prior to commencement of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall furnish CITY, through the Project Manager, proof of compliance with the above insurance requirements in a form satisfactory to City’s Risk Management.
(g) Non-Limiting. Nothing in this Paragraph 21 shall be construed as limiting in any way, the indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, or the extent to which Consultant may be held responsible for payments of damages to persons or property.
22. PREVAILING WAGE REQUIREMENTS.
(a) Prevailing Wage Laws. CONTRACTOR is aware of the requirements of Chapter 1 (beginning at Section 1720 et seq.) of Part 7 of Division 2 of the California Labor Code, as well as Title 8, Section 16000 et seq. of the California Code of Regulations (“Prevailing Wage Laws”), which require the payment of prevailing wage rates and the performance of other requirements on “public works” and “maintenance” projects. This Project is a “public works” project and requires compliance with the Prevailing Wage Laws. CONTRACTOR shall defend, indemnify and hold the CITY, its elected officials, officers, employees and agents free and harmless from any claim or liability arising out of any failure or alleged failure to comply with the Prevailing Wage Laws.
(b) Payment of Prevailing Wages. CONTRACTOR shall pay the prevailing wage rates for all work performed under this Agreement. When any craft or classification is omitted from the general prevailing wage determinations, CONTRACTOR shall pay the Project and Specification No. 24-12
12 wage rate of the craft or classification most closely related to the omitted classification. A copy of the general prevailing wage rate determination is on file in the Office of the City Clerk and is incorporated into this Agreement as if fully set forth herein. CONTRACTOR shall post a copy of such wage rates at all times at the project site(s).
(c) Legal Working Day . In accordance with the provisions of Labor Code Section 1810 et seq., eight (8) hours is the legal working day. CONTRACTOR and any subcontractor(s) of CONTRACTOR shall comply with the provisions of the Labor Code regarding eight (8) -hour work day and 40- hour work week requirements, and overtime, Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work. Work performed by CONTRACTOR’s or any subcontractor’s employees in excess of eight (8) hours per day, and 40 hours during any one week, must include compensation for all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day, or 40 hours during any one week, at not less than one and one- half times the basic rate of pay. CONTRACTOR shall forfeit as a penalty to CITY Twenty -Five Dollars ($25.00), or any greater penalty set forth in the Labor Code, for each worker employed in the execution of the Work by CONTRACTOR or by any subcontractor(s) of CONTRACTOR, for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to the work more than eight (8) hours in one calendar day or more than 40 hours in any one calendar week in violation of the Labor Code.
(d) Apprentices. CONTRACTOR shall comply with the provisions of Labor Code Section 1777.5 concerning the employment of apprentices on public works projects.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for ensuring compliance by its subcontractors with Labor Code Section 1777.5.
(e) Payroll Records. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1776, CONTRACTOR and any subcontractor(s) shall keep accurate payroll records, showing the name, address, social security number, work classification, straight time and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed by CONTRACTOR or any subcontractor in connection with this Agreement. Each payroll record shall contain or be verified by a written declaration that it is made under penalty of perjury, stating both of the following:
(1) The information contained in the payroll record is true and correct; and (2) The employer has complied with the requirements of Sections 1771, 1881, and 1815 of the Labor Code for any work performed by his or her employees on this Project. The payroll records shall be certified and shall be available for inspection at all reasonable hours in accordance with the requirements of Labor Code Section 1776. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish each week to CITY’s Project Administration Division a statement with respect to the wages of each of its employees during the preceding weekly payroll period.
(f) Registration with DIR. CONTRACTOR and any subcontractor(s) of CONTRACTOR shall comply with the provisions of Labor Code Section 1771 and Labor Code Section 1725.5 requiring registration with the DIR.
23. COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LAWS.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
13 CONTRACTOR shall, at its own cost and expense, comply with all applicable local, state, and federal laws, regulations, and requirements in the performance of this Agreement, including but not limited to laws regarding health and safety, labor and employment, and wage and hours.
24. ADDITIONAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS – State. Contractor shall comply with all of the terms and conditions of the documents included in Exhibit “A”, specifically, State of California – Natural Resources Agency Department of Parks and Recreation Grant Contract, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference as though set forth in full.
25. DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE POLICY.
CONTRACTOR, upon notification of the award of this Agreement, shall establish a Drug-Free Awareness Program to inform employees of the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace, and the employee assistance programs available to employees. Each employee engaged in the performance of a CITY contract must be notified of this Drug- Free Awareness Program, and must abide by its terms.
CONTRACTOR shall conform to all the requirements of CITY’s Policy No. 100- 5, attached hereto. Failure to establish a program, notify employees, or inform the CITY of a drug-related workplace conviction will constitute a material breach of contract and cause for immediate termination of the contract by the CITY.
26. NON–DISCRIMINATION.
In performing this Agreement, CONTRACTOR will not engage in, nor permit its agents to engage in, discrimination in employment of persons because of their race, religion, color, national origin, ancestry, physical handicap, medical condition, marital status or sex, or sexual orientation, except as permitted pursuant to Section 12940 of the Government Code. Violation of this provision may result in the imposition of penalties referred to in Section 1735 of the California Labor Code.
27. PROVISIONS CUMULATIVE.
The provisions of this Agreement are cumulative and in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other rights or remedies available to CITY.
28. NOTICES.
It shall be the duty and responsibility of CONTRACTOR to notify all tiers of subcontractors and material men of the following special notice provision; namely, all preliminary 20-day notices or stop notices shall be directed only to the City Clerk and to no other department, and shall be either personally delivered or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid.
All other notices shall be in writing and delivered in person or sent by certified mail, Project and Specification No. 24-12
14 postage prepaid. Notices required to be given to CITY pursuant to this Agreement shall be addressed as follows:
City of Costa Mesa
77 Fair Drive
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
Attn: Seung Yang
Notices required to be given to CONTRACTOR shall be addressed as follows:
Houalla Enterprises, Ltd. Dba Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. 2610 Avon Street
Newport Beach, CA 92663
Attn: Fouad Houalla, President
Notices required to be given to CONTRACTOR’s sureties shall be addressed as follows:
Markel Insurance Company
2710 Gateway Oaks Drive, Suite 150N
Sacramento, CA 95833-3506
Attn: Melis DeKoven, Agent for Service
29. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.
The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the relationship between CITY and CONTRACTOR is one of principal and independent contractor and no other. All personnel to be utilized by CONTRACTOR in the performance of this Agreement shall be employees of CONTRACTOR and not employees of the CITY. CONTRACTOR shall pay all salaries and wages, employer’s social security taxes, unemployment insurance and similar taxes relating to employees and shall be responsible for all applicable withholding taxes.
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall create or be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, employment relations, or any other relationship except as set forth between the parties. The parties specifically acknowledge and agree that CONTRACTOR is not a partner with CITY, whether general or limited, and no activities of CITY or CONTRACTOR or statements made by CITY or CONTRACTOR shall be interpreted by any of the parties hereto as establishing any type of business relationship other than an independent contractor relationship.
30. P ERS ELIGIBILITY INDEMNIFICATION.
In the event that CONTRACTOR or any employee, agent, or subcontractor of CONTRACTOR providing services under this Agreement claims or is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or the California Public Employees’ Retirement System (PERS) to be elig ible for enrollment in PERS as an employee of the CITY, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless CITY for the payment of any employee and/or employer contributions for PERS benefits on behalf of CONTRACTOR Project and Specification No. 24-12
15 or its employees, agents, or subcontractors, as well as for the payment of any penalties and interest on such contributions, which would otherwise be the responsibility of CITY.
Notwithstanding any other agency, state or federal policy, rule, regulation, law or ordinance to the contrary, CONTRACTOR and any of its employees, agents, and subcontractors providing service under this Agreement shall not qualify for or become entitled to, and hereby agree to waive any claims to, any compensation, benefit, or any incident of employment by CITY, including but not limited to eligibility to enroll in PERS as an employee of CITY and entitlement to any contribution to be paid by CITY for employer contribution and/or employee contributions for PERS benefits.
31. VALIDITY.
The invalidity in whole or in part of any provision of this Agreement shall not void or affect the validity of any of the other provisions of this Agreement.
32. GOVERNING LAW.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Any legal action relating to or arising out of this Agreement shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the County of Orange, California.
33. NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY RIGHTS.
This Agreement is entered into for the sole benefit of the CITY and CONTRACTOR and no other parties are intended to be direct or incidental beneficiaries of this Agreement and no third party shall have any right in, under or to this Agreement.
34. ASSIGNABILITY.
This Agreement may not be transferred or assigned by either party, or by operation of law, to any other person or persons or business entity, without the other party’s written permission. Any such transfer or assignment, or attempted transfer or assignment , without written permission, may be deemed by the other party to constitute a voluntary termination of this Agreement and this Agreement shall thereafter be deemed terminated and void.
35. WAIVER.
No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by a duly authorized representative of the party against whom enforcement of a waiver is sought referring expressly to this Paragraph. The waiver of any right or remedy in respect to any occurrence or event shall not be deemed a waiver of any right or remedy in respect to any other occurrence or event, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
16 36. HEADINGS.
Section and subsection headings are not to be considered part of this Agreement, are included solely for convenience, and are not intended to modify or explain or to be a full or accurate description of the content thereof.
37. CONSTRUCTION.
The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and have had an adequate opportunity to review each and every provision of the Agreement and submit the same to counsel or other consultants for review and comment. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises with respect to this Agreement, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and in accordance with its fair meaning. There shall be no presumption or burden of proof favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
38. COUNTERPARTS.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts by the parties hereto. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one Agreement.
39. CORPORATE AUTHORITY.
The persons executing this Agreement on behalf of the parties hereto warrant that they are duly authorized to execute this Agreement on behalf of said parties and that by doing so, the parties hereto are formally bound to the provisions of this Agreement.
40. EXECUTIVE ORDER N-6-22 RUSSIA SANCTIONS.
On March 4, 2022, Governor Gavin Newsom issued Executive Order N -6-22 (the EO) regarding Economic Sanctions against Russia and Russian entities and individuals. "Economic Sanctions" refers to sanctions imposed by the U.S. government in response to Russia's actions in Ukraine, as well as any sanctions imposed under state law. The EO directs state agencies to terminate contracts with, and to refrain from entering any new contracts with, individuals or entities that are determined to be a target of Economic Sanctions. This Executive Order extends to recipients of any State Grants (Grantee).
Grantees include those who have contracted or will contract to receive State grants funds.
Accordingly, should the State determine that a Grantee is a target of Economic Sanctions or is conducting prohibited transactions with sanctioned individuals or entities, that shall be grounds for termination of this agreement. The State shall provide the Grantee advance written notice of such termination, allowing the Grantee at least 30 calendar days to provide a written response. Termination of any contract found to be in violation of this Executive Order shall be at the sole discretion of the State.
[Signature page follows.]
Project and Specification No. 24-12
17 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by and through their respective authorized officers, as of the date first above written.
CITY OF COSTA MESA
A municipal corporation
__________________________________ Date: _____________________ Cecilia Gallardo-Daly
Interim City Manager
CONTRACTOR
__________________________________ Date: _____________________ Signature
__________________________________
Fouad Houalla, President
ATTEST:
__________________________________ Date: _____________________ Brenda Green
City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
__________________________________ Date: _____________________ Kimberly Hall Barlow
City Attorney
Project and Specification No. 24-12
18 APPROVED AS TO INSURANCE:
__________________________________ Date: _____________________ Ruth Wang
Risk Management
APPROVED AS TO PURCHASING:
__________________________________ Date: _____________________ Carol Molina
Finance Director
DEPARTMENTAL APPROVAL:
__________________________________ Date: _____________________ Raja Sethuraman
Public Works Director
__________________________________ Date: _____________________ Seung Yang
Project Manager
EXHIBIT A
CONTRACTOR’S BID
Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd.
2610 Avon Street, Newport Beach, CA 92663 – Phone: 949.515.4350 – Fax: 949.515.4351 – metrobuilders.com June 27, 2025
BID REDUCTION SUMMARY
Project: Tewinkle Park Lakes Repair and Rehabilitation Project - Rebid Jobsite Location: 970 Arlington Drive, Costa Mesa, CA 92626 Hello Derek,
Please see below the breakdown for inclusions and exclusions from the scope of work included in our bid:
Inclusions:
1. Bonds and Insurance $37,500
a. Lump Sum per plans and specs
2. General Conditions (Project Management, Supervision) $255,000 a. Lump Sum
3. Temp Facilities including temp fence $92,500
a. Per Plan W110 and specs
4. Mobilization and Demobilization $18,750
a. Per plans and specs
5. Erosion Control, BMPs and other housekeeping items $31,250 a. Per Plan W110 and specs
6. Demolition $115,000
a. Per plans W211, W221, W240 Detail B.
7. Survey $18,750
a. Per plans and specs
8. Grading, Earth Moving, Sludge Removal $258,750
a. Per plan W215, W224
9. Lake work $1,222,777
a. Per plan W100, W101, W102, W213, W215, W222, W224, W250, W251, W252, W253
b. Gabion walls replaced with concrete curb in Detail C sheet W250 c. Connection of pump house building to lake 1 & 2 only per sheet W410, W411. d. Establish lines, grades and elevations from existing conditions and proposed benchmarks.
e. Excavate and deliver the lake fine grade to a tolerance of +\- 1/10 foot at a slope not to exceed 4:1 in any circumstance, prior to installation of liner system. f. Excavate lakes anchor trench, finish shape on ponds, streams, planters and shoreline areas as required.
g. Furnish and install lake perimeter discharge and ponds as required. h. Furnish and install 60lft of 14” P.I.P. PVC intake pipe at Lake 1 to existing line point of connection per plan.
i. Prepare the sub grade and fine grade the lake prior to installing the RPE liner. j. Furnish and install 30mil RPE liner in Lake 1 & 2 and streams 1 & 2.
ATTACHMENT 1
Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd.
2610 Avon Street, Newport Beach, CA 92663 – Phone: 949.515.4350 – Fax: 949.515.4351 – metrobuilders.com k. Furnish and install 3” minimum wire reinforced concrete veneer over liner in Lake 1 & 2.
l. Furnish and install 4” minimum wire reinforced concrete shoreline and 2” Minimum veneer over liner in Stream 1 & 2 per construction details on plan sheet W252 and W256.
m. Furnish and install shoreline sections for natural shoreline & boulder wall shoreline
n. Include 8”x8” keyway, per plan.
o. Furnish and install 2” minimum wire reinforced concrete veneer over liner at streams and wet set 4” to 12” dia. cobble in streams bed per construction details on plan sheet W256 detail “E”.
p. Furnish and install 8” X 5’ Wide shelve reinforce concrete at Waterfall footing with #4 rebar over liner per construction details on plan sheet W256 detail “B”. q. Furnish and install pin and strap liner connection at deck shoreline. r. Furnish and install reduced size boulders and cobble as shown in shorelines, planters. Boulders to be grouted in place in areas as required. s. We assume to reuse and place existing 250 tons of boulders on site and cobble on streams and ponds as shown in plans.
t. Furnish and install 2” PVC conduit and Junction boxes for Floating Fountain from pump room to Lakes 1 & 2.
u. Reuse and install all 6 floating fountains on Lake 1 & 2 assuming all work and in good condition.
v. Furnish and Install 3’x3’ Epoxy coated Intake Screen.
10. Landscape and Irrigation $264,500
a. Per plan W212, W216, W217, W260
b. Planting at 3’ on center
c. Turf is included as hydroseed
d. Stabilized DG up to 3” depth
e. Aquatic soil at 9” depth
11. Concrete walkway $70,000
a. Per plans W215
12. Electrical Work $75,000
a. Per plans W500, W501, W502, W503
b. All electrical work related to chemical system is excluded.
Revised Bid Price: $2,459,777
Allowance as mentioned in Bid Proposal Base Bid Line Item 2 – Additional $100,000 Work Items As directed by the Engineer (via Force Account)
Exclusions - Breakdown:
1. Deductive Item #1 – Pond and stream 1 $168,420
a. Per plans and specs
Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd.
2610 Avon Street, Newport Beach, CA 92663 – Phone: 949.515.4350 – Fax: 949.515.4351 – metrobuilders.com
2. Deductive Item #2 – Pond and stream 2 $107,315
a. Per plans and specs
3. Gabion Walls for concrete curb $184,966
a. Per Detail C sheet W250
4. Other work $90,505
a. Exclude Bridge and Wooden deck removal per
details F & D from Sheet W240
b. All work in pump house building except work indicated in inclusions per sheet W410 and W411
5. Chemical system and Discharge pipe $140,117
a. Exclude Chemical and 24” discharge stand system per
details B & F Sheet W253
b. Exclude work in Sheet W400, W410, W450, W451
6. Planting spacing as indicated in contact drawings is excluded. See inclusion $30,000 for change of scope.
a. Lump Sum
7. Dewatering $100,000
a. Lump sum
8. Wildlife Removal $42,100
a. Per plans and specs
9. Boulder as indicated in drawings see inclusion for change of scope $24,500 a. Lump sum
10. Landscaping and irrigation on the island $18,900 a. Lump sum
b. Exclude irrigations and landscaping from sheets W212, W216, W217, W260
Total Savings $906,823
Please let me know if you would like to discuss this further.
Sincerely,
Richard Quattrocchi
(949) 500-1938
[email protected]
Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd.
CA State Contractor’s License #597589 (A, B, C-10, C-51) CA State DIR #1000002925
MWD SBE Cert 166228
EXHIBIT B
BID PACKAGE
CITY OF COSTA MESA
ORANGE COUNTY, CALIFORNIA
NOTICE TO BIDDERS, PROPOSAL, CONTRACT, AND
SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR
TeWINKLE PARK LAKES REPAIR AND REHABILITATION PROJECT
CITY PROJECT NO. 24-12
Prepared Under the Direction of
Seung Yang, P.E.
City Engineer
Copy No. ___________ Checked by
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE NUMBER
TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................................................................................. i THRU v
SECTION A
NOTICE INVITING BIDS ............................................................................. N-1 THRU N-2
SECTION B
INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS .................................................................................. B-1 1 PREPARATIONS OF BID FORM .................................................................. B-1 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS .................................................................... B-1 3 BID SECURITY ........................................................................................ B-1 4 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT .................................................................... B-1 5 SIGNATURE ............................................................................................ B-1 6 CORRECTIONS ....................................................................................... B-1 7 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL ......................................................................... B-1 8 BID DEPOSIT RETURN.............................................................................. B-1 9 TAXES ................................................................................................... B-2 10 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS ............................................................................. B-2 11 AGREEMENT AND BONDS ........................................................................ B-2 12 FORFEITURE FOR FAILURE TO POST SECURITY AND EXECUTE
AGREEMENT .......................................................................................... B-2 13 BIDDERS INTERESTED IN MORE THAN ONE BID .......................................... B-2 14 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS .................................. B-2 15 INTERPRETATION OF PLANS AND DOCUMENTS .......................................... B-3 16 ADDENDA .............................................................................................. B-3 17 QUESTIONS TO THE ENGINEER ................................................................ B-3 18 EQUIVALENT MATERIALS ......................................................................... B-3 ii
Table of Contents
(CONTINUED)
PAGE NUMBER
19 EVIDENCE OF RESPONSIBILITY................................................................. B-3 20 LEGAL RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................................................ B-3 21 ANTI-DISCRIMINATION ............................................................................. B-4 22 DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE POLICY ............................................................. B-4 23 BID PROTEST PROCEDURES .................................................................... B-4 24 ASSEMBLY BILL 626 ................................................................................ B-4 24 C OMMUNITY WORKFORCE AGREEMENT .................................................. B-5 REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ................................... B-6
SECTION C
PROPOSAL .......................................................................................... P-1 THRU P-11
SECTION D
GENERAL PROVISIONS ....................................................................................................... GP-1 1-2 T ERMS AND DEFINITIONS ...................................................................... GP-2 1-3 A BBREVIATIONS ................................................................................... GP-2 1-6 BIDDING AND SUBMISSION OF BID .......................................................... GP-3 1-6.1.1 R EQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION .......................................................... GP-3 1-6.1.2 S OIL CONDITIONS ................................................................................ GP-4 1-6.1.3 R ETURN OF BID SECURITY ................................................................... GP-4 1-6.2 SUBCONTRACTING LISTING ................................................................... GP-4 1-7 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT ........................................... GP-5 1-7.1.1 E XECUTION OF THE AGREEMENT ........................................................... GP-5 1-7.2 C ONTRACT BONDS ............................................................................... GP-5 2-1 WORK TO BE DONE ............................................................................... GP-6 2-2 PERMITS .............................................................................................. GP-6 iii
Table of Contents
(CONTINUED)
PAGE NUMBER
2-5 THE CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES .................................... GP-6 2-5.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY SERVICES ............................................................. GP-6 2-5.4 HAUL ROUTES ..................................................................................... GP-7 2-10 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY .................................................... GP-8 2-8 EXTRA WORK ....................................................................................... GP-8 2-9 C HANGED CONDITIONS ....................................................................... GP-8 3-1 ASSIGNMENT........................................................................................ GP-8 3-4 AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD AND THE ENGINEER ...................................... GP-8 3-5 INSPECTION ........................................................................................ GP-9 3-6 THE CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIVE ............................................... GP-10 3-7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ..................................................................... GP-10 3-10 SURVEYING ....................................................................................... GP-11 3-10.3 LINE AND GRADE ............................................................................... GP-11 3-12 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE .................................................................. GP-11 3-12.2 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL .................................................................... GP-12 3-12.6 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL .............................................................. GP-12 3-12.6.2 BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMP’S) ............................................. GP-13 3-12.6.3 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) ...................... GP-13 3-12.6.4 DEWATERING ..................................................................................... GP-14 3-13.3 WARRANTY ....................................................................................... GP-15 4-4 TESTING ........................................................................................... GP-15 5-1 LAWS AND REGULATIONS ................................................................... GP-16 5-2 SPECIAL NOTICES .............................................................................. GP-16 5-3 LABOR .............................................................................................. GP-16 iv
Table of Contents
(CONTINUED)
PAGE NUMBER
5-3.3 PAYROLL RECORDS ........................................................................... GP-16 5-3.5 APPRENTICES ................................................................................... GP-16 5-4 INSURANCE ....................................................................................... GP-17 5-7 SAFETY ............................................................................................. GP-17 5-7.1 WORK SITE SAFETY ........................................................................... GP-17 5-7.8 S TEEL PLATE COVERS ...................................................................... GP-18 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK ........... GP-18 6-1.1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE ................................................................ GP-18 6-1.3 DAILY REPORT SUBMITTAL .................................................................. GP-19 6-3 TIME OF COMPLETION ........................................................................ GP-19 6-5 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION .................................. GP-19 6-7 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR DEFAULT .................................... GP-19 6-7.3 NOTICE OF TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT ............................................... GP-19 6-7.4 RESPONSIBILITY OF SURETY ............................................................... GP-19 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ....................................................................... GP-20 7-3 PAYMENT .......................................................................................... GP-20 7-3.2 PARTIAL AND FINAL PAYMENT ............................................................. GP-20 7-3.2.1 PROMPT PROGRESS PAYMENT TO SUBCONTRACTORS .......................... GP-22 7-3.2.2 PROMPT PAY MONITORING AND ENFORCEMENT OF PROGRESS PAYMENTS ........................................................................................ GP-22 7-3.3 DELIVERED MATERIALS ...................................................................... GP-23 7-3.4 MOBILIZATION ................................................................................... GP-23 7-3.4.1 TRAVEL ROUTE AND TRUCKING AN EQUIPMENT .................................... GP-24 v
Table of Contents
(CONTINUED)
PAGE NUMBER
7-3.4.2 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE/ORDER OF WORK ..................................... GP-24 7-4 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK ............................................................... GP-24 7-4.2 BASIS FOR ESTABLISHING COSTS ........................................................ GP-24 7-4.2.1 LABOR .............................................................................................. GP-24 7-4.3 MARKUPS ......................................................................................... GP-25 7-4.3.1 WORK BY THE CONTRACTOR .............................................................. GP-25 7-4.3.2 WORK BY A SUBCONTRACTOR ............................................................ GP-25 7-6 SUMMARY OF PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE § 9204…………………………. GP-25
SECTION E
SPECIAL PROVISIONS .......................................................................SP-1 THRU SP-102
SECTION F
MISCELLANEOUS CONTRACT DOCUMENTS (SAMPLE)
1 A GREEMENT (SAMPLE) .................................................................. 23 PAGES 2 C OUNCIL POLICY ............................................................................ 3 PAGES 3 B ONDS ........................................................................................... 2 PAGES 4 I NSURANCE (SAMPLE) .................................................................... 6 PAGES 5 P ERMIT APPLICATION ........................................................................ 1 PAGE 6 APPLICATION FOR BUSINESS LICENSE ............................................... 1 PAGE 7 W-9 FORM .................................................................................... 4 PAGES
SECTION G
APPENDICES
APPENDIX “A” PROJECT LOCATIONS AND MAP ....................................................................... 1 PAGE APPENDIX “B” ENGINEERING AND DESIGN PLANS .......................................................... 34 SHEETS APPENDIX “C” CITY AND CALTRANS STANDARD DRAWINGS ................................................ 17 PAGES P-1a BID PROPOSAL
SECTION C
PROPOSAL
FOR THE
TEWINKLE PARK LAKES REPAIR AND REHABILITATION PROJECT,
CITY PROJECT NO. 24-12
The Honorable City Council
City of Costa Mesa
77 Fair Drive
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
Dear Council Members:
In compliance with the NOTICE INVITING BIDS FOR THE TEWINKLE PARK LAKES REPAIR AND REHABILITATION PROJECT, CITY PROJECT NO. 24-12, a copy which is hereto attached, the undersigned has carefully examined the location of the proposed Work, the Plans, Specifications and other Contract Documents and is therefore satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered, as to the character, quality and quantity of work to be performed and materials to be furnished and as to the requirements of the specifications and the Contract.
It is mutually agreed that the submission of a proposal shall be considered prima facie evidence that the BIDDER has made such examination.
If awarded the Contract, the undersigned agrees to commence the Work under the Contract WITHIN TEN (10) WORKING DAYS AFTER DATE OF CONTRACT, AND COMPLETE SAID WORK WITHIN ONE-HUNDRED (100) WORKING DAYS from the first day of commencement of such work unless legal extension is granted in accordance with the terms set forth in the specifications, and to perform and complete the Work as shown on the Plans and in accordance with the Specifications and other Contract Documents, and to furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to complete the Work in-place therefor, in the manner and time herein prescribed at the following prices, to wit:
BID SECURITY: Each bidder must submit an ORIGINAL certified check, cashier’s check, or a bid bond, made payable to or in favor of the City of Costa Mesa, in an amount equal to at least ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid, to the Costa Mesa City Clerk AT LEAST ONE HOUR PRIOR to the bid submission deadline. No bid will be considered unless such certified check, cashier's check, or bid bond was received by the City Clerk prior to the bid submission deadline. NO electronic bid securities through e-mail or other electronic means will be accepted.
______________
Bidder's Initials
(GENPROVS)
GP-1
SECTION D
GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1
SECTION 1 – GENERAL
1-2 GENERAL
[Add the following:].
Except as hereinafter provided, the provisions of the latest edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (“Green Book”), and all amendments thereto, adopted by the Joint Cooperative Committee of Southern California Chapter, American Public Works Association, Southern California District and Associated Contractors of California; hereinafter referred to as Standard Specifications, are adopted as the "Standard Specifications of the City of Costa Mesa" and shall be considered as a part of these specifications. Copies of the Standard Specifications are available from the publisher:
BNi Building News
1612 S. Clementine Street
Anaheim, California 92802
(714) 517-0971
Where specified in these specifications, the latest edition of the California Building Code, based on the latest edition of the International Building Code, the latest edition of the "Standard Specifications and Standard Plans of the State of California, Department of Transportation, Division of Highways," "Standard Plans of the Orange County Environmental Management Agency," and "Los Angeles County Flood Control District, Design Manual, Standard Drawings" shall apply or unless otherwise noted in these specifications or at the direction of the ENGINEER.
Where referenced in these Specifications, the latest edition of the “City of Costa Mesa Standard Drawings” and the “Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH)” published by Building News, Inc., shall also apply.
The section numbers of these General Provisions coincide with those of the said Standard Specifications. Only those sections requiring amendment, elaboration, or specifying options, are called out.
The following modifications are made to the "Standard Specifications." If there is a conflict between the "Standard Specifications" and these modifications, these modifications shall have first precedence.
(GENPROVS)
GP-2
1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
[Add or redefine the following:].
(a) AGENCY The City of Costa Mesa, California, hereinafter referred to as "CITY."
(b) BOARD The City Council of the City of Costa Mesa,
California, hereinafter referred to as "BOARD."
(c) CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS
Documents including but not limited to the following:
The proposal form P-1 through P-9b, Notice Inviting
Bids, Standard Specifications, General Provisions,
Special Provisions, Plans, Bonds, Insurance
Certificates, Agreement, and all Addenda setting
forth any modifications of the documents as further
specified in contract agreement.
(d) ENGINEER The administrating officer of the City of Costa Mesa or his authorized representative hereinafter referred
to as ENGINEER.
(e) BIDDER Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a bid proposal for
the work contemplated in the contract documents,
acting directly or through a duly authorized
representative, hereinafter referred to as BIDDER.
(f) LEGAL ADDRESS OF
CONTRACTOR
The legal address of the Contractor shall be the
address given on the Contractor's bid and is hereby
designated as the place to which all notices, letters
or other communications to the Contractor shall be
mailed or delivered.
(g) LABORATORY An established laboratory approved and authorized by the ENGINEER for testing materials and work
involved in the contract.
1-3 ABBREVIATIONS
CALTRANS State of California, Department of Transportation, Division of Highways
O.C.E.M.A. Orange County Environmental Management
Agency
L.A.C.F.C.D. Los Angeles County Flood Control District (GENPROVS)
GP-3
1-6 BIDDING AND SUBMISSION OF THE BID
1-6.1 General
[Add the following:].
Proposal shall be made and submitted on proposal forms P-1a through P-11 in accordance with the Notice Inviting Bids. In addition to the required signatures in the spaces provided in the proposal forms, each BIDDER shall initial each sheet of the proposal forms at the bottom right hand corner.
No person, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof shall be allowed to make or file or be interested in more than one bid for the same work, unless alternate bids are called for. A person, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof who has submitted a sub-proposal to a BIDDER or who has quoted prices on materials to a BIDDER is not thereby disqualified from submitting a sub-proposal to or quoting prices to the other bidders. If, on the opening of bids, more than one bid appears in which the same person, firm, partnership, corporation or combination thereof is interested as a principal, all such bids shall be rejected.
Proposals with interlineations, alterations, or erasures shall be initialed by the BIDDER'S authorized agent. Alternative proposals, special conditions, or other limitations or provisions affecting the bid, except as such called for in the contract documents, will render the bid informal and may cause its rejection.
All proposals must give the prices bid for the various items of work and must be signed by the BIDDER, who shall give his address. Each bid shall have thereon the affidavit of the BIDDER that such bid is genuine and not sham nor collusive, nor made in the interest nor behalf of any other person not therein named and that the BIDDER has not directly nor indirectly induced or solicited any other BIDDER to put in a sham bid, nor induced nor solicited any person, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof to refrain from bidding, and that the BIDDER has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure himself an advantage over any other BIDDER.
A contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, as defined in this chapter, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5 of the Labor Code. It is not a violation of this section for an unregistered contractor to submit a bid that is authorized by Section 7029.1 of the Business and Professions Code or by Section 10164 or 20103.5 of the Public Contract Code, provided the contractor is registered to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5 at the time the contract is awarded. 1-6.1.1 Request for Interpretation
If any person contemplating submitting a bid is in doubt as to the meaning of any part of the Plans, Specification, or other proposed Contract Documents, or finds discrepancies in, or omissions from the drawings or specifications, (It, he, she) may make a request to the ENGINEER, in writing, for an interpretation or correction thereof pursuant to the provisions in the Information for Bidders section of these specifications. The person (GENPROVS)
GP-4
submitting such a request shall be responsible for its prompt delivery. All such interpretations of the Contract Documents will be made only by addenda duly issued, and a copy of each such addendum will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of Contract Documents at (its, his, her) last address of record. The CITY will not be responsible for any other explanations or interpretations of the Contract Documents. 1-6.1.2 Soil Conditions
The BIDDER shall inspect the soil conditions before submitting a bid. By submitting a bid, the BIDDER acknowledges that he is satisfied with the quality of the work area including but not restricted to the conditions affecting, handling and storage of materials, disposal of excess materials, and the soil conditions.
1-6.1.3 Return of Bid Security
Any BIDDER may withdraw its bid, either personally, or by telegraphic or written request, at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for the receipt of bids. It is the sole responsibility of the BIDDER to see that any such telegraphic or written request is delivered to the City Clerk prior to said closing time. Bid security of such BIDDERS will be returned promptly to the BIDDER.
The bid security of the BIDDER whose bid is accepted will be held by the CITY until the contract has been executed and the accompanying insurance certificates, performance bond and labor and materials bond are approved and filed, whereupon the bid security will then be returned to the BIDDER.
The bid security of the second and third lowest BIDDERS will be retained until the contract is awarded to and executed by the BIDDER whose bid is accepted, or until 45 days after the opening of bids, whichever period is shorter. The bid security of all BIDDERS other than the three lowest will be returned promptly after the opening of bids.
If a BIDDER fails or refuses promptly to execute the agreement to do the work or fails or refuses to comply with insurance and bonding requirements, the bid security shall be forfeited to the CITY and shall be collected and paid into the General Fund of the CITY. 1-6.2 Subcontractor Listing
[Add the following:].
The ENGINEER, as duly authorized officer, may consent to subcontractor substitution requested by the Contractor subject to the limitations and notices prescribed in Section 4107 of the Public Contract Code.
1-7 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT
1-7.1 General
[Add the following:].
The award of contract, if awarded, will be to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder whose proposal complies with all requirements of the Notice Inviting Bids and Section 1- 6 of these specifications. The BIDDER, upon notification as the "apparent low bidder," (GENPROVS)
GP-5
shall comply with the CITY'S insurance and bonding requirements by submitting the required insurance certificates and bonds within fourteen (14) days after the mailing of a Notice of Award to the BIDDER that the contract is ready for execution . The contract will be awarded within thirty (30) days of receipt of properly approved insurance certificates and bonds pursuant to CITY requirements spelled out in these specifications.
BIDDER must take particular note of "insurance requirements" contained in these specifications and sample agreement included within the contract documents, and should provide that information to his insurance broker in order that a properly executed certificate is submitted. The CITY, however, reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informality in the bids received.
1-7.1.1 Execution of Agreement
The Agreement shall be signed by the successful BIDDER and returned to the CITY no later than fourteen (14) days from Notice of Award of the Contract by the CITY. Failure to comply with insurance and bonding requirements as specified in the Agreement and in Section 1-7.1 of these General Provisions shall be considered grounds for the revocation and rejection of the bid and forfeiture of bid security. No proposal shall be considered binding upon the CITY until the execution of the agreement by the CITY. In case of conflict, the agreement shall have precedence over all other written specifications. 1-7.2 Contract Bonds
[Add the following:].
The "Faithful Performance Bond" and the "Labor and Material Bond" as specified in this section shall be for one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price. The Labor and Material Bond shall be maintained by the Contractor in full force and effect for at least seven (7) months following the filing of the Notice of Completion. The Faithful Performance Bond shall also be kept by the Contractor in full force and effect for at least one (1) year following the filing of the Notice of Completion.
CONTRACTOR shall provide the following:
A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the surety issued by the Insurance Commissioner.
A certificate from the clerk of the county in which the court or officer is located that the certificate of authority of the surety has not been surrendered, revoked, canceled, annulled, or suspended or, in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted.
Copies of the surety’s most recent annual statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 (commencing with Section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code.
SECTION 2 – SCOPE OF THE WORK
2-1 WORK TO BE DONE
[Replace in its entirety with the following:].
(GENPROVS)
GP-6
The scope of work generally consists of all labor, permitting, parts, tools, materials, equipment, deliveries, setup, mobilization, etc., to fully repair and rehabilitate the lakes at TeWinkle Park (a.k.a. TeWinkle Park Lakes). The work includes, but not limited to, the following: mobilization, site fencing, and erosion protection; drainage of the lakes including temporary discharge permit, temporary pipes and hoses for drainage operations; construction survey and layout verification of subgrades, lake outline, pipelines, and all associated facilities; capture and transfer aquatic wildlife; installing new lake liner; construction of aquatic planters; installing new pump stations and structures; aeration; electrical wiring and ancillary work to connect to control panels, pumps, and control systems; etc. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to perform and complete the Work as shown on the Plans and these Contract Documents, and to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. 2-2 PERMITS
[Add the following:].
All permits and licenses shall be obtained in sufficient time to prevent delays to the work.
In the event that the CITY has obtained permits, licenses or other authorizations applicable to the work, the Contractor shall comply with the provisions of said permits, licenses and other authorizations.
The Contractor is directed to obtain all necessary permits for this project from all pertinent agencies, including but not limited to: Costa Mesa Sanitary District (CMSD), Mesa Water District, Irvine Ranch Water District, Santa Ana Regional Water Quality Control Board, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, etc. 2-5 THE CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES
2-5.1 General
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall only use the proper construction equipment to protect the City streets from breaking up and deterioration. Haul trucks shall be limited to a gross vehicle weight of 10 tons or less.
2-5.2 Temporary Utility Services
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall provide for his employees an adequate supply of clean, potable drinking water, which shall be dispensed through approved sanitary facilities.
If water is needed during construction, Contractor shall contact Mesa Consolidated Water District or the Irvine Ranch Water District to obtain necessary permits, instructions, and meters prior to commencing work. The Contractor is required to make any and all necessary installations and connections. All water shall be metered. The Contractor shall pay for all deposits and fees involved.
(GENPROVS)
GP-7
2-5.4 Haul Routes
[Add the following:].
In order to protect the City streets from deterioration due to hauling of materials, the Contractor shall submit to the ENGINEER (at the pre-construction meeting) for approval, a proposed route for the hauling of materials for disposal. Upon approval, the Contractor shall strictly adhere to that route only, unless written permission from the ENGINEER is obtained to change the route.
Waste Hauler Requirements
The California Green Building Standards Code, 2016 Edition, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 11, impacting waste diversion as documented in the City of Costa Mesa’s Municipal Code Chapter 4 of Title 8, requires that all construction and demolition related projects divert 65% of project waste generated from the landfill.
Consequently, permitted building projects relating to construction and demolition, newly constructed buildings, additions, alterations, interior and exterior demolitions, etc., are required to divert a minimum of 65% of nonhazardous construction and demolition waste from the landfill by recycling, reuse, or salvage. Generally, these materials include brick, drywall, other masonry, cardboard, green waste, paper, carpet, lumber, plastic, concrete, and/or metals. Asphalt, concrete, excavated soil and land-clearing debris should be 100% diverted from disposal. The County provides a suggested list of locations that are meeting and/or exceeding the 65% diversion requirement and may be used for recycling construction and demolition material.
The City of Costa Mesa requires that all hauling activity in Costa Mesa comply with one of the waste hauling options for your construction and demolition related project:
Use Franchise Waste Hauler
Self-Haul Permit - https://www.costamesaca.gov/city-hall/city-departments/public- services/waste-collection-and-recycling
A Construction and Demolition Reporting Form as provided in the Miscellaneous Document Section of these Specifications must be completed and submitted by the Contractor to the CITY prior to the release of retention monies. 2-7 CHANGES INITATED BY THE AGENCY
2-7.1 GENERAL
[Add the following:].
ENGINEER shall be the duly authorized officer of the CITY who may grant the changes prescribed in this section.
2-8 EXTRA WORK
[Add the following:].
The extra work as defined in this section of the Standard Specifications and any work (GENPROVS)
GP-8
done by the Contractor beyond the lines and grades shown on the plans shall only be performed when ordered in writing by the ENGINEER. In absence of such written order, any such work by the Contractor shall be considered unauthorized and will not be paid.
Work so done may be ordered to be removed at the Contractor's expense. 2-9 CHANGED CONDITIONS
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall promptly act to supply all information to the ENGINEER for proper evaluation. Failure to do so shall constitute a waiver of any payment for delays suffered by the Contractor.
SECTION 3 – CONTROL OF THE WORK
3-1 ASSIGNMENT
[Replace the 1 st sentence with the following:].
No contract or portion thereof may be assigned without written consent of the BOARD. 3-4 AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD AND THE ENGINEER
[Add the following:].
When any of the various units or operations of the work have been suspended, the Contractor shall give at least 24 hours advance notice of the time when he or his subcontractor will start or resume any of such units or operations. That notice is to be given during working hours, exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays or holidays, for the purpose of permitting the ENGINEER to make necessary assignments to his representative on the work.
Any work performed in conflict with said notice, without the presence or approval of the ENGINEER, or work covered up without notice, approval or consent may be rejected or ordered to be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense and shall be removed at Contractor's expense, if so ordered by the ENGINEER or his representative on the work. Any unauthorized or defective work, defective material or workmanship or any unfaithful or imperfect work that may be discovered before the final payment and final acceptance of work shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor without extra charge even though it may have been overlooked in previous inspections and estimates or may have been caused due to failure to inspect the work.
All authorized alterations affecting the requirements and information given on the approved plans shall be in writing. No changes shall be made on any plan or drawing by the Contractor after the same has been approved by the ENGINEER, except by direction of the ENGINEER in writing. Deviations from the approved plans, as may be required by critical conditions of construction, must be authorized in writing by the ENGINEER. (GENPROVS)
GP-9
All instructions, rulings and decisions of the ENGINEER shall be in writing and are binding on all parties unless a formal protest is made as provided in the following paragraph:
If the Contractor considers any work demanded of him to be outside the requirements of the contract, or if he considers any instruction, ruling or decision of the ENGINEER or ENGINEER'S representative to be unfair, the Contractor shall, within ten (10) days after any such demand is made, or instruction, ruling or decision is given, file a written protest with the ENGINEER, stating clearly and in detail his objections and reasons therefor.
Except for such protests and objections as are made of record, in the manner and within the time above stated, the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived and does hereby waive all claims for extra work, damages and extensions of time on account of demands, instructions, rulings and decisions of the ENGINEER.
Upon receipt of any such protest from the Contractor, the ENGINEER shall review the demand, instruction, ruling or decision objected to and shall promptly advise the Contractor, in writing, of his final decision, which shall be binding on all parties, unless within the ten (10) days thereafter the Contractor shall file with the BOARD a formal protest against said decision of the ENGINEER. The BOARD shall consider and render a final decision on any such protest within thirty (30) days of receipt of same. If the BOARD fails to consider and render a final decision on any such protest within thirty (30) days of receipt of the same, the protest shall be deemed denied. 3-5 INSPECTION
[Add the following:].
If the Contractor requests and receives approval from the ENGINEER to receive inspection services from the CITY outside of a normal eight (8) hour day/forty (40) hour work week or on Saturday, Sunday, or CITY holidays, the Contractor shall arrange with the CITY and ENGINEER for the special inspection services and Contractor shall pay for such special inspection services at a fee established by the ENGINEER to defray the cost for such service.
All work, which has been inspected and deemed defective in its construction or does not meet all of the requirements of the plans and/or specifications by the ENGINEER shall be remedied, or removed and replaced by the Contractor in an acceptable manner, and no compensation will be allowed for such correction.
Any work done beyond the limits of the lines and grades shown on the plans or established by the ENGINEER or extra work done without written authority will be considered as unauthorized and not be paid.
Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with any order of the ENGINEER made under the provisions of this article, the ENGINEER shall have authority to cause defective work to be remedied, or removed and replaced, and unauthorized work to be removed, and to deduct the costs and thereof from any monies due or to come due the Contractor.
Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for under the Contract. This includes rejected material not unloaded from vehicles, material (GENPROVS)
GP-10
rejected after is has been placed and material placed outside the limits of the project. No compensation will be allowed for disposing of rejected or excess material. 3-6 THE CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE
[Add the following:].
Contractor shall file with the ENGINEER the addresses and telephone numbers where its designated representative may be reached during hours when the work is not in progress.
Instructions and information given by the ENGINEER to the Contractor's authorized representative or at the address or telephone numbers filed in accordance with this section shall be considered as having been given to the Contractor.
The Contractor shall have on the work site at all times a competent English-speaking superintendent, as his agent, capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and other related documents.
3-7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
3-7.1 General
[Add the following:].
Contractor will obtain from the ENGINEER, free of charge, copies of plans, general provisions, special provisions and additions to the Standard Specifications that are reasonably necessary for the execution of work.
Contractor shall, at its own expense, obtain copies of the Standard Specifications and Standard Plans and Specifications of CALTRANS, for his general use.
If after the Contract is awarded it appears that the work to be done, or any matter relative thereto, is not sufficiently detailed or explained in the specifications and plans, the Contractor shall apply to the ENGINEER for such further explanations as may be necessary and shall conform to such explanation or interpretation as part of the Contract.
All scaled dimensions are approximate. Before proceeding with the work, the Contractor shall carefully check and verify all dimensions and quantities and shall immediately inform the ENGINEER or his representative of any discrepancies. 3-10 SURVEYING
[Replace with the following:].
3-10.1 General
The Contractor will perform and be responsible for the accuracy of setting all required survey stakes adequate for the construction of the project. (GENPROVS)
GP-11
3-10.3 Line and Grade
Unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions, lines and grades for construction shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, with the following provisions:
All work under this Contract shall be built in accordance with the lines and grades shown on the plans. Field survey for establishing the lines and grades and for the control of construction shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All such surveys, including construction staking, shall be under the supervision of a California-licensed land surveyor or by a California-licensed civil engineer allowed by law. Staking shall be performed on all items ordinarily requiring grade and alignment, at intervals normally accepted by the agencies and the trade involved.
The Contractor shall provide a copy of the office calculations and grade sheets to the City Inspector. The Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the finished work and shall notify the ENGINEER within one (1) working day of any discrepancies or design errors discovered during staking.
Unless a separate bid item is provided, the payment for surveying, construction staking, professional services, office calculations, furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, tools and incidentals, and for doing all work involved shall be considered as included in the various items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed. 3-12 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE
3-12.1 General
[Replace 2 nd paragraph with the following:].
Unless the construction dictates otherwise, and unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER, Contractor shall furnish and operate a self-loading motor sweeper with a functional water spray nozzle system at least once each working day to keep paved areas in the Work zone and along all haul routes acceptably clean whenever construction, including restoration, is incomplete.
(GENPROVS)
GP-12
3-12.2 Air Pollution Control
[Add the following:].
Failure of the Contractor to comply with the ENGINEER'S dust control orders may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected and, after giving notice to the Contractor, the ENGINEER may order the condition corrected by others. All costs thus incurred shall be deducted from the amount to be paid to Contractor. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension.
No separate payment will be made for any work performed nor material used to control dust resulting from Contractor's performance of the work or from public traffic, either inside or outside the right-of-way. Full compensation for such dust control will be considered to be included in the prices paid for the various items of Work involved. 3-12.4.1 General
[Add the following:].
All surplus materials shall be removed from the site of the Work within five (5) days after completion of the Work causing the surplus materials.
3-12.6 Water Pollution Control
3-12.6.1 General
[Add the following:].
Discharge of storm water from construction sites that disturb land equal to or greater than one (1) acre must be in compliance with the state General Construction Activity Permit (Construction Permit). The latest permit provisions of the Construction Permit shall apply.
The Contractor is required to contact the Santa Ana Regional Water Quality Control Board (Regional Board) for all information contained in the Construction Permit. In the event project construction occurs during the transition of revised Construction Permits, the Contractor shall incorporate the necessary modifications specified by the revised Construction Permit within the time period specified in the new Construction Permit.
Project Soil Disturbance is: MORE than 1 acre (General Construction Permit
REQUIRED)
Construction activity subject to the Construction Permit includes clearing, grading, disturbance to the ground such as stockpiling, work area, or excavation that results in soil disturbances of at least one acre of total land area. Construction activity that results in soil disturbances of less than one acre is subject to the Construction Permit if the construction activity is a part of a larger common plan of development that encompasses one or more acres of soil disturbance or if it is determined that discharges from the project pose a significant threat to water quality.
The CONTRACTOR shall have an account with the State for SMARTS (Storm Water Multiple Application and Report Tracking System). The CONTRACTOR shall contact the (GENPROVS)
GP-13
CITY with their user ID so that the CITY will grant the CONTRACTOR access as a Data Submitter.
The CONTRACTOR shall complete the NOI within SMARTS
https://smarts.waterboards.ca.gov/smarts/faces/SwSmartsLogin.jsp The CONTRACTOR will notify the CITY when the NOI is ready for the CITY to submit to the State. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all fees associated with the NOI process. The CONTRACTOR shall also complete all required reports within SMARTS as required by the General Permit and the Project’s Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).
The CONTRACTOR shall complete the Annual Report and NOT within SMARTS. Once the CITY has been notified, the CITY will review and submit to the State for processing.
A copy of the latest permit is available at:
http://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/stormwater/constpermits.shtml The CONTRACTOR is hereby directed to read the Construction Permit thoroughly and comply with the requirements as specified therein.
3-12.6.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs)
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall install and maintain the appropriate Best Management Practices (BMPs) to protect water quality within the project limits through the duration of the Project.
The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to any portion of the Work occasioned by failure to provide proper drainage control prior to the completion and acceptance of the Work.
Payment for furnishing, installing and maintaining BMPs inclusive of sweeping the Project site as required or directed by the ENGINEER shall be included in the other various bid items associated with the work and no additional payment will be allowed thereof. 3-12.6.3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)
[Add the following:].
A General Construction Permit is REQUIRED pursuant to Section 3-12.6.1 of these General Provisions; therefore, the following Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) requirements shall be adhered to:
The Contractor is responsible for the preparation and implementation of a SWPPP as required by the Construction Permit. The Contractor is responsible for completing all parts of the SWPPP including, REAPs, monitoring, sampling, rain gauge records, weather reports, submitting pictures of every third storm, non-authorized discharge reports, Ad- Hoc reports, Annual Reports, post construction BMPs and other requirements of the SWPPP.
(GENPROVS)
GP-14
The completed SWPPP must be signed by a QSD (Qualified SWPPP Developer). The completed SWPPP must be submitted to the resident engineer for City review and acceptance, prior to uploading to SMARTS. The Contractor will be responsible for uploading an electronic format of the SWPPP into SMARTS. The SWPPP must be signed by the City before construction begins. A copy of the SWPPP must be available at the site at all times and must be implemented and revised in accordance with the Construction Permit throughout the duration of the project.
Contractor must have QSP (Qualified SWPPP Practitioner). Contractor shall perform site inspections before and after the storm event, and once each 24-hour period during extended storm event, to identify BMP effectiveness and implement repairs or BMP modifications as soon as possible. Sampling of potential pollutant discharges shall be conducted by trained personnel and required laboratory test conducted by laboratory accredited by the California Department of Health Services Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program.
Contractor shall be responsible for any penalties assessed against the City if the penalty assessed is due to Contractor’s violation of the Construction Permit requirement, or Contractor’s failure to fully implement and monitor SWPPP as required.
Erosion and Sediment Control Plans
Erosion and Sediment Control Plans shall be prepared by the Contractor as part of the SWPPP that identify adequate controls to prevent erosion and discharge of sediment off- site. Payment for the Erosion and Sediment Control Plans shall be included as part of the SWPPP.
3-12.6.4 Dewatering
[Add the following:].
Unless otherwise directed in these Special Provisions, the Contractor shall provide and maintain ample means and devices with which to promptly remove and properly dispose of water entering the excavations or other parts of the work at all times during construction. Dewatering shall be accomplished by methods which will ensure a dry excavation and preservation of the final lines and grades of the bottoms of excavations.
The methods may include sump pumps, deep wells, well points, suitable rock or gravel placed below the required bedding for draining and pumping purposes, temporary pipelines, and other means.
Standby pumping equipment shall be on the job site. A minimum of one standby unit shall be available for immediate installation should any well unit fail. The design and installation of well points or deep wells shall be suitable for the accomplishment of the work. Drawings or details indicating the proposed dewatering system shall be submitted to the CITY for review.
The Contractor shall dispose of the water from the work in a suitable manner without damage to adjacent property.
(GENPROVS)
GP-15
Conveyance of the water shall be such as to not interfere with traffic flow or treatment facilities operations. No water shall be drained into work built or under construction without prior consent of the ENGINEER.
Water shall be disposed of in such a manner as not to be a menace to the public health and such disposal shall be performed in accordance with Environmental Protection Agency and State Water Quality Control Board standards (NPDES permit). Any testing and reports required under NPDES permit shall be performed by the Contractor and submitted to the appropriate agency for approval at no additional cost to the CITY. 3-13.3 WARRANTY
[Replace 2 nd sentence of 1st paragraph with the following:].
The warranty period shall start on the date the Work is accepted by the Board.
SECTION 4 – CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4-4 TESTING
[Add the following:].
All tests of materials furnished by the Contractor shall be made in accordance with commonly recognized standards of national organizations and such special methods and tests as are prescribed in these specifications. No materials shall be used until they have been approved by the ENGINEER.
The Contractor shall at his expense furnish the CITY, in triplicate, certified copies of all required factory and mill test reports. Any materials shipped by the Contractor from a factory or mill prior to having satisfactorily passed such testing and inspection by a representative of the CITY shall not be incorporated in the work, unless the ENGINEER shall have notified the Contractor, in writing, that such testing and inspection will not be required.
At the option of the ENGINEER, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the ENGINEER before delivery is started and before such material is used in the work.
Unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions, the CITY will complete and pay for the initial soils, compaction, and material tests. Any subsequent soil, compaction, and material tests deemed necessary due to the failure of initial tests will be at the Contractor's expense and deducted from the payment due.
(GENPROVS)
GP-16
SECTION 5 – LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPOSIBILITIES
5-1 LAWS AND REGULATIONS
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall protect and indemnify the CITY, the BOARD, the ENGINEER, and all of its or their officers, agents and servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any existing or future State, Federal and local laws, ordinances, regulations, orders or decrees, whether by himself or his employees. If any discrepancy or inconsistency is discovered in the plans, drawings, specifications or contract for the work in relation to any such law, ordinance, regulation, order or decree, the Contractor shall forthwith report the same to the ENGINEER in writing. 5-2 SPECIAL NOTICES
[Add the following:].
In addition to the special notices requirement to be served by Personnel Delivery or Certified Mail, special notices may also be served by the utilization of FedEx or UPS express service with a confirmed delivery receipt. Service shell be effective on the date of the receipt of the delivery confirm issued by FedEx or UPS. 5-3 LABOR
5-3.3 Payroll Records
[Add the following:].
In order to verify compliance with the Labor Code, Contractor shall furnish to the ENGINEER, weekly, for the duration of the contract period, copies of his payroll statements showing wages paid to each employee during the preceding week and the employee work classification. Use of Form DH-C-347, Payroll Statement of Compliance, is an acceptable method of fulfilling the above requirement. 5-3.5 Apprentices
[Replace with the following:].
Attention is directed to the provisions of Sections 1777.5 and 1777.6 of the Labor Code concerning the employment of apprentices by the Contractor or any subcontractor under it. The Contractor and any subcontractor under it shall comply with the requirements of those Sections in the employment of apprentices.
Information relative to apprenticeship standards, wage schedules and other requirements may be obtained from the Director of Industrial Relations, Ex-officio the Administrator of Apprenticeship, San Francisco, California, or from the Division of Apprenticeship Standards and its branch offices.
(GENPROVS)
GP-17
5-4 INSURANCE
[Replace with the following:].
The minimum amounts and types of insurance coverages are as stated in the Agreement (sample copy attached). Prior to bid submittal the BIDDER shall keep fully informed of the latest insurance requirements of the City of Costa Mesa and shall comply with all other provisions of Section 5-4 of the Standard Specifications.
Below are approved endorsements which satisfy the basic insurance requirements contained in contracts entered into by City of Costa Mesa. These have been approved by the City Attorney's office. The terms of any specific contract with the City are controlling.
Prior to the commencement of any work, the CITY requires that the ENGINEER receive Certificates of Insurance in DUPLICATE for liability coverage of at least $1,000,000 combined single limit, per occurrence and in the aggregate.
Each insurance policy required by the CITY of the Contractor shall contain the following endorsements:
1. Additional Insureds
"The City of Costa Mesa and its elected and appointed boards, officers, agents, and employees are additional insureds with respect to the subject project and agreement."
2. Notice
"Said policy shall not terminate, nor shall it be canceled nor the coverage reduced, until thirty (30) days after written notice is given to City."
3. Other Insurance
"Any other insurance maintained by the City of Costa Mesa shall be excess and not contributing with the insurance provided by this policy." If any of such policies provide for a deductible or self-insured retention to provide such coverage, the amount of such deductible or self-insured retention shall be approved in advance by City. No policy of insurance issued as to which the City is an additional insured shall contain a provision which requires that no insured except the named insured can satisfy any such deductible or self-insured retention. 5-7 SAFETY
5-7.1 Work Site Safety
5-7.1.1 General
[Add the following:].
Material or other obstructions shall not be placed within fifteen feet (15') of fire hydrants.
Fire hydrants shall be made readily accessible to the Fire Department at all times. (GENPROVS)
GP-18
5-7.8 Steel Plate Covers
5-7.8.1 General
[Add the following:].
All steel plate covers utilized for the project must be slide resistant. A non-slip coating will be required on the side of the steel plate that that will be utilized for the driving or walking surface.
SECTION 6 – PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK 6-1.1 Construction Schedule
[Replace the 1 st Paragraph with the following:].
The Contractor's proposed Construction Work Schedule shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for approval within ten (10) working days after the date of the BOARD’s execution of the Contract Agreement. The Construction Work Schedule shall be supported by written statements from each supplier of materials or equipment indicating that all orders have been placed and acknowledged, and setting forth the dates that each item will be delivered. The Construction Work Schedule shall provide sufficient detail to delineate the main milestones start and end dates for each activity with chronological relationships of all the activities of Work showing the number of working days required to complete the entire project within the Contract Days. The schedule shall also incorporate the requirements of Section 402-5 of the Standard Specifications to complete the Work within the Contract Days. Prior to issuing the Notice to Proceed, the ENGINEER will schedule a preconstruction meeting with the Contractor to review the proposed Construction Work Schedule, delivery dates, activity milestone dates, arrange utility coordination, discuss construction methods and staging, and clarify inspection procedures.
The Contractor shall submit progress reports to the ENGINEER by the tenth day of each month. The report shall include an updated Construction Work Schedule. All revisions shall be completed within three days after review by the ENGINEER. The Contractor shall submit requests for changes in the schedule to the CITY for approval at least three (3) working days prior to performing any work. Any deviations from the original approved Construction Work Schedule shall be explained and identified in the updated Construction Work Schedule. Progress payments will be withheld pending receipt of any outstanding reports.
The Contractor shall furnish the ENGINEER with a 3-week look ahead- schedule in a tabular format at every weekly construction meeting. The 3-week look ahead schedule shall utilize the main milestones within the approved Baseline Construction Schedule with updates and include sub-activities.
(GENPROVS)
GP-19
[Add the following:].
6-1.3 DAILY REPORT SUBMITTAL
Contractor shall submit daily reports to the CITY at the end of each working day. All forms shall be provided by the CITY. Any cost for this item shall be included in the various items of work and no other compensation will be allowed.
6-3 TIME OF COMPLETION
6-3.1 General
[Replace the 1 st Sentence with the following:].
The Contractor shall begin the Work within ten (10) Working Days after the date the Contract is executed by CITY unless a later start date is agreed upon by the CITY and Contractor within a written Notice-to-Proceed. The Work shall be completed within ONE HUNDRED (100) Working Days from the date set in the Notice-to-Proceed or the first day of commencement of Work, whichever occurs first.
6-5 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION
[Add the following:].
Should it become necessary, due to developed conditions, to occupy any portion of the Work before Contract is fully completed, such occupancy shall not constitute acceptance by the CITY of work by Contractor.
6-7 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR DEFAULT
6-7.3 Notice of Termination for Default
[Replace the 1 st Paragraph with the following:].
The ENGINEER will make the determination if the Contractor had failed to commence satisfactory corrective action within 5 working days after the receipt of the notice to cure, or to diligently continue satisfactory and timely correction of the default thereafter, and will take action as allowed by the Contract Documents.
6-7.4 RESPONSIBILITIES OF SURETY
[Add the following:].
Within 3 working days of receipt of the written notice of termination for default, the Surety shall provide the services needed to maintain the project in accordance with the Contract Documents. The services shall maintain the existing traffic control in place and the maintenance of the project site until the Engineer’s review and acceptance of the Surety’s plan for course of action.
(GENPROVS)
GP-20
6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
[Replace the 1 ST Paragraph with the following:].
The CONTRACTOR shall pay to the CITY the sum of $5,200 per calendar day, for each and every calendar day’s delay in finishing the Work in excess of the number of Working Days prescribed within these General Provisions and the Agreement, or per the direction of the Engineer. Liquidated damages are calculated per Chapter 12 of the latest edition of the Caltrans Local Assistance Procedures Manual (LAPM).
SECTION 7 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
7-3 PAYMENT
7-3.1 General
[Replace the 1 ST Paragraph with the following:].
Payment for the various items listed on the Bid Proposal, as further specified herein, shall constitute full compensation to the Contractor for furnishing all material, tools, equipment, supplies, and manufactured articles, and for all labor, operations, and incidentals appurtenant to the items of Work and as specified and shown on the drawings, including all costs for compliance with the regulations of public agencies having jurisdiction, including Safety and Health Requirements of the California Division of Industrial Safety and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) of the U.S. Department of Labor. No separate payment will be made for any item that is not specifically set forth in the Bid Proposal. Costs arising from violations of regulations will be paid by the offending party to the extent that there will be no additional cost to the CITY.
When no bid item is provided for work/improvement shown or indicated on the plans and specifications, payment for such work/improvement will be considered to be included in various applicable items of work.
7-3.2 Partial and Final Payment
[Replace the 1 st Paragraph in its entirety with the following:].
The closure date for the purpose of making partial progress payments will be the last day of each month. The Contractor may request, in writing, that such monthly closure date be changed. The ENGINEER may approve such request when it is compatible with the CITY’s payment procedure.
[Replace the 2 nd Paragraph in its entirety with the following:].
Each month, the Contractor shall meet with the Engineer, a minimum of three (3) working days prior to the submittal of the progress payment to the AGENCY, to finalize and receive approval regarding the measurement of the Work performed through the closure date and the estimated value of the progress payment based on the Contract Unit Prices or as provided for in the Standard Specifications. Any progress payment submitted without such approval will be considered incomplete and returned to the Contractor and no payment shall be considered until such approval is obtained. (GENPROVS)
GP-21
[Replace the 3 rd Paragraph in its entirety with the following:].
The amount retained and deducted by the BOARD shall be 5% of the progress estimates for all progress payments. No reduction in the amount of retention will be allowed.
However, after 50% of the work has been completed, if the BOARD finds that satisfactory progress is being made, it may make any of the remaining progress payments in full for actual work completed. The final payment of the retention amount to the Contractor shall be made thirty-five (35) days after the date of the recording of the Notice of the Completion of the work after it is accepted by the CITY. The 5% withheld from each progress payment shall not include monies withheld for stop notices or other withholding by the CITY. The monies withheld for stop notice and other withholdings shall be in addition to the 5% withheld for retention.
[Add to end of Section the following:].
Contractor shall comply with the requirements of Division 2, Part 1, Chapter 7, Section 7107 of the California Public Contract Code.
The lead time for processing invoices for the monthly progress payments approved by the ENGINEER for inclusion on the warrant list of the CITY is governed by the rules and regulations established by the Finance Department of the CITY. Monthly payments will be processed and paid in accordance with the rules and regulations established or revised by the said Finance Department.
The Contractor shall submit all weight tickets or volumes of all materials used in the construction to the ENGINEER for checking and verification prior to any payment. Failure to do so will postpone the payment to the Contractor, until the matter is resolved satisfactorily.
The weight or volume from submitted tickets must correspond to the work done in the field; if not, the City shall reject the work without compensation to the Contractor, and/or the Contractor shall be directed to replace that work at no additional costs to the City.
After completion of the Contract, the BOARD shall, upon recommendation of the ENGINEER, accept the Work as completed and authorize the Final Payment.
The Final Payment shall be the entire sum found to be due the Contractor after deducting therefrom all previous payments and all amounts to be kept and all amounts to be retained under the provisions of the Contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment.
No certificate given or payment made under the Contract, except the final certificate or Final Payment, shall be conclusive evidence of full or substantial performance of this Contract; and no payment shall be construed to be an acceptance of any defective work or improper material.
The acceptance of Final Payment by the Contractor shall release the CITY, the BOARD, and the ENGINEER from any and all claims or liabilities on account of work performed by the Contractor under the Contract or any alterations thereof. (GENPROVS)
GP-22
The Contractor shall record, on the set of contract documents maintained at the job site, deviations which have been made from the Contract Documents or approved shop drawings – including buried or concealed construction and utility features which are revealed during the course of construction. Special attention shall be given to recording the horizontal and vertical location of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated, or which were not indicated on the Contract Documents. Said record documents shall be supplemented by detailed sketches as necessary or directed, to indicate fully the work as actually constructed.
Requests for partial payments shall not be approved until the record documents are brought up to date. Also, request for final compensation shall not be approved until all the variations between the work as constructed and as originally shown in the Contract Documents have been properly recorded and delivered to the City, after approved by the Engineer.
[Add the following:].
7-3.2.1 Prompt Progress Payment to Subcontractors
Contractor shall comply with the requirements of Division 2, Part 1, Chapter 7, Section 7200 of the California Public Code.
The CONTRACTOR agrees to pay each subcontractor under this Agreement for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than 7 days from the receipt of each payment the CONTRACTOR receives from CITY.
The CONTRACTOR agrees further to release retainage payments to each subcontractor within 7 days after the retention payment is received by the CONTRACTOR.
Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the CITY. Any violation of this provision shall subject the violating prime contractor or subcontractor to the penalties, sanctions and other remedies specified in Section 7108.5 of the Business and Professions Code.
This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE prime contractors and subcontractors.
City will be strictly monitoring the Contractor for prompt payment to all subcontractors. [Add the following:].
7-3.2.2 Prompt Pay Monitoring and Enforcement of Progress Payments The City of Costa Mesa will use the following monitoring and enforcement mechanisms to ensure that all subcontractors, including DBE’s, are promptly paid.
A. The City will strictly monitor the prime contractor or subcontractor(s) for prompt release of progress payments for all subcontracted work as follows:
1. The effective date of release is the date the City releases the check to the prime contractor by mailing or hand delivery at the City of Costa Mesa (has to be requested in writing ahead of time).
(GENPROVS)
GP-23
2. Prime contractor or subcontractor(s) to provide verification in writing that the subcontracts have been paid within 7 days or the time period agreed, from the effective date of release.
3. City may contact subcontractor(s) to confirm receipt of progress payment amount and if it was received within 7 days or the time period agreed from the effective date of release.
B. If the prime contractor or subcontractor(s) is found to be in default of Federal or State Codes concerning prompt payment to subcontractors, City will enforce the following besides the disciplinary action, sanctions and penalties imposed per the codes:
1. City will withhold 150% of the monies due to the subcontractor(s) from the prime contractor’s next progress payment.
2. City may also elect to make the payment(s) directly to the subcontractor(s) without the prime contractor’s approval for the remainder of the contract. 7-3.3 Delivered Materials
[Replace in its entirety with the following:].
The cost of materials and equipment delivered, but not incorporated in said work, will not be included in the progress payment estimate unless otherwise provided in these Specifications. All materials shall be nontoxic and shall not contain asbestos and hazardous substances as established by applicable laws.
Materials delivered, but not in place, will not be classed as work done, except as otherwise provided in these Specifications.
7-3.4 Mobilization
[Replace in its entirety with the following:].
Mobilization shall consist of all preparatory work and operations. It shall include, but not be limited to, the movement of personnel, equipment, materials and incidentals to the project site necessary for work on the project. The mobilization shall include all other work and operations, which must be performed.
Mobilization shall also include the time, materials, and labor to move the necessary construction equipment to and from the job site and the project administration costs during the entire contract period.
This work shall include, but not be limited to protect-in-place and/or relocation of the facility to accommodate the construction of an improvement; including resetting curb drains through new curbing.
The Contractor shall provide supervisory personnel to keep the construction site in a safe condition and all other related work as required at all times. These requirements shall also apply to all non-working days during construction period. The Contractor is responsible for securing an adequate storage site for equipment and materials. (GENPROVS)
GP-24
The Contractor shall have on the work site at all times, as his agent, a competent English speaking superintendent capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans, specifications, and other related documents.
7-3.4.1 Travel Route for Trucking and Equipment
Plans indicating the travel route for the Contractor's equipment movement in and out of the work site must be submitted concurrently with the Haul Route Plan (Section 2-5.4) to the ENGINEER at the pre-construction meeting for approval prior to commencement of any work. The travel route plans, which meet the City’s requirements, will be approved and returned to the Contractor; otherwise, further revisions are required until they are acceptable to the City. The approved travel plans shall be strictly adhered to by the Contractor during all phases of the construction.
Any deviation from these requirements is not permitted. All the Contractor’s operations will be ceased at once if the Contractor violates any of these requirements. No further payments will be made to the Contractor until problems are resolved according the City’s requirements.
7-3.4.2 Construction Sequence/Order of Work
In order to minimize the inconveniences to the residents and businesses, the contractor shall construct the Project and sequence the work where no two adjacent streets are closed at one time, and/or the nearest parking is no more than 300’ from the intersection of the street being closed to traffic. The Contractor shall maintain adjacent streets open for ingress and egress and for parking.
7-4 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK
7-4.2 Basis for Establishing Costs.
7-4.2.1 Labor
[Add the following:].
The compensation for employer’s payments of payroll taxes; workers compensation insurance; liability insurance; health and welfare; pension; vacation; apprenticeship funds; other direct costs resulting from Federal, State, or local laws; and for assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements to be applied to the actual cost for wages shall be 23 percent for regular time and overtime. (GENPROVS)
GP-25
7-4.3 Markups
7-4.3.1 Work by the Contractor
[Replace in its entirety with the following:].
The allowance for overhead and profit to be added to the Contractor’s costs shall be as follows:
Labor: 20%
Materials: 15%
Contractor Owned Equipment 15%
Equipment Rental 10%*
Other Items and Expenditures 10%
To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding.
* Equipment Rental rates shall be based on the latest applicable Caltrans Equipment Rental Rates.
7-4.3.2 Work by a Subcontractor
[Replace in its entirety with the following:].
When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in 7-4.3.1 shall be applied to the Subcontractor’s actual cost of such work. A markup of five (5) percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of five (5) percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor.
No markups will be allowed for second tier or higher subcontractors. [Add the following:].
7-6 SUMMARY OF PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE § 9204
The following procedure will apply to any claims by the Contractor on the City:
A “claim” is a separate demand on the City by a contractor on a public works project and sent by registered mail or certified mail with return receipt requested, for one or more of the following:
A time extension, including relief from penalties for delay Payment by the City of money damages under the terms of the contract Payment of an amount that is disputed by the City
Initial Review
The claim must be supported by appropriate documentation. The City has 45 days within which to review the claim and provide the contractor with a written statement identifying the disputed and undisputed portions of the claim. If the City does not issue a written (GENPROVS)
GP-26
statement, the claim is deemed rejected in its entirety. The City will pay any undisputed portion of the claim within 60 days of issuing the statement.
Meet & Confer
If the contractor disputes the City’s written response, or if the City does not issue one, the contractor may request in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for possible settlement of the claim. The City will schedule the meet and confer conference within 30 days of this request and provide a written statement identifying the remaining disputed and undisputed portions of the claim within 10 business days of the meet and confer. The City will pay the undisputed portion within 60 days of issuing this statement.
Mediation
With respect to any disputed portion remaining after the meet and confer, the City and contractor will submit the matter to nonbinding mediation, agree to a mediator within 10 business days after issuing the written statement, and share mediation costs equally. If mediation is unsuccessful, then the terms of the public works agreement and applicable law will govern resolution of the dispute.
Miscellaneous Provisions
Amounts not paid by the City in a timely manner bear interest at 7% per annum.
Subcontractors may submit claims via this procedure through the general contractor. The City and contractor may waive the requirement to mediate, but cannot otherwise waive these claim procedures.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-1
SECTION E
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
PART 1-8
[Add the following Section:].
PART 1
GENERAL
100-1 GENERAL
Additions/Modifications to Standard Specifications
The following additions are made to the latest edition of the “Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction” (The “Greenbook”), and the General Provisions stated within the “Standard Specifications” of this Project. Should there be a conflict between any of these provisions; the Special Provisions shall have precedence.
All work shall be performed in conformance with the latest edition of the Uniform Building Code as adopted by the City of Costa Mesa. The electrical, plumbing, and fire codes, and other regulations as adopted by the City of Costa Mesa Building Official shall apply to this project.
Where referenced in these specifications, the latest edition of the “City of Costa Mesa Standard Drawings” and the “Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH)” published by Building News, Inc., shall also apply.
If the item of work is identified within the Proposal section of these Specifications, then the following bid item descriptions will provide the corresponding bid item numbering within each corresponding section of the Standard Specifications under the Subsection entitled “Measurement and Payment” or “Payment”. All other sections and subsections shall conform to the Standard Specifications unless modified herein.
The unit prices and lump sum amounts to be paid for under the bid items listed in the Proposal shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary for the completion of the work and for performing all work contemplated and embraced under the Contract, in accordance with the Plans and Contract Documents. This shall include the Contractor's costs involved with bonding, insurance, worker's compensation, overhead, financing, obtaining required permits and permit fees, mobilization, traffic control, public convenience and safety, protective barricading/fencing, sanitary facilities, storage of equipment and materials, security against theft and vandalism, project site maintenance, dust and runoff control, clean-up including all costs for compliance with the regulations of public agencies having jurisdiction, including Safety and Health Requirements of the California Division Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-2
of Industrial Safety and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) of the U.S. Department of Labor, and all other items related to the work.
Payment for compliance with the following provisions shall be included in the various bid items of work unless otherwise modified in the special provisions section. No additional compensation will be allowed.
No separate payments will be made for any items that are not specifically set forth in the Bid Proposal. Payments for any such items are included in various bid items of work.
Costs arising from violations of regulations will be paid by the offending party to the extent that there will be no additional cost to the City.
Payment for unit price work shall be made for the actual quantities of Contract Items removed, constructed, or disposed of in accordance with the Plans and these Specifications. Measurement of Unit Price work shall be specified in the Standard Specifications, Section 7-1, "Measurement of Quantities for Unit Price Work." Payment for Lump Sum work shall be paid for at the price indicated in the Bid, in accordance with the Standard Specifications, Section 7-2, "Lump Sum Work." Payment for all work shall be included in the various bid items. No additional compensation shall be made therefore. Work associated with each bid item shall include, but not be limited, to the bid descriptions set forth herein. 100-1.1 Measurement and Payment
BID ITEM NO. 1: ALL WORK, LABOR, PERMITTING, PARTS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, DELIVERIES, ETC. TO REPAIR AND REHABILITATE THE TEWINKLE PARK LAKES, AS DIRECTED BY THESE BID DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND / OR DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. THIS INCLUDES ALL PONDS AND STREAMS . S EE TEWINKLE PARK LAKE RENOVATION BID DOCUMENT PLANS IN SECTION “G” – APPENDIX “B” FOR DETAILS . C ONTRACTOR IS
RESPONSIBLE TO APPLY FOR AND BE ISSUED REQUIRED PERMITS FROM (BUT NOT LIMITED TO)
COSTA MESA SANITARY DISTRICT AND OC PUBLIC WORKS FOR SEWER WASTEWATER DISPOSAL. G ENERAL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY PERMIT / SWPPP REQUIRED FROM THE SANTA ANA REGIONAL WATER QUALITY CONTROL BOARD [SEE SECTION 3-12.6 (PAGE GP- 12) IN THE GENERAL PROVISIONS]
At the direction of the ENGINEER, the Contractor shall provide labor, parts, materials, equipment, deliveries, etc. for the complete repair and rehabilitation of TeWinkle Park Lakes as stipulated in these project bid documents and specifications and / or per the direction of the Engineer.
Measurement and Payment shall be paid per Lump Sum (L.S.) for all work performed pursuant to these Specifications and shall, include all labor, equipment, materials as required to complete the work as directed by the ENGINEER.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-3
100-2 MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION
100-2.1 General
Mobilization shall comply with Section 7-3.4 of the General Provisions. 100-3 CONTROL OF THE WORK
100-3.1 Water Pollution Control and Best Management Practices Contractor shall follow the water pollution control and Best Management Practices (BMPs) guidelines enumerated in Section 3-12.6 of the “Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction” (The “Greenbook”), and also Section 3-12.6 of the General Provisions stated within the “Standard Specifications” of this Project and these contract bid documents.
100-4 ADDITIONAL WORK ITEMS
100-4.1 General
This work item entails work beyond the Scope of Work established within the Plans, Specifications, and Standard Specifications as directed by the ENGINEER with a specified Contract allowance.
100-4.2 Measurement and Payment
BID ITEM NO. 2: ADDITIONAL WORK ITEMS AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER (VIA FORCE
ACCOUNT)
At the direction of the ENGINEER, the Contractor shall provide labor, equipment, and materials for the project management beyond the Scope of Work established within the Project Plans and Specifications. Work might include, but not be limited to; delivery of additional newsletters; clearing and grubbing; disposal of materials; potholing; furnishing and installation of informational signs; and related work, and will only be performed if required, and approved by the ENGINEER. The Contractor acknowledges that this bid item will only be used at the discretion of the ENGINEER. The allowance for this line item is as shown within the Proposal Section of these Specifications.
Measurement and Payment for “Additional Work Items” shall be paid per Force Account (F.A.) for all work performed pursuant to Section 7-4.2 of these Specifications and shall, include all labor, equipment, materials as required to complete the work as directed by the ENGINEER.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-4
100-5 DEDUCTIVE BID ITEMS
100-5.1 General
The lowest responsible bid shall be based on the lowest base bid, notwithstanding any of the deductive bid items.
The City reserves the right to delete one or more bid items and/or to increase or decrease bid items’ quantities, at no additional cost to the City. The City also reserves the right to deduct any bid item as it sees fit. If the City so chooses to elect to deduct one or more bid items, then the final award amount will be the base bid minus one or more deductive bid items.
100-5.2 Measurement
DEDUCTIVE BID ITEM NO. 1 (D1): ALL WORK, LABOR, PERMITTING, PARTS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, DELIVERIES, ETC. TO REPAIR AND REHABILITATE POND AND STREAM 1
ONLY OF THE TEWINKLE PARK LAKES, AS DIRECTED BY THESE BID DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND / OR DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. S EE TEWINKLE PARK LAKE RENOVATION BID DOCUMENT PLANS IN SECTION “G” – APPENDIX “B” FOR DETAILS . A LL OTHER REQUIREMENTS APPLY : CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO APPLY FOR AND BE ISSUED
REQUIRED PERMITS FROM (BUT NOT LIMITED TO ) COSTA MESA SANITARY DISTRICT AND OC PUBLIC WORKS FOR SEWER WASTEWATER DISPOSAL. G ENERAL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY
PERMIT / SWPPP REQUIRED FROM THE SANTA ANA REGIONAL WATER QUALITY CONTROL BOARD [SEE SECTION 3-12.6 (PAGE GP-12) IN THE GENERAL PROVISIONS] At the direction of the ENGINEER, the Contractor shall remove all labor, parts, materials, equipment, deliveries, etc. for the complete repair and rehabilitation of Pond and Stream 1 of the TeWinkle Park Lakes as stipulated in these project bid documents and specifications and / or per the direction of the Engineer.
Measurement shall be based per Lump Sum (L.S.) for all work performed pursuant to these Specifications and shall, include all labor, equipment, materials as required to complete the work as directed by the ENGINEER.
DEDUCTIVE BID ITEM NO. 2 (D2): ALL WORK, LABOR, PERMITTING, PARTS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, DELIVERIES, ETC. TO REPAIR AND REHABILITATE POND AND STREAM 2
ONLY OF THE TEWINKLE PARK LAKES, AS DIRECTED BY THESE BID DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND / OR DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. S EE TEWINKLE PARK LAKE RENOVATION BID DOCUMENT PLANS IN SECTION “G” – APPENDIX “B” FOR DETAILS . A LL OTHER REQUIREMENTS APPLY : CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO APPLY FOR AND BE ISSUED
REQUIRED PERMITS FROM (BUT NOT LIMITED TO ) COSTA MESA SANITARY DISTRICT AND OC PUBLIC WORKS FOR SEWER WASTEWATER DISPOSAL. G ENERAL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY
PERMIT / SWPPP REQUIRED FROM THE SANTA ANA REGIONAL WATER QUALITY CONTROL BOARD [SEE SECTION 3-12.6 (PAGE GP-12) IN THE GENERAL PROVISIONS] Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-5
At the direction of the ENGINEER, the Contractor shall remove all labor, parts, materials, equipment, deliveries, etc. for the complete repair and rehabilitation of Pond and Stream 2 of the TeWinkle Park Lakes as stipulated in these project bid documents and specifications and / or per the direction of the Engineer.
Measurement shall be based per Lump Sum (L.S.) for all work performed pursuant to these Specifications and shall, include all labor, equipment, materials as required to complete the work as directed by the ENGINEER.
PART 3
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
SECTION 300 – EARTHWORK
[Add the following:].
300-0 EARTHWORK IN STATE RIGHT-OF-WAY
300-0.1 General
All earthworks performed within the State of California Department of Transportation (“Caltrans”) Right-of-Way shall conform to the requirements of Section 19 of the latest edition of the "Standard Specifications and Standard Plans of the State of California, Department of Transportation, Division of Highways" with the appropriate Caltrans, City, and other applicable agency encroachment permits procured. 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
300-1.1 General
[Add or redefine the following:].
Section 300-1, "Clearing and Grubbing," of the Standard Specifications is supplemented by the following:
Contractor shall field verify existing grades and shall accept site as is, for no other grading shall be performed by the CITY.
300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials
300-1.3.1 General
All materials removed shall be disposed of in a legal manner at an appropriate Disposal Site.
300-1.3.2 Requirements
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-6
A. Bituminous Pavement
Saw cutting of edges to be joined is required.
B. Miscellaneous
In addition to the work outlined in Section 300-1.1 of the Standard Specifications, the following items of work are included under Clearing & Grubbing unless otherwise covered by specific bid item.
1. Maintaining dust control at all times by watering during the entire time of the project, whether extended or not, including developing a water supply and furnishing and placing all water for all work done in the contract, including water used for extra work.
2. Application of soil sterilant, if applicable, or as directed by the ENGINEER.
3. Protection of utilities, structures, improvements and other facilities within the construction zone, except those specifically shown on the plans to be removed or relocated.
4. Removal and disposal of existing natural and artificial objectionable material within the limits of construction.
5. Verification of existing locations and elevations as shown on the plans or directed by the ENGINEER.
6. Replacement of disturbed traffic signs, street names, mailboxes, property owner signs, fences, landscaping, protection of temporary construction fences and all appurtenances, striping and markings as required to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. Also, includes the installation of safe pedestrian pathway by installing orange netting or other approved method of safely directing pedestrians through a protected path.
7. This item shall also be interpreted to include the removal or relocation of any additional items in conflict with the proposed work not specifically mentioned herein or covered by specific bid item as directed in the field by the Engineer, which may be found within the work limits whether shown or not shown on the plans to be removed or relocated.
8. All surplus material three (3) inches or smaller shall be uniformly spread and compacted in the street sub grade. No material greater than three (3) inches in any dimension shall be used in the top twelve (12) inches of the sub grade. No nesting of rocks shall be allowed.
9. Unclassified fill shall consist of all fill unless separately designated. Construction of unclassified fill included preparing the area on which fill is to be placed, and the depositing, conditioning, and compaction of fill material.
10. Complete all demolition and removal work associated with the removal of AC, underlying PCC, PCC curb/gutter, as designated on the drawings for removal, unless otherwise defined.
11. Any structural or non-structural demolition work involved for the construction of the project and Contractor shall be responsible for disposing in a legal manner.
12. Determining and maintaining a straight edge in areas where AC joins existing edge of pavement.
13. No burning will be permitted.
14. No accumulation of flammable material shall remain on or adjacent to the right-of- way.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-7
SECTION 302 – ROADWAY SURFACING
302-4 SLURRY SEAL SURFACING
[Add the following within each Subsection:].
302-4.1.1 PREPARATION OF EXISTING FOR SLURRY SEAL
Before applying slurry seal, the Contractor shall perform the following:
Notices and No Parking postings. The contractor shall notify all the residents on any street that is impacted by the slurry seal operations by the end of the working day, on the Wednesday prior to slurry sealing the roadway. All operations for a Monday through Sunday work week shall have notices delivered by the prior Wednesday. The notice to each resident shall be on a format that is acceptable to the Engineer, with all contents of the notice being approved by the Engineer at least three weeks prior to having any slurry seal work performed. No Parking” signs are to be posted at least two working days prior to performing any slurry seal work.
Plane all buckled pavement flush with existing adjacent pavement after the cleaning process.
Remove all excess bitumen in bituminous pavement by burning or other method which is to be approved by Engineer.
Clean all oil stained asphalt surfaces and apply “oil seal” produced by Industrial Asphalt or an approved equal to all oil stained surfaces prior to slurry application. Clean all loose materials, silt, vegetation, and other objectionable material on the existing surface by a method as specified or approved by the Engineer. The surface shall be free of water, dust, and foreign materials.
Before construction starts, all cracks shall be sprayed with “Suppress Herbecide EC” a non-select organic weed and grass killer solution manufactured by Westbride Agricultural Products and a direct kill application (spectrocide) combination or approved equal. The contractor shall apply the organic weed and grass killer solution twice, at two (2) weeks apart from application. If a 3 rd application is necessary, all cracks shall be sprayed with “Round-up”, a non-select weed and grass killer solution manufactured by Monsanto Company and a direct kill application (spectrocide) combination or approved equal for no additional cost to the City. The Contractor shall remove all weeds and vegetation fourteen (14) days after the chemical application or as recommended by the manufacturer. The Contractor shall assure that vegetation and weeds are completely eliminated.
To facilitate inspection, the chemical solution shall be mixed with purple dye before spraying. The Contractor shall be directed to spray against those cracks – without purple color appearing – at no additional cost to the City before any construction.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-8
The weed and grass killer solution shall be applied at a rate as recommended by manufacturer.
Sweep the surface with a rotary broom to remove all loose material. Clean thoroughly by using compressed air to blow out loose material, and then brush with a wire brush to remove more stubborn material from all depressions and cracks not reached by the rotary broom.
Wash existing pavement; it must be damp but without water standing before slurry.
May use alternate cleaning methods only with prior approval of the Engineer. Remove all existing raised pavement markers (RPM) including reflective markers.
Remove by wet sandblasting, or by hand-operated grinder, all existing and/or visual striping and pavement markings prior to the application of the slurry seal.
Temporary striping marking shall be placed and maintained until the final striping and markings are placed.
Remove by hand-operated grinder all existing and/or visual thermoplastic markings including markings, striping, and crosswalks prior to the application of the slurry seal.
Furnish and maintain temporary markings until the final striping and markings are placed.
Immediately ahead of the mixer for slurry seal, pre-water the pavement by a pressure water distribution system equipped with a fog-type spray bar which will completely fog the surface of the pavement. The surface should be damp but with no free water standing in front of the slurry box.
Cover any manholes, water valve covers, and brick and concrete crosswalks with heavy removable plastic cover materials to prevent the adhesion of construction materials.
Remove the tape covering material from manholes, water valves, and brick and concrete crosswalks as soon as the slurry application is completed remove and clean any deposited construction materials on the surface of these exiting structures as soon as possible.
Coordinate with the City’s Fire Department and obtain their approval before starting any work.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-9
Be responsible for maintaining location of and access to, all waterline valves during construction.
Restore traffic delineation prior to opening street to traffic. Use only reflective slurry tabs; Non-reflective slurry tabs will not be allowed. 302-4.1.2 OIL SEAL
All accumulation of oil and foreign materials shall be scraped and removed from the asphalt surface prior to the application of oil seal. Any fresh petroleum deposits should be dried using heat prior to application of oil seal.
Oil seal shall be applied per manufacturer’s recommendations. Severity of the petroleum stain should dictate the amount of application. Oil seal should be brushed onto the stained surface insuring the total stain is well covered. 302-4.1.3 SLURRY SEAL TYPE II
Slurry seal material and construction shall conform to Sections 203 and 302-4 of the Green Book and the following additions and revisions.
Slurry shall be quickset emulsion aggregate slurry seal cationic (CQS---1h) and shall have an additive oflatex. The latex shall be added at the emulsion plant after weighing the asphalt and before the addition of mixing water. The latex shall be added at a rate of
2.5% percent of the weight of the emulsified asphalt. The cost for the latex additive shall be included in the unit price for no additional cost to the City.
A final report for slurry mix design shall be submitted to the City for verification and all slurry mix design must be tested and approved by the specified laboratory prior to commencing work.
After mix proportions have been determined by the laboratory which has been approved by the City, the Contractor shall place one or more trial mixes either at the job site or at a location where small spreads of the slurry would not be objectionable.
The Contractor shall submit samples of aggregate, emulsion, retardant or accelerator, and the other required substances to the City to verify mix design submitted by the Contractor.
The cement mixing test will not be required for quickset cationic emulsion asphalt.
The aggregate bin shall be calibrated in 2-ton increments in order that an accurate estimate may be made of the amount of material used for each load. Prior to the beginning of slurry operations, the Contractor shall furnish, at no cost to the City, current licensed weighmaster’s certificate indicating the net weight capacity of the aggregate bin.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-10
The Contractor shall furnish calibrated vehicle weight scales at the stockpile site for use by the Agency. The portable scales will be utilized for inspection and all mixers shall be weighed prior to transit. All equipment and tools necessary for the field measurement of the emulsion and aggregate by the Agency shall be furnished and maintained by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the initial setup of the weigh scales at the stockpile site and all necessary relocations during slurry seal operations.
The Contractor shall apply the slurry using a minimum of two continuous mixers, one mixer to apply slurry with the other machine is in transit to and from the batch site. The Contractor shall provide a coordinator, at least one competent quickset man one competent driver for the mixer applying slurry, and one shuttle driver for the machine in route to reload. The Contractor shall also provide sufficient laborers for any hand work and clean up required to insure proper progress of work. Transit mix trucks shall not be used.
The spreader box shall be equipped with flexible material in contact with the pavement and shall be maintained so as to prevent loss of slurry outside the limits to be covered.
It shall be adjustable to assure a uniform, controlled spread and shall be equipped with suitable drags that will erase ridges. It shall be mechanical or hydraulic type equipped with a steering device.
Prior to any change the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all emulsion tanks and mixing units to prevent any chemical reaction between the two emulsions.
Insofar as possible, slurry seal shall be applied to cul-de-sac areas and tress shaded areas in the early morning to allow proper curing.
Those areas that cannot be reached by regular spreading machine shall be spread by hand or by a small machine to completely cover those areas within the limitations of construction.
Sufficient water must be use to obtain a mix consistency that is smooth and homogeneous and does not segregate on standing. The water shall not exceed the content specified in the mix design.
Prior to the time of delivery of each shipment of asphalt emulsion, the Contractor shall deliver to the City certified copies of the test report for that emulsion. The test report shall indicate the name of the vendor, type and grade of asphalt emulsion delivered, date and point of delivery, quantity delivered, delivery ticket number, purchase order number, and results of the specified tests. The test report shall be signed by an authorized representative of the vendor, shall certify that the product delivered conforms to the standard specifications and is compatible with the proposed aggregate for the type and grade indicated. In addition, samples of each shipment of asphalt emulsion shall be taken upon arrival at the job site and furnished to the Engineer; a minimum of Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-11
three of those samples, more if deemed necessary, to be selected by the Engineer shall be tested for continued test reports, the testing required in connection with those reports and all additional resting shall be provided by the Contractor at no cost to the City.
No material from that shipment of asphalt emulsion shall be utilized or employed in performance of the work until the certified test reports and samples of the material have been furnished to, check by, and verified by the Engineer.
If test results do not conform to the requirements of these special provisions, the unacceptable slurry seal shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense.
Continued application of slurry will not be allowed until it can be shown to the Engineer’s satisfaction that the mix conforms to the approved mix design. The Contractor shall, at the direction of the Engineer, repair and reseal all areas of the streets which have not been sealed properly and completely. No extension of time will be allowed for delays due to repairs, resealing, or improper mix. Any additional tests required by the Engineer prior to continued slurry application and the additional slurry required to correct the previously rejected slurry application shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
The approximate rate of application coverage shall be from 1/8” to approximately 3/8” maximum with a coverage of 3/16” desired. For bidding purposes, the Contractor shall assume the application rate of slurry shall be between 1,100 and 1,400 square feet per extra long ton.
The Contractor shall verify weather condition prior to the application of slurry; however, no application shall commence before 8:00 a.m., or after 1:00 p.m. The streets to be sealed shall be closed from the time of application begins until the mixture has achieved sufficient set of 4 to 5 hours to be opened to traffic, or as directed by the Engineer. The full width of the roadway shall be open for use by public traffic no later than 5PM. No residential streets shall be closed to traffic before 8:00 a.m. or after 5:00 p.m.
If lumping, ball, or unmixed aggregate is observed, the slurry shall be removed from the pavement. It shall also be removed if coarser aggregate particles settle to the bottom of the mix. Streaks, such as those caused by oversized aggregate, shall be repaired at once with a hand squeegee.
No longitudinal or transverse streaking, bleeding (flushing), or loss of cover aggregate shall be accepted after application. Under the direction of the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all rejected areas and repair them to the acceptable degree by the Engineer. All cost for correction work shall be borne by Contractor.
The streets to be sealed with slurry shall be sealed from edge of pavement to edge of pavement.
Excessive build-up causing unsightly appearance shall not be permitted on longitudinal or transverse joints. Unless otherwise approved, the overlap at joints will not be less than 1” or greater than 3” and shall be feathered. Joints between asphalt pavement and Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-12
concrete pavement and/or concrete gutters shall be completely and neatly sealed without excessive overlap onto concrete; any unsightly and objectionable excess shall be immediately removed as required.
The start and finish of a slurry application shall be a straight line which, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, shall be obtained by laying a strip of building paper or other material, approved by the Engineer, on the pavement surface. After application of slurry, the paper shall be removed, leaving a straight edge.
All cul-de-sacs the Contractor shall slurry seal first to allow an extended cure time for the cul-de-sacs locations. Spillage resulting from hauling operations along or across any public traveled way shall be removed immediately by the Contractor at its expense.
The finished surface of the slurry seal shall be at least as smooth as the original pavement surface. Any corrugations on the surface creating vibrations noticeable by passengers in an automobile driving over the slurry sealed surface at legal speeds will result in rejection of the slurry seal construction.
Following curing of the applied slurry, the roadway shall be uniformly black in color and shall exhibit no streaking. Where the completely slurry is not uniform in color, the slurry application will be rejected. Any overlap onto concrete gutters is unacceptable and shall be removed immediately. All curbs, gutters, sidewalks and driveways shall be maintained free of loose aggregate and shall be swept as necessary or as directed by the City Engineer. Any stains resulting from the slurry sealing or paving shall be removed to the City’s satisfaction. Any slurry seal application that has been rejected will be removed by cold planning to the original pavement. A new slurry seal application shall then be placed on the pavement. Any Pavement of slurry seal rejected shall be removed and replaced with the cost borne by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall be responsible for covering all asphalt pavement surfaces with an application of slurry seal in designated areas. This will include, but not be limited to, asphalt pavement directly adjacent to edges of structures, fences, walls, planters, walkways, driveways, lawns, and porches. The Contractor shall prevent the slurry seal from being deposited on any of these facilities and/or improvements and shall remove any splattering or spillage.
The Contractor shall provide such flagmen and barricades as required to protect the uncured slurry from vehicular traffic. Any damage to the uncured slurry shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
The Contractor shall have a sufficient number of men on the job at all times to properly protect the freshly laid material and to correct any irregularities resulting from spillage, unsatisfactory materials or any other inconsistency as the work progresses. All discrepancies encountered in the application of slurry shall be immediately corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-13
Upon Completion of each working day, the Contractor shall clean up the street or roads including all utility covers and all ground occupied by him in connection with the work.
All work performed by the Contractor shall be left in a neat and presentable condition.
At the end of each day’s work and at other times when construction operations are completed or suspended, all equipment and other obstructions shall be removed from the roadway.
Any slurry seal repair work performed by the Contractor shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer. The cost of any repair work and removal of the damaged slurry seal shall be borne by the Contractor.
302-4.1.4 CRACK SEAL
This work shall consist of sealing all transverse and longitudinal cracks, and/or combination thereof, routing grooves along random cracks; and placing sealing material in the grooves, and as directed by the Engineer.
302-4.1.4.1 Material
Grooves for transverse and longitudinal cracks, and/or combination thereof; shall be cut, to the dimensions as stated, with concrete saws equipped with diamond blades. Each groove shall be cut in one pass of the saw.
Grooves for sealing random cracks shall be routed by any method that will produce a groove of the approximate shape and dimension as stated.
Joint sealant shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: D 3405 as modified herein or to the following:
Joint Sealant shall be a mixture of paving asphalt and ground rubber. Ground rubber shall be vulcanized or a combination of vulcanized and vulcanized materials ground so that 100 percent will pass a No. 8 sieve. The mixture shall contain not less than 22 percent ground rubber, by weight. Modifiers may be used to facilitate blending.
The sealant shall have a Ring and Ball softening point of 135 °F minimum, when tested in accordance with AASHTO Designation: T 53.
The material shall be capable of being melted and applied to cracks and joints at temperatures below 400°F. When heated, it shall readily penetrate grooves ¼ inch wide or wider.
Section 4.2 of ASTM Designation: D3405 is modified to read:
Penetration at 77°F. (25°C), 150g, 5s, shall not exceed 120.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-14
Section 4.5 of ASTM Designation: D3405 is modified to read:
Resilience – When tested at 77°F. (25°C), the recovery shall be a minimum of 50 percent.
Each lot of joint sealant shipped to the job site, whether as specified herein or conforming to ASTM Designation: D 3405, as modified herein, shall be accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance as provided in Section 6-1.07, “Certificates of Compliance,” of the Standard Specifications, and shall be accompanied with storage and heating instructions and cautions.
Immediately prior to placing bond-breaker, or, in the case of random cracks, sealant, the joint, or routed crack, shall be cleaned by blast cleaning or by hand methods and then cleaned with high pressure air fets to remove all residue and foreign materials from the groove. Joint and routed crack surfaces shall be fry at the time the sealant is applied.
A bond-breaker of a shape and material recommended by the manufacturer of the sealant, or as approved by the Engineer, shall be placed in the groove of transverse of longitudinal joints, and/or combination thereof.
Joint-Sealant materials shall be heated and placed in conformance with the manufacturer’s written instructions and the details shown on the plans. Joint-sealant materials shall not be placed when the pavement surface temperature is below 50°F.
The finished joint sealant shall be bonded to the faces of the joint groove. There shall be no separation or opening between the sealant and the faces of the joint groove, and there shall be no crack, separation, or other opening in the sealant. 302-4.1.4.2 Equipment
Router: Shall be so designed to follow random cracks accurately and in accordance to the requirements of the specifications and current Environmental Agency standards.
Compressor: An air compressor capable of a minimum of 85 to 150 cfm shall be used.
Asphalt-Rubber Sealant Machine: Shall have an oil jacketed pump heat transfer oil circulation system with a minimum of 200 gallons and an agitation system. There shall be a positive pumping system on the machine. The machine shall have a minimum melting capacity of 100 gallons per hour.
302-4.1.4.3 Application
Routing: Crack seal shall be applied to all cracks equal to, or greater than ¼” wide.
Random cracks equal to or greater than 1/8” wide up to and including cracks 1/4” wide will be routed to a minimum width of 1/4” wide and 1/2” deep, and cracks greater than 1/4” wide up to and including cracks of 3/4” wide shall be routed to a minimum width of Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-15
3/4” wide and 3/4” deep by mechanical means. Cracks greater than 3/4” wide shall be blown with compressed air of not less than 100psi. Cracks less than 1/8” wide shall not be sealed under this work..
The Contractor shall protect all existing utility covers, survey monuments, traffic detector loops and pull boxes during the routing operation and shall repair or replace any damaged facilities to its original condition. The existing facilities shall include but not be limited to the above items.
Removing: All routed material, dirt, vegetation, and foreign debris shall be blown and/or removed from the cracks including alligatoring cracks prior to the end of each work day.
All cracks shall be free from moisture, all dirt, routed material, vegetation and foreign debris.
Crack Filling: The routed and cleaned cracks shall be filled with specified sealant from the bottom up to the surface in such a manner which does not result in sealant bridging or entrapped air pockets. (With larger cracks, settlement and temperature shrinkage may occur, thus requiring a second application to bring the material up to surface).
Immediately after material installation, the material shall be squeegeed as level as possible. Poorly squeegeed material and crack filled material that separates from the crack shall be rejected. Because of the nature of the material, there may be variance above or below the pavement level. Alligatoring crack areas shall also be entirely covered with crack seal material.
Sweeping: Following slurry seal operations, streets shall be swept with a power vacuum sweeper. The Contractor shall perform vacuum sweeping of all slurry sealed streets a minimum three (3) times: twenty-four (24) hours after application of the slurry (or the following Monday if applied on a Friday) and for period of two (2) weeks after application of slurry seal to remove all accumulations of loose material and maintain streets in a “ravel free” condition. The Contractor shall make complete (curb-to-curb) passes on all scheduled sweeps. Where commercial street sweeping vehicles cannot remove loose material, including but not limited to driveways, sidewalks, and curb ramps, hand sweeping or equal shall be performed. The frequency and location of sweeping will be on as needed basis as determined by the Engineer for no additional cost to the City.
Two weeks following the completion of slurry seal operations, the Contractor shall repair all power steering marks, rough seam lines, and any other defects as directed by the City Engineer.
Miscellaneous: Spillage resulting from hauling operation along or across any public traveled way shall be removed immediately by the Contractor at its expense.
The Contractor shall prevent the crack seal materials from being deposited on all existing facilities and/or improvements and shall remove any splattering or spillage.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-16
The Contractor shall provide such flagmen and barricades as required to protect the uncured crack seal materials from vehicular traffic. Any damage to the uncured crack seal materials shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
The Contractor shall have a sufficient number of men on the job at all times to properly protect the freshly laid material and to correct any irregularities resulting from spillage, unsatisfactory materials or any other inconsistency as the work progresses. All discrepancies encountered in the application of crack seal materials shall be immediately corrected of the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Upon completion of each working day, the Contractor shall clean up the streets or roads including all utility covers and all ground occupied by him in connection with the work.
All work performed by the Contractor shall be left in a neat and presentable condition.
Temporary markings shall be placed and maintained until the final striping and markings are placed.
The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining location of, and access to all waterline valves during construction.
At the end of each day’s work and at other times when construction operations are completed or suspended, all equipment and other obstructions shall be removed from the roadway.
302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
[Add the following within each Subsection:].
302-5.1 General
Asphalt Concrete (AC) shall conform to Section 203-6 of the Standard Specifications, with Section 92, "Asphalt" of Caltrans Standard Specifications and Special Provisions, and as modified herein.
AC base course shall be Type III-B2-PG-64-10 (3/4” sieve size). AC leveling course shall be III-D-PG-64-10 (3/8” sieve size) (up to 0.08 foot thick).
AC surface course shall be Type III-C3-PG-64-10 (1/2” sieve size) and at least
0.16 foot thick.
All areas for reconstruction and leveling shall be marked in the field by the ENGINEER.
The Contractor is not allowed to drive his/her fully loaded trucks on the new asphalt concrete mat.
Sub-grade preparation shall conform to Section 301-1 of the latest edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-17
Unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER, the finished surface of the new leveling course shall be 2-inches thick at the center/crown of roadway, tapering to 0 inches thick approximately one foot from the edge of the gutter lip.
Finished surface of the new pavement shall be flush with the edge of the gutter, if there is a bike lane or crosswalk with curb ramps (A.D.A. path of travel). The finished surface of the new pavement shall be 3/8” higher than the edge of the gutter for all other conditions.
The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining location of and access to, all water valves, water line gate valves and manholes during construction.
Contractor shall schedule paving operations to ensure that construction equipment does not drive over new A.C. material.
At least 24 hours of “cool off” time shall occur between A.C. lifts.
Contractor shall protect and preserve the entire existing pavement outside construction limits in the same condition as existing. Contractor shall replace and/or repair the damaged area to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER at no cost to the City.
Unless otherwise noted below, there are no special equipment requirements, the contractor shall comply with all provisions of the latest edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.
302-5.2 Not Used
[Replace with the following:].
302-5.2 Asphalt Removal and Replacement
The Contractor shall remove the existing AC pavement section down to the elevation as depicted on the Plans. All work shall comply with the applicable sections of the Standard Specifications as required.
Sub-grade preparation shall conform to Section 301-1 of the Standard Specifications.
The Contractor shall replace and compact the aggregate base section to the required elevation as specified on the Plans. The aggregate base material shall be ¾” CMB and conform to Section 200-2.4 “Crushed Miscellaneous Base” of the Standard Specifications.
The existing AC pavement shall be saw-cut to full depth to provide a clean, neat, and straight pavement break. Then the join between the existing pavement and the new pavement shall be sealed. A layer of tack coat shall be applied to all vertical-cut faces and between subsequent HMA lifts.
All excavated material shall be hauled and disposed of by the Contractor in accordance with these Special Provision and Standard Specifications.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-18
The Contractor can elect to bring the entire AC Base Course to the existing finished grade prior to cold milling operations.
302-5.4 Tack Coat
Prior to placing asphalt concrete, all existing surfaces shall be cleaned by blowing air, water and/or broom, and the crack seal applied as part of the cold milling operation shall be set and inspected. The surface shall be free of water, dust, and all foreign materials before any tack coat is applied.
The Tack Coat shall be applied to all exposed surfaces. 302-5.5.1 Surface Preparation
Prior to placing asphalt concrete, all existing surfaces shall be cleaned by blowing air, water and/or broom. All striping and markings shall be removed by grinding or by some other approved method before placing asphalt concrete surface course, and skin patching. The surface shall be free of water, dust, and all foreign materials before any tack coat is applied.
Prior to the application of new AC surface course, the Contractor shall locate and tie-out all manholes and valve covers before commencing work.
Asphalt concrete shall be compacted to achieve at least 95 percent of the relative compaction.
The Contractor is not allowed to drive his/her fully loaded trucks on the new asphalt concrete mat.
302-5.6 Rolling
Initial or breakdown compaction shall consist of a minimum of three coverages of a layer of asphalt concrete. A pass shall be a movement of a roller in both directions over the same path.
A coverage shall be as many passes as are necessary to cover the entire width being paved. Overlap between passes during any coverage made to insure compaction without displacement of material, in accordance with good rolling practice, shall be considered a part of the coverage being made and not a part of a subsequent coverage.
Each coverage shall be completed before subsequent coverages are started.
Pneumatic rollers shall not be used without prior approval of the Engineer. The top layer of each lane, once commenced, shall be placed without interruption. The Contractor shall roll the newly laid asphalt concrete in such a manner that will not create a joint between two passes; joints shall be flush. If such joint exists, the Contractor shall be required to replace or repair that section as directed by the Engineer at no cost to the City. Six (6) inches of newly laid asphalt concrete to be joined by an adjacent pass shall not be rolled until adjacent pass has been laid.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-19
Subgrade preparation shall conform to Section 301-1 of the Greenbook, and shall be included in the unit price bid for “Asphalt Concrete.”
Asphalt concrete shall be placed with a paving machine equipped with a Preco attachment or an approved equal device for use in obtaining constant cross-slope and maximum joint quality.
At all locations where new asphalt concrete pavement is joining or overlaying existing asphalt pavement, the Contractor shall provide straight neat lines and transition the last twenty (20) feet of new pavement to form a smooth transition with the existing pavement.
Contractor shall protect and preserve the entire existing pavement outside construction limits in the same condition as existing. Contractor shall replace and/or repair the damaged area to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the City. 302-5.8 Not Used
[Replace with the following:].
302-5.8 FORTA-FI ® Fiber-Reinforced Asphalt Cement Concrete The following are the manufacturer’s (FORTA Corporation) specifications for the FORTA-FI® Fiber-Reinforced Asphalt Cement Concrete. Any questions should be addressed to the manufacturer as provided here in subsection 2.1. Substitutes for this fiber-reinforced product must be equal or better and approved by the ENGINEER.
1.1 Submittals:
A. Submit copies of manufacturer’s literature for fibers including:
1. Product data
2. Brochures
3. Written instructions to suppliers
4. Written instructions to installers
5. Material safety data sheets (MSDS)
B. Submit copies of certificate prepared by asphalt material supplier, stating that the specified fibers were added to each batch of asphalt delivered to the project site.
Each certificate should be accompanied by one copy of each batch delivery ticket indicating product name, manufacturer and quantity of fiber-reinforcement added to each asphalt load.
1.2 Quality Assurance:
A. Fiber Manufacturer to provide technical assistance from design through construction for use of fiber reinforcement.
1.3 Delivery, Storage, and Handling:
A. Deliver fiber-reinforcement in sealed, undamaged containers with labels intact and legible, indicating material name and lot number.
B. Deliver fiber-reinforcement to location where it will be added to each batch or loaded into the mixer.
C. Store materials covered and off the ground. For ease of handling, do not allow boxers to become wet.
2.1 Manufacturer’s Information:
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-20
FORTA Corporation
100 FORTA Drive
Grove City, PA 16127
(800) 245-0306
www.fortacorp.com
www.forta-fi.com
2.2 Materials:
A. FORTA-FI ® [Hot-Mix Asphalt (HMA), Warm-Mix Asphalt (WMA), and Hot / Cold- Patch (PAT)] fiber-reinforcement with virgin polyolefins and virgin aramids.
B. Fiber-Reinforcement: FORTA-FI® fibers with the following typical physical properties:
1. Nominal Specific Gravity (Bulk Relative Density): 0.91 and 1.44
2. Nominal Material Types: Virgin Polyolefins and Virgin Aramid
3. Maximum length: 0.75-inch
4. Match fiber blend of materials to application installation types:
i. Hot Mix Asphalt is designated blend HMA,
ii. Warm Mix Asphalt is designated blend WMA, and
iii. Patching is designated blend PAT
2.3 Batching and Mixing:
A. To avoid the formation of fiber balls or not mixed fibers, add sealed plastic bags of fibers into the mixer.
B. Add fiber-reinforcement at 1.0 pound per ton (lb / ton).
C. Order product for Pub Mill Mixers for minimum batch size regarding tons per batch to pounds per bag of product.
D. Order Product for Drum Type Mixers and the anticipated production rate of tons per hour (typically seconds per ton, dosage timing) regarding one-pound per bag of product.
E. Order fiber-reinforcement materials for one-pound per ton of asphalt materials and allowing for overages, production, and occasional errors based on past experience.
2.4 Pub Mill Mixers and Mixing Operations:
A. Ensure adequate start, stop, and dosage change information is easily communicated between batch control operations and fiber addition activities.
B. Add complete bags of fibers just before aggregate is discharged into the pug mill mixer.
C. Immediately before or immediately after the dried aggregate is added to the pub mill, the bags of fibers should be added and discharged into the pug mill with the aggregate.
D. Add complete bags of fibers at the general nominal batch size agreed to by operations and mixture design specifications.
E. Do NOT open the bags and add or discharge into the pub mill.
F. Dry mixing proceeds for the standard length of time as specified in the mixture design specifications.
G. The proper quantity of bitumen (asphalt cement, liquid) is added to the pub mill and wet mixing proceeds for the standard length of time as specified in the design mixture specifications.
H. The asphalt batch is accumulated and discharged normally.
I. The asphalt batch is discharged to a haul vehicle or storage.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-21
2.5 Drum Type Mixers and Mixing Operations:
A. Ensure adequate start, stop, and rate change information is easily communicated between drum control operations and fiber addition activities.
B. Add complete bags of fiber at a point in the mixing process after fines collection and before the addition of liquid asphalt.
C. Add fibers after the fines collection to ensure the fibers do not clog filters.
D. Add fibers before the liquid asphalt addition.
E. Add complete bags of fibers at the general nominal rate agreed to by operations and mixture design specifications.
F. Do NOT open the bags at any point in the loading process.
G. Mixing should proceed for the standard length of time as specified in the mixture design specifications.
H. The proper quantity of bitumen (asphalt cement, liquid) is added to the drum and wet mixing process for the standard length of time as specified in the mixture design specifications.
I. The asphalt batch Is accumulated and discharged normally.
J. The asphalt batch is discharged to a haul vehicle or storage.
3.1 Placement:
A. Discharge fiber-reinforced asphalt cement concrete into locations as directed and in accordance with the project.
B. Place asphalt cement concrete in accordance with the provision of other sections and with additional instructions as follows.
C. Avoid over-using long tine rakes or other tools that will align fibers or disrupt the homogeneous, uniform 3-dimensional, fiber dispersion when moving asphalt cement concrete.
D. Using a lute, “come along,” or a flat tined pitch-fork (potato fork) may be useful for moving asphalt cement concrete.
E. Remove any observed fiber balls from mixture if they occur.
F. Adjust operations regarding any observed fiber balls.
3.2 Compaction:
A. Verify timing for initial and final compaction rather than just a visual determination.
B. Hand Compaction / Finishing: Use appropriate tools as required. 302-7 PAVEMENT FABRIC
302-7.1 General
[Add the following:].
302-7.2 Placement
The Contractor shall place subgrade stabilizing fabric upon the prepared subgrade. The subgrade shall be scarified and compacted prior to the placement of the fabric. Care shall be taken not to overwork the subgrade.
The subgrade fabric shall be Mirafi 600X or approved equal and shall be placed on entire subgrade areas before placing asphalt concrete (A.C.) base course. Overlap shall be 48-inches. The contractor shall follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for installation of the fabric.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-22
Furnish and place engineering fabric in accordance with Section 302-7 of the Standard Specifications.
The engineering pavement fabric shall conform to Section 213-1 of the Standard Specifications.
302-9 ASPHALT RUBBER HOT MIX (ARHM)
302-9.1 General
[Add the following:].
Asphalt Rubberized Hot Mix (ARHM) shall conform to Section 203-11 of the Standard Specifications and as modified herein.
The Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix Surface Course shall be Gap-Graded ARHM-GG-C- PG 64-16 (1/2” sieve size) and at least 0.15 foot thick Finished surface of the new pavement shall be flush with the edge of the gutter for entire project area.
Contractor shall schedule paving operations to ensure that construction equipment does not drive over new AC material.
The Contractor is not allowed to drive his/her fully loaded trucks on the new ARHM mat.
Contractor shall protect and preserve the entire existing pavement outside construction limits in the same condition as existing. Contractor shall replace and/or repair the damaged area to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER at no cost to the City.
Unless otherwise specified herein, there are no special equipment requirements to perform the work and the contractor shall comply with all equipment specifications of the Standard Specifications.
302-9.2 Tack Coat
[Add the following:].
Prior to placing the ARHM surface course, all receiving surfaces shall be cleaned by blowing air, water and/or broom. The surface shall be free of water, dust, and all foreign materials before any tack coat is applied.
The Tack Coat shall be applied to all exposed surfaces. 302-9.3 Distribution and Spreading
[Add the following:].
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-23
At least 24 hours of “cool off” time shall occur between A.C. lifts.
All temporary striping and markings shall be removed by grinding or by some other approved method before placing asphalt concrete surface course, and skin patching.
Asphalt concrete shall be placed with a paving machine equipped with a Preco attachment or similar device for use in obtaining constant cross-slope and maximum joint quality.
302-9.6 Manholes (and Other Structures)
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining location of and access to, all water valves, water line gate valves and manholes during construction.
Prior to the application of new AC surface course, the Contractor shall locate and tie-out all manholes and valve covers before commencing work and comply with these Special Provisions.
The Contractor shall measure the bridge height clearance at the SR 73 north and south bridges after placement of the AC leveling course at the specified roadway location to confirm that the min. 15’-0’ clearance will be achieved after placement of final surface course. Contractor to measure the final height from same location to confirm min.15’-0” clearance after final placement and compaction of surface course. If the measurement reduces the min. 15’-0” clearance, the Contractor shall be required to grind and re-pave the non-conforming area until compliance has been achieved and accepted by the ENGINEER.
The Contractor is directed to Section 403 within these Special Provisions with respect to raising, adjusting or reconstructing utilities to grade. 302-5.6 Rolling
302-5.6.1 General
[Add the following:].
Initial or breakdown compaction shall consist of a minimum of three coverages of a layer of asphalt concrete. A pass shall be a movement of a roller in both directions over the same path.
A coverage shall be as many passes as are necessary to cover the entire width being paved. Overlap between passes during any coverage made to insure compaction without displacement of material, in accordance with good rolling practice, shall be considered a part of the coverage being made and not a part of a subsequent coverage.
Each coverage shall be completed before subsequent coverages are started.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-24
The top layer of each lane, once commenced, shall be placed without interruption. The Contractor shall roll the newly laid asphalt concrete in such a manner that will not create a joint between two passes; joints shall be flush. If such joint exists, the Contractor shall be required to replace or repair that section as directed by the Engineer at no cost to the City. Six (6) inches of newly laid asphalt concrete to be joined by an adjacent pass shall not be rolled until adjacent pass has been laid.
Pneumatic rollers shall not be used without prior approval of the ENGINEER. 302-9.5 Joints
At all locations where new asphalt concrete pavement is joining or overlaying existing asphalt pavement, the Contractor shall provide straight neat lines and transition the last twenty (20) feet of new pavement to form a smooth transition with the existing pavement.
302-9.8 Measurement
[Replace the first Sentence with the following:].
ARHM shall be measured by the TON
SECTION 303 – CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY
INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS
303-5.1 Requirements
303-5.1.1 General
[Replace the entire Subsection with the following:].
Concrete curbs, walks, gutters, spandrels, cross gutters, alley intersections, access ramps, and driveways shall be constructed of Portland cement concrete and comply with Section 201-1 of the Standard Specifications. The following class of concrete shall be used per each type of improvement:
Curb and Gutter, Spandrels, Cross Gutters, Alley Intersections, and Driveways – 560-C-3250.
Sidewalks and Access Ramps – 520-C-2500
The following AC type and Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) shall be used with respect to each type of improvement:
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-25
Asphalt Concrete Base Course shall conform to Section 302-5 of these Special Provisions.
Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) shall be ¾” fine and comply with Section 200-2.4 of the Standard Specifications.
AC Sidewalk – Surface Course (Type III-C3-PG64-10 (½” sieve size)) in conformance with Section 203-6 of the Standard Specifications.
Curing compound shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of the GREENBOOK.
CITY Standard Drawings
The following CITY Standard Drawings shall apply or per the direction of the ENGINEER:
Curb and Gutter shall conform to Nos. 312 and 314.
Concrete Sidewalk shall conform to Nos. 411, 412, and 413, (and 414 where necessary). 4” Min PCC/4” CMB.
Driveways shall conform to Nos. 313, 513, and 514.
Cross-gutters shall conform to No. 415 or per Standard Plan No. 122-2 or 123-2 in the “Standard Plans for Public Works Construction,” also known as the A.P.W.A. Standard Plans.
Caltrans Standard Plans
The following Caltrans Standard Plans shall apply:
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Access Ramps - Construction shall conform to Caltrans Standard Drawing No. A88A adjusted to meet the latest ADA regulations and requirements. The width of the wheel chair access ramp “W” shall be a minimum of five (5’) foot wide.
303-5.1.1 a) ADA Access Ramps
The Contractor shall inspect the location of the Access Ramps to be re-constructed prior to beginning the work to determine the appropriate Caltrans Standard Plan Ramp Case to be constructed. If the work entails removing and replacement of existing concrete sidewalk outside the ramp work limit area as identified in these Specifications or as shown on the Plans, he/she shall notify the ENGINEER prior to initiating the work.
The Contractor shall construct all necessary variable height-retaining curb at the back of the curb ramp as well as other retaining curb, if required, pursuant to the appropriate Caltrans Standard Plan ADA Ramp Case as determined by the Contractor and accepted by the ENGINEER. The Contractor shall relocate all street signs effected by the ramp construction to a condition equal to or better than existing.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-26
The detectable warning surface shall be Armor-Tile replaceable truncated domes or approved equal. Contractor shall submit a sample of the detectable warning surface to the ENGINEER for approval, prior to the start of construction. The color shall be yellow. The truncated dome mat shall be installed across the entire width of the bottom of the access ramp and shall be installed per the manufacturer's installation recommendations, or as directed by the ENGINEER.
The Contractor shall ensure safe passage by pedestrians during the ADA ramp construction and afford one safe crossing of the street at all times. The Contractor shall set-up all required signage and barricades within the work zone to provide safe pedestrian passage.
AC Tie-in
The Contractor shall saw cut, remove, and reconstruct a minimum of a two (2) foot width (slot patch) of adjoining structural section of the pavement to the limits of the ADA Ramp construction (BCR joint to ECR joint). The AC structural section to be replaced shall be 8” AC Base Course/8” CMB or 12” full depth AC Base Course with compaction as required by the Standard Specifications.
If there is an asphalt concrete adjoining sidewalk to be reconstructed to tie into the new concrete ramp, a one-foot (1’) adjoining pavement section shall be removed and replaced with a structural section of 4” AC Surface Course/4” CMB.
Curb and Gutter
The Contractor shall sawcut and remove existing curb and gutter, and construct either Type "C-6” curb and gutter or "C-8" curb and gutter pursuant to the existing curb and gutter condition conforming to the CITY Standard Drawing No. 312, rolled curb and gutter and/or modified curb and gutter at locations marked in the field by the ENGINEER or as designed on the Plans.
SPECIAL NOTE: In order to comply with ADA requirements cross slope of gutter plate and AC at wheelchair ramp locations shall not exceed 5% grade in the gutter pan.
SPECIAL NOTE: Curing compound shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of the GREENBOOK.
Removal of the Concrete Curb and Gutter and AC shall conform to Section 401 “Removal” of the Standard Specifications.
Existing Landscape Areas
All existing landscaping/irrigation/backfill removed, as part of the access ramp construction shall be replaced in-kind and made a part of the work in conformance with these Special Provisions and Standard Specifications at no additional cost to the CITY.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-27
Other Existing Facilities and Obstructions
The Contractor shall protect all existing improvements within the work area not designated to be removed in-place and intact and shall replace any existing improvements damaged by his/her operations at no additional cost to the CITY.
The Contractor shall locate and protect the traffic signal home-run within the slot patch and ramp area and coordinate with the City with respect to the signal loop replacement work as shown on the plans or as required. If the Contractor damages the existing signal loop conductor/conduit or other wiring to the signal pull box, all damage to said existing improvements shall be repaired/replaced to an in-kind condition pursuant to the required specifications and the system shall be restored for full operation at no cost to the City.
The Contractor shall mark, protect, adjust, and re-set all utility boxes/vaults within the reconstructed area. Additionally, the Contractor shall replace any existing marked, labeled or stamped concrete on the face of curb of existing utilities, which include, but not limited, to water, sewer, gas, etc.
303-5.1.1 b) Curb and Gutter
Per CITY Standards, weakened plane joints are required every ten feet (10’) and felt paper every forty feet (40’). Transitional curb and gutter shall be ten feet (10’) from one type to the other. No construction joints will be permitted. 303-5.1.1 c) Concrete Sidewalk
The Contractor shall reconstruct existing concrete sidewalk and/or construct new concrete sidewalk around obstructions, meandering sidewalk, and other miscellaneous concrete construction conforming to these Special Provisions and as shown on the Plans. The Contractor may be directed to reconstruct concrete walkways within private properties in order to join new improvements. Prior to initiating the work outside the City rights-of-way, the City will obtain the necessary right of access documents from the private property owner.
If there is an asphalt concrete adjoining sidewalk to be reconstructed to tie into the new concrete sidewalk, a one-foot (1’) adjoining pavement section shall be removed and replaced with a structural section of 4” AC Surface Course/4” CMB.
The Contractor shall inspect the location of the concrete sidewalk work area to be re- constructed prior to beginning the work. If the work entails removing and replacement of existing concrete sidewalk outside the work limit area as depicted within these Specifications or as shown on the Plans, he/she shall notify the ENGINEER prior to initiating the work.
Existing Landscape Areas
All existing landscaping/irrigation/backfill removed as part of the concrete walkway construction shall be replaced in-kind and made a part of the work in conformance with these Special Provisions, Standard Specifications, and as directed by the ENGINEER at no additional cost to the CITY.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-28
The Contractor shall place new sod or seed and top soil to match the existing grass species in the areas adjoining the newly constructed concrete improvements that were disturbed by his/her operations. The Contractor may be directed by the ENGINEER to sod or seed other areas as necessary in conformance with these Specifications.
Top Soil shall be Modified Class "A" Topsoil and shall consist of 80% content of Class "A" Topsoil per the Standard Specifications and 20% content of processed wood product of type "I" organic soil amendment per the Standard Specifications.
The Contractor shall protect all existing improvements within the work area not designated to be removed in-place and intact and shall replace any existing improvements damaged by his/her operations. Any damage beyond the construction limit shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense per Section 400-1 of the Standard Specifications.
The Contractor shall protect and support existing irrigation lines and sprinkler heads in place and intact. The Contractor shall adjust the heads to the proper level upon completion of the new sidewalk replacement.
The Contractor shall furnish and install all new pipe sizes to match existing, but no less than ½” schedule 40, PVC pipe, to tie into existing pipes. New sprinkler heads shall be equal to or better than existing inclusive of all appurtenances. All work shall conform to the applicable sections of the Standard Specifications and as directed by the ENGINEER.
The Contractor may salvage and reuse sprinkler heads that are still in reusable and functional condition for use at locations from which they were removed.
The Contractor shall cut interfering portions of existing irrigation lines and cap all ends for future reconnection at the time that the work is started at each location. All repair and replacement of the irrigation system shall be done within five (5) days or sooner after disconnection. During disconnection period of existing irrigation systems, the Contractor shall maintain the existing grass, trees, shrubs, and other existing landscape in a live condition with a temporary irrigation system and/or shall water the landscaped areas by hand. Homeowner's water supply shall not be used without written consent from each homeowner.
The Contractor shall modify, relocate or replace and/or extend all encountered irrigation lines or sprinkler heads so as to give full coverage to landscape area.
The Contractor may be directed to extend the existing sprinkler system or place a P.V.C. sleeve under the new sidewalk improvements into the landscaped area between the curb and sidewalk and other locations as necessary as determined in the field by the ENGINEER.
Prior to accepting work, the Contractor must turn the system on, and it must work properly in the presence of and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and property owner.
The Contractor shall replace any damaged and dead grass or landscaping beyond construction limits resulting from Contractor’s operation or insufficient water supplies at no cost to the CITY.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-29
Other Existing Facilities and Obstructions
Contractor shall adjust to grade existing water meter boxes (WM) to the new grade of the sidewalk. The water meter and water line shall be protected in place. Broken water meter boxes shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor, contact Mesa Water District to obtain and pickup new WM box. WM box shall be furnished to the Contractor at no cost.
The Contractor shall protect in-place the existing mail boxes or relocate them if they do not meet U.S. Post Office standards (see the Standard Plans section, if applicable). The Contractor shall provide a new post in case the existing one cannot be saved as determined by the ENGINEER in the field.
The Contractor shall relocate any street signs, which interfere, or conflict with construction of the sidewalk. A minimum 4-foot wide path of travel shall be required.
Sidewalk obstruction flare construction shall be per City Standard Drawing No. 413 or as shown on the Plans or as depicted within these Specifications.
At certain addresses, the Contractor will be directed to remove concrete and/or other improvements in the right-of-way. Upon the completion of the removal of existing concrete improvements within the parkway, including the underlying aggregate base for which no replacement is required, the Contractor shall backfill the void with Modified Class "A" Topsoil for placing new sod or seed as directed in those respective bid items. 303-5.1.1 d) Concrete Cross-Gutter
Contractor shall sawcut and remove existing improvments and reconstruct cross-gutter conforming to City of Costa Mesa Standard Drawing No. 415 or per Standard Plan No. 122-2 or 123-2 in the “Standard Plans for Public Works Construction,” also known as the A.P.W.A. Standard Plans, and applicable sections of the Standard Specifications, as directed by the ENGINEER.
Eight (8) inches of Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) shall be required under all new cross gutters.
Concrete shall be class 560-C-3250. (High early strength concrete mix) Crushed Miscellaneous base material and construction shall conform to Subsections 200 and 301 of the The “Greenbook,” and as directed by the Engineer. The sieve size shall be ¾” (fine).
New improvements shall be constructed to grades as indicated on the plans to provide a proper flow line with the existing improvements as indicated on the plans. 303-5.1.1 e) Concrete Driveway Approach
Contractor shall sawcut and remove existing improvments and construct P.C.C.
Driveway Approach per City of Costa Mesa Standard Drawing Nos. 313, 513, and 514 Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-30
and also to Standard Plan No. 110-2, Type “B” in the “Standard Plans for Public Works Construction,” also known as the A.P.W.A. Standard Plans. All work shall conform to the applicable portions of Section 303-5 of the Standard Specifications. Six (6) inches of Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) shall be required under all new driveways.
The Contractor shall adjust all existing utility boxes and conduit, or water meter boxes within the new driveway approach, to its new finished grade, and the adjustment shall be included in the bid price per square foot of Residential Driveway or Commercial Driveway. Removals and/or relocations necessary for driveway construction are to be paid as part of this bid item, except where a separate bid item exists for a stated removal or relocation item of work.
Concrete shall be class 560-C-3250.
Crushed Miscellaneous base material and construction shall conform to Subsections 200 and 301 of the The “Greenbook,” and as directed by the ENGINEER. The sieve size shall be ¾” (fine).
If there is existing asphalt concrete adjoining into the new concrete driveway approach, a one-foot (1’) adjoining pavement section shall be removed and replaced with a structural section of 6” AC Surface Course/6” CMB.
Asphalt concrete for slot paving shall be ¾” for base course and ½” for surface course, which is covered in Section 400-4 of Standard Specifications (latest edition).
Soils and aggregate tests shall conform to State of California test methods which may be substituted for designated ASTM test methods as noted herein. Laboratory maximum density tests shall be per Method 2 of Subsection 211-2.1. The correction for oversize materials as stated in Test Method No. California 216 shall be replaced with Note 2 of ASTM D1557.
New improvements shall be constructed to grades as indicated on the plans to match existing improvements and field condition with proper grade to form a safe and smooth riding surface.
SECTION 314 – TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND
PAVEMENT MARKERS
[Replace the entire Section with the following:].
314-1 GENERAL
The striping, markings and signing shall be reinstalled at existing locations in accordance the latest edition of the State of California Standard Plans and Specifications, City Details for Striping and Markings, as modified within these Special Provisions, and as specified by the ENGINEER. The Contractor shall furnish all material, services, labor and equipment necessary for the required pavement preparations, layout and completing the pavement markings.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-31
The installed material shall be plainly visible to the motorists both day and night.
Nighttime visibility shall be by a retro-reflector induced by ordinary headlights.
These special provisions set minimum requirements on material characteristics of the pavement marking products. Requirements concerning application and contractor warranties shall be maintained to secure acceptable performances.
The contractor shall record the existing Striping and Markings for the entire project limits on the Plans and provide to the Engineer prior to removal operations.
Contractor shall restore pavement traffic striping and marking damaged during construction to original condition.
314-2 REMOVAL OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT
MARKINGS
314-2.1 General
All striping must be removed by the wet sandblasting method with immediate cleanup of residue. No "blacking out" or temporary covering will be allowed. Such removal shall be by a vacuum attachment operating concurrently with the blast cleaning operations.
Reflective striping tape may be used, except that it shall not be applied to final surfaces.
It shall be completely removed from all surfaces prior to placement of subsequent work.
All pavement markers shall be removed without damaging the pavement. 314-3 TEMPORARY STRIPING, SIGNING, RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS The Contractor shall be responsible for the placement of all required temporary signing, striping, and markings and the removal of existing stripes and markings in the installation of required temporary striping.
Spotting shall be completed prior to the removal of any temporary striping of traffic control devices. Existing temporary stripes and markings shall be removed prior to painting new ones, but in no case shall any section of street be left without proper striping for more than 24 hours or over weekends or holidays.
Traffic striping and markings shall be removed before any change is made in the traffic pattern. Removal shall be coordinated with the installation of new pavement markings to provide continuous, non-conflicting guidance to public traffic.
Should temporary striping be required on the finished asphalt surface, the method and configuration must be approved by the ENGINEER for approval prior to placement.
At no time shall the street be open to traffic without delineation to separate opposing traffic. Temporary delineation type shall be at the inspector's discretion.
In general, temporary reflectorized markers are the preferred type of temporary delineation.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-32
314-4 PERMANENT STRIPING AND PAVEMENT MARKERS
314-4.1 Surface Preparation
In order to ensure maximum possible adhesion, the pavement surface upon which the pavement markings are to be placed shall be properly cleaned from grease, oil, mud, dust, dirt, grass, loose gravel, and other deleterious material prior to the application of the thermoplastic pavement markings, and prime sealer.
314-4.2 Premarking
If the markings are not visible, the Contractor will be required to premark each installation prior to the application of the material. Where no existing markings are in place, the Contractor shall place the new pavement markings where directed by the Engineer.
314-4.3 Striping Standards
The Contractor shall conform to the following requirements:
1. All traffic lines shall conform to the Caltrans Standard Plans and Standard Specifications, (latest edition) and any amendments thereto, and these Special Provisions.
2. City standards are provided for Stop Legends, Stop Bars, Crosswalk striping within Appendix B of these Specifications.
3. The Contractor shall install traffic striping, markings, arrows and messages pursuant to the “Striping/Pavement Marking Chart” and sketch where provided. All work and materials shall conform to the requirements of Caltrans Standard Specifications (latest edition).
4. The following striping details shown in Caltrans Standard Plans A20A-D and A24A-E shall be routinely used for traffic lines.
Line
Detail
Pavement
Marker Info
Yellow Centerline (Residential)
Double Yellow (Residential)
Skip White
Two-Way Left-Turn Lane
Channelizing Stripe
Lane Drop Stripe
2 22
9 32
38B
37B
Type D
Type D
Type G
Type D
Type G
Type C
5. All crosswalks, turn arrows, stop and yield bars and messages, and all other pavement legends except "Bike Lane" shall be installed in thermoplastic.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-33
6. All yellow school crossings shall be upgraded to the Higher Visibility Crosswalk type Continental per 2018 Caltrans Standard Plans, Plan No. A24F. The crosswalks shall be 8 feet minimum using inside dimensions. The blocking shall be 24 inches wide with 24-inch min gaps or as required for alignment for wheel tracks.
If the street intersects at an intersection where there is an existing Yellow Crosswalk due to the vicinity of the School, the crosswalk shall be painted and refreshed for the entire intersection. If the cross-street has a different pattern for crosswalk then the Contractor shall confer with the City staff for the direction on installing the appropriate type.
7. Bike lane stripes and messages shall be painted per Caltrans Standard Plan No.
A20D, Detail 39 and 39A.
8. The first three (3) raised pavement markers for any white line at an intersection shall be Type "C" for the opposite direction of travel.
9. Two coats of paint shall be applied. The second coat shall be applied seven (7) days following the first application.
314-4.3.1 Thermoplastic Pavement Marking Material
All stop bars, crosswalks, Legends, and arrows shall be replaced using thermoplastic, and conform exactly to the City of Costa Mesa stencil types.
Thermoplastic shall be composed of Alkydloid/Maleic Thermoplastic Pavement material that is applied to a road surface in a molten state by extrusion of the designated thickness and width. The stripe shall, upon cooling, be reflectorized and be able to resist deformation by traffic.
On all dry pavement surfaces binder/sealer shall be applied to the area where hot thermoplastic pavement markings are to be placed. The binder/sealer shall be that recommended by the manufacturer of the thermoplastic material. The material shall form a continuous film which shall dry rapidly and adhere to the pavement. The material shall not discolor nor cause any noticeable change in the appearance of the pavement outside of the finished pavement markings. All solvents shall have evaporated from the binder/sealer prior to the application of the molten thermoplastic materials.
314-4.3.2 Raised Pavement Markers (RPM)
The Contractor shall remove and replace all RPMs in accordance with these project special provisions.
The Contractor shall furnish and install raised pavement markings no sooner than seven (7) days nor later than fourteen (14) days following the final installation of traffic striping, and located pursuant to the striping plans.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-34
314-4.3.3 Blue “Fire Hydrant” Raised Pavement Markers
The Contractor shall furnish and install blue reflective raised pavement markers on new pavement at existing fire hydrant locations. The Contractor shall install the raised pavement marker within seven (7) days following the second application of traffic striping paint. The new marker location shall be in accordance with the Typical Hydrant Marker Location Standard Drawing and the following requirements:
1. Two-way Streets or Roads: Markers shall be placed six (6) inches from edge of painted centerline on the side nearest the fire hydrant. If the street has no centerline, the marker shall be placed six (6) inches from the approximate center of the roadway on the side nearest the hydrant. See Figures 1 through 3 of the above-mentioned standard.
2. Streets with Left-Turn Lane at Intersection: Markers shall be placed six (6) inches from edge of painted white channelizing line nearest the hydrant. See Figure 4 of the above-mentioned standard.
3. Streets with Continuous Two-Way Left-Turn Lane: Markers shall be placed six (6) inches from the edge of the painted yellow barrier line on the side nearest the fire hydrant. See Figure 5 of the above-mentioned standard.
The Contractor shall furnish and install traffic delineation using paint "cat tracking," temporary marking tape, temporary flexible reflective markers, or other approved media immediately as existing stripes are removed, including bicycle lanes, in existing locations or as shown on striping sketch.
The Contractor shall "cat track" for striping and markings no later than 24 hours after the application of the slurry/ACSC.
No painting shall occur until the Engineer has reviewed the cat tracking and approved the striping layout. Changes to the cat tracking shall be performed by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer at no additional cost to the City.
The Contractor shall apply the first application of paint for traffic striping and markings no later than seven (7) days following the application of the slurry/ACSC.
The Contractor shall apply the thermoplastic no sooner than seven (7) days nor later than twelve (12) days following the application of the slurry/ACSC.
All legends, including limit lines, shall be striped within 72 hours after the street (if applicable) has received the final surface course.
314-4.3.3.1 Truncated Domes or Detectable Warning Surfaces Truncated domes or detectable warning surfaces shall be installed on existing access ramp surfaces. Detectable warning surfaces shall comply with City Standards and the California Building Code Title 24, and shall consist of vitrified polymer composite, with at least 25% by weight aluminum oxide, nominally 0.20" thick, colorfast and UV stable.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-35
Panels must be anchored to the sidewalk access ramp surface in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. The color of the panels shall be black except for ramps adjacent to or within one block of a school. Ramps within one block of a school shall have yellow truncated domes. Contractor shall submit a sample of the detectable warning surface to the ENGINEER for approval, prior to start of construction.
Grind Ramp Lip to 0” Curb Face:
On all ramps to be retrofitted with a truncated dome, if an existing lip exists as the bottom of the ramp adjacent to the flowline, the Contractor shall grind the existing curb ramp lip to achieve a 0” curb face. The grind shall be tapered at the edge of the ramp surface, as appropriate, to avoid creating a sharp elevation drop-off and shall be 0” to ½” deep and shall be at least 6” wide in a straight-line-grade. Grades within the grind area shall also be limited to 8.33%. The price of grinding the lip shall be included in the unit price for retrofitting the existing curb ramp.
314-4.3.3.2 Green K71 Self Re-erecting Flexible Marker Posts Green K71 self re-erecting flexible marker posts shall follow the specifications and details as shown in Appendix “C.”
314-4.3.5.1 Painting Curbs
Where existing red, yellow, or other colored curb is removed and replaced, the Contractor shall paint the newly constructed curb (the curb face and top of curb) its original existing color. The paint material shall be water base and shall be Pervo Paint or approved equal. For red colored paint, it shall be Pervo Paint #3123 or approved equal. For yellow colored paint, it shall be Pervo Paint #6003 or approved equal.
All work shall comply with Section 91 of the current Caltrans Standard Specifications.
The painting of the newly constructed curbing shall be completed within seventy-two hours after the new curb and gutter has been poured.
Paint residual shall not remain on the sidewalks, gutter pans, or other places beyond the limits of the curb face and the top of curb painted. The Contractor shall remove the paint beyond the limits as soon as possible after the painting is completed.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least two (2) working days prior to commencement of the work. All work shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
314-4.5 Pavement Marking Guarantee
The pavement marking material furnished and installed under this contract shall be guaranteed by the Contractor against failure due to blistering, bleeding, excessive cracking, staining, discoloration, oil content of pavement materials, smearing or spreading under heat, deterioration due to contact to oil or gasoline drippings, chipping, spoiling, poor adhesion resulting from defective materials or methods of application, loss of reflectivity, from traffic and wear.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-36
PART 4
EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS
SECTION 400 – PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
400-1 GENERAL
400-1.1 Removal and Restoration of Existing Improvements Contractor shall remove and restore all existing improvements including but not limited to, removing and installing mailboxes, fences, walls, driveways, bricks, pavers, relocation of existing drain pipe, removing tree roots and restoring planters, sprinklers, and landscaping and irrigation system.
Contractor shall restore or replace to a condition equal to or better than existing condition. All replacement and restoration work shall be coordinated with the City and completed to satisfaction of the City.
400-2 PERMANENT SURVEY MARKERS
[Replace with the following:].
Unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall be responsible for protecting all existing horizontal and vertical survey controls, monuments, ties and benchmarks located within the limits of the project. If any of the above require removal, relocating or resetting, the Contractor shall, prior to any construction work and under the supervision of a California-licensed Land Surveyor or Civil Engineer licensed to practice surveying, inventory all existing survey monuments and ties and establish sufficient temporary ties and bench marks to enable the points to be reset after completion of construction by the Contractor’s Surveyor or Civil Engineer licensed to practice surveying. A copy of this inventory shall be submitted to the Engineer.
Submitted documents shall include field notes and sketches which must contain existing information of centerline control points, survey monuments and swing ties to be replaced such as existing L.S. No. or R.C.E. No., Per Parcel Map No. ___, or Tract Map No. , and other related information; they must be sealed and signed by the civil engineer or land surveyor registered by the State of California. The monument resetting work shall comply with the Subdivision Map Act, Orange County, California State requirements, and applicable CITY Codes.
[Add the following Subsection:].
400-2.1 CITY Standard Drawings
Standard Drawing No. 613 or 615.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-37
Any ties, monuments and benchmarks disturbed during construction shall be reset per City standards after construction and the tie notes submitted to the City on 8½" x 11" loose leaf paper. The Contractor and its sureties shall be liable, at Contractor's expense, for any resurvey required due to its negligence in protecting existing ties, monuments, benchmarks or any such horizontal and vertical controls. 400-2.2 Survey Monuments
Reset tie monument shall have at least four (4) control points.
The Contractor shall obtain prior approval from the ENGINEER before setting new survey monuments and ties.
New survey monuments shall be set on new pavement surface with a 2.5” (minimum) P.K. nail, spike, or equal and brass washer with an R.C.E. or a L.S. tag. Four (4) new control lead and tack swing ties shall be set on top of curb for each new survey monument.
If existing notches of a monument are on the manhole ring, said notches must be ground out after a new PCC collar is constructed around the manhole. The Contractor shall provide four points (monuments) of four-foot tangent over ties. Requirements shall be per the preceding paragraph.
If the Contractor fails to reset ties and monuments and fails to set new centerline ties, the CITY will hire private professional engineers or land surveyors to perform the work and will deduct such cost from the contract. The deduction shall include the cost of the CITY personnel time involved.
The Contractor must submit a corner record for each monument to the County of Orange for approval. The Contractor shall submit all approved monuments to the CITY before final payment.
The Contractor shall also submit to the CITY field notes and sketches for all existing control ties and monuments to be protected in place. These documents must be signed and sealed by either the Professional Licensed Land Surveyor or Civil Engineer registered (pre-1982) in California.
SECTION 402 – UTILITIES
402-1 LOCATION
402-1.1 General
[Add the following:].
Locations of utilities shown on plans are approximate only and are based on a search of available records.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-38
Attention is directed to the possibility of utility mains or laterals within the project limits.
The CONTRACTOR shall have the locations of the various utility facilities within reconstruction areas marked on the surface prior to construction and protect them during the removal and reconstruction procedures. The CONTRACTOR shall contact the City Transportation Services Department to locate traffic signal conduit within the reconstruction areas.
Prior to commencing any other work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully excavate and determine precise locations and depths of all utilities, including service connections, shown on the plans and marked in the field, which may affect or be affected by Contractor's operations. This work shall be done in accordance with Section 402-1.1 of the Standard Specifications. CONTRACTOR shall not be compensated for any delays or extra work brought about by his failure to perform the above-mentioned work.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage to existing utilities shown on the plans pursuant to its location operations as required under this subsection of the Standard Specifications.
Upon completion of the Project, the CONTRACTOR shall be required to remove, to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER, all utility locator markings and utility tie-out paint markings that either the CONTRACTOR, the CITY or utility companies make during the course of the work from the surfaces of sidewalks, driveway approaches, curb and gutters, using the removal method acceptable to the ENGINEER. Any damage to the existing improvements due to CONTRACTOR’S removal operation, shall be included in the various applicable items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
The CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of the utility companies at least two (2) working days in advance of any work (See Subsection 402-4 of these Special Provisions for utility contact information).
402-1.2 Payment
[Replace with the following:].
Payment for utility location by the Contractor shall be included in the bid prices for the various items of work requiring utility location and no further compensation will be allowed.
402-2 PROTECTION
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and supporting all existing utilities and maintaining the location of and access to all gate valves during construction. When damage to existing utilities is caused by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall, at his expense, repair or replace damaged facilities promptly, in accordance with all applicable sections of the Standard Specifications and the standards of each affected Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-39
utility. Should the Contractor fail to perform the required repairs or replacements, the cost of performing such repairs or replacement by others shall be deducted from any monies due or to become due the Contractor.
402-2.1 Payment
Payment for utility protection by the Contractor shall be included in the bid prices for the various items of work requiring utility protection and no further compensation will be allowed.
402-4 RELOCATION
[Add the following:].
Any miscellaneous utilities to be relocated by the Contractor, as indicated on the Plans, shall be relocated in a workmanlike manner, and all such work shall be done only at such times which are acceptable to the utility owner. The Contractor shall schedule its relocation work in cooperation with the utility owner and shall be responsible for any costs resulting from the Contractor's failure to do the work at times which are acceptable to the owner. The Contractor shall notify owners of the following companies at least two (2) working days in advance of any work:
AT&T (right-of-way)
Valentina Gipson
3939 E Coronado St, Rm 2030
Anaheim, CA 92807
(o) 714-618-9132
Email: [email protected]
Cost Mesa Sanitary District
Mark Esquer, District Engineer
290 Paularino Avenue
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
(o) 949-645-8400, ext. 241
Email: [email protected]
AT&T
Rhonda Clary-Byers (engineer for Costa Mesa)
or Doug DiPaolo
3939 E. Coronado St.
Anaheim, CA 92807
(o) 714-618-9116
(o) 714-618-9125
Email: [email protected]
Email: [email protected]
Costa Mesa Sanitation District
Nabila Guzmán, Construction Notices
290 Paularino Avenue
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
(o) 949-645-8400, ext. 230
Email: [email protected]
Mesa Water District
Phil Lauri
1965 Placentia Ave. (inter-office mail okay)
Costa Mesa, CA 92627
(o) 949-207-5449
(c) 949-631-1200 (24-hour)
Email: [email protected]
Orange County Water District (OCWD)
Chris Olsen
P.O. Box 8300
Fountain Valley, CA 92728
(o) 714-378-3200
(c) 714-378-3240 (24-hour)
Email: [email protected]
Email: [email protected]
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-40
Mpower Communications, Inc.
Mark Denning
2698 White Road
Irvine, CA 92614
(o) 949-864-0296
(c) 949-547-6455
Email: [email protected]
CA Regional Water Quality – Santa Ana Region
Mark Smythe
3737 Main St., Suite 500
Riverside, CA 92501
(o) 951-782-4130
(c) 951-543-8523
Email: [email protected]
Orange County Sanitation District (OCSD)
Rudy Davila
P.O. Box 8127
Fountain Valley, CA 92728
(o) 714-593-7348
(c) 714-593-3301 (24-hour)
Email: [email protected]
Irvine Regional Water District
Kelly Lew
15600 Sand Canyon Ave.
Irvine, CA 92618
(o) 949-453-5586
(p) 949-729-7300 (24-hour)
Email: [email protected]
Irvine Regional Water District
Brad Jackson (Area Construction Inspector)
15600 Sand Canyon Ave.
Irvine, CA 92618
(o) 949-632-0627
(p) 949-729-7300 (24-hour)
Email: [email protected]
SCE (Senior Compliance)
Susan Morgan
(o) 909-835-7527
(c) 909-835-7527
Email: [email protected]
*No pre-construction meeting notices BUT Susan
Morgan and Mónica Balderas would like to attend
all UTILITY MEETINGS and be made aware of
any fee schedule changes.
Irvine Ranch Water Dist. – Development Services*
Christian Kessler, P.E.
15600 Sand Canyon Ave.
Irvine, CA 92618
(o) 949-453-5300
(p) 949-453-5441
Email: [email protected]
*utility requests
SCE (Service Planner – Orange Coast S/C)
Damon Humphrey
7333 Bolsa Ave.
Westminster, CA 92683
(o) 714-895-0534
Email: [email protected]
Metropolitan Water District of So. California
Civil Engineering Substructures Section
Shoreh Zareh
P.O. Box 54153
Los Angeles, CA 90054
(o) 213-217-7474
(c) 626-844-5610 (24-hour)
Email: [email protected]
SCE (Service Planner – Orange Coast S/C)
Mónica Balderas
7333 Bolsa Ave.
Westminster, CA 92683
(o) 714-329-2778
Email: [email protected]
Metropolitan Water District of So. California
Civil Engineering Substructures Section
Kieran Callanan
P.O. Box 54153
Los Angeles, CA 90054
(o) 213-217-7474
(c) 626-844-5610 (24-hour)
Email: [email protected]
*Reminder*
After facilities are identified on the plans, send the
plans to Gail Gardner, and she will forward to
SCE’s planning department.
Send to: [email protected]
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-41
SCE (Utility Notice Requests)
Kasy Chapman
7333 Bolsa Ave.
Westminster, CA 92683
(o) 714-895-0109
(c) 800-611-1911 (24-hour)
Email: [email protected]
Southern California Gas Co.
Wilson Baldelomar
P.O. Box 3334, SC8321
Anaheim, CA 92803
(o) 714-634-5091
(p) 800-603-7060 (24-hour)
Email: [email protected]
SCE (Base Maps)
Kimberly Gurule
1444 E. McFadden Ave., Bldg. “D”
Santa Ana, CA 92705
(o) 714-796-9932
Email: [email protected]*
*No pre-construction meeting notices to this
address – map requests ONLY.
Southern California Gas Co.
Wilson Baldelomar
P.O. Box 3334, SC8321
Anaheim, CA 92803
(o) 714-634-5091
(p) 800-603-7060 (24-hour)
Email: [email protected]
Southern California Gas Co. (Transmission)
P.O. Box 2300
Chatsworth, CA 91313-2300
(o) 818-701-4546
Email: SoCalGasTransmissionUtilityRequest@
semprautilities.com
Verizon Business Investigations
2400 N. Glenville Dr.
Richardson, TX 75082
(o) 972-729-6016
(o) 469-886-4238
Email: [email protected]
*2nd Email: [email protected]
Contact Verizon Business for issues involving:
--- Brooks Fiber Properties, Inc.
--- MCImetro Access Transmission Srvcs.
--- MCI Telecommunications Srvcs
--- MFS Telecom, Inc.
--- SourtherNet, Inc. / WorldComNetwork Srvc.
--- Intermedia Communications, Inc.
--- XO Communications
Southern California Gas Co.
Richard Clendineng
P.O. Box 3334, SC8321
Anaheim, CA 92803
(o) 714-634-3262
Email: [email protected]
Charter Communications
Don Simons
Construction Manager, Zone 8
7142 Chapman Ave.
Garden Grove, CA 92841
(o) 714-591-4871
Email: [email protected]
Southern California Gas Co.
Peter Serrano
P.O. Box 3334, SC8321
Anaheim, CA 92803
(o) 714-634-5067
Email: [email protected]
Charter Communications
Utility Research Requests
E-mail: DL-SOCAL-CHARTER-
[email protected]
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-42
Spectrum Time Warner Cable
José Román
12051 Industry St.
Garden Grove, CA 92841
(o) 714-591-4846
(c) 657-263-3641
Email: [email protected]
XO Communications
Matt Bergine
Engineer IV
Specialist-Network Engineering & Operations
(o) 949-417-7841
(c) 714-822-6207
Email: [email protected]
Spectrum Time Warner Cable
Main Number
7142 Chapman Ave.
Garden Grove, CA 92841
(o) 714-709-3390
XO Communications
Switchboard
(o) 703-547-2000
Spectrum Time Warner Cable
Jeff Cox
Email: [email protected]
Spectrum Time Warner Cable *utility requests*
Email: [email protected]*
Spectrum Time Warner Cable
Ángel Vega
(o) 714-591-4889
Email: [email protected]
Kinder Morgan
Jordan Neuner
(o) 310-628-4350
Email: [email protected]
Karly Payne, Administrative Assistant
(o) 714-560-4604
Email: [email protected]
Spectrum Time Warner Cable
Max Sándoval, Construction Coordinator
(o) 714-719-9629
Newport-Mesa Unified School District
Víctor Garza
(o) 714-424-5080
Email: [email protected]
OCTA – Stops & Zones
Kyle Poff
550 S. Main St.
Orange, CA 92863
(o) 714-560-5833
Email: [email protected]
OCTA (Detour Coordination)
Dispatch: 714-265-4330
Newport-Mesa Unified School District
Tim Marsh, Administrative Director, Facilities
Support Srvcs.
(o) 714-4247527
Email: [email protected]
Newport-Mesa Unified School District
Mary Gray
Email: [email protected]
OC Fair & Event Center
Jerry Eldridge, Director of Facilities
(o) 714-474-5983
Email: [email protected]
DIGALERT.ORG
(24-HR) 811
2 days before digging.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-26
Where existing utility main lines and conduits (excluding sewer main lines) and all utility service lines (excluding sewer laterals) are to be relocated or declared abandoned by the affected utility companies, the Contractor shall be responsible for contacting the respective utility representatives for coordinating the relocations and for determining the abandonments. The Contractor shall proceed with excavation in such a manner that will allow utility companies adequate and reasonable time to relocate service lines. The Contractor shall not be compensated for any delays caused by failure to coordinate the above work with utility companies.
[Replace the Section Title with the following:].
SECTION 403 – MANHOLE AND VALVE ADJUSTMENT AND RECONSTRUCTION 403-1 GENERAL
[Replace with the following:].
Contractor shall adjust existing manholes and water valves to grade conforming to all applicable sections of the latest edition of the Standard Specifications, Mesa Water District (MWD) Standards, and to the provisions of the City of Costa Mesa Standard Plans.
The Contractor shall notify affected utility owners at least 5 working days in advance of the need to commence work required prior to paving operations and again for work required after paving operations. The Contractor shall mark locations of utility vaults where utility companies specifically state adjustments shall be made after paving. If it is found to impractical for the utility owner to complete remodeling or adjustment to structures, as evaluated by the ENGINEER, then the Contractor shall be absolved of further responsibility in connection therewith, and the structure shall be adjusted to grade by the utility owner under permit or ordinance procedure established by the CITY for utility cuts in pavement.
The manhole and valve box locations and distance from curb to center shall be marked on the curb face by the Contractor.
[Replace entire Subsection with the following:].
403-3 MANHOLES AND VALVES IN ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
[Replace with the following:].
403-3.1 Storm Drain and Sanitary Sewer Manholes
All Storm Drain (SD) and Sanitary Sewer (SS) Manholes are to be protected from debris prior to construction and shall be thoroughly cleaned of any construction debris, which may have entered the manhole due to the Contractor's operations.
Work shall include the removal or furnishing of grade rings as necessary to adjust the manhole to grade.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-27
The method of adjusting manholes in areas for resurfacing shall be as follows:
The asphalt pavement immediately adjacent to the manhole shall be removed, the manhole shaft extended with adjustment ring(s) to proper grade, the manhole frames and covers replaced, the manhole frames set in concrete, and the pavement replaced with a minimum of 2 inches of asphalt concrete. The finished grade of the cover shall be ¼ inches below the finish grade of the asphalt pavement. The asphalt pavement material shall conform to the surrounding pavement and AC pavement requirements of these Special Provisions.
Existing SD and SS manholes shall be adjusted to new pavement grade 48 hours after paving operation.
The Concrete for the SD and SS manholes shall be 560-C-3250.
Contractor shall notify the Costa Mesa Public Works Department for coordination of SD manhole adjustments and Costa Mesa Sanitary District (CMSD) or Orange County Sanitation District (OCSD) for coordination of SS manhole adjustments at least two working days prior to beginning work.
403-3.1 Water Valves
Water valves shall be protected in place and shall be accessible at all times during construction.
Valve covers shall be marked as to their location by the contractor prior to the placement of the pavement. The contractor shall furnish new valve cans if existing cans are damaged during operation. Existing covers shall be adjusted to new pavement grade 48 hours after paving operation.
Contractor shall notify the respective water district at least 2 working days prior to beginning work. All work adjusting water valve cans and covers to grade shall be inspected and approved by MWD.
Valve boxes shall be checked with a valve key for proper operation.
The Concrete for the valve covers and collars shall be 560-C-3250.
The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining location of, and access to, all water line gate valves during construction operations. The Contractor may salvage and utilize all existing caps or sleeves, but shall be required to furnish all sleeve extensions. Any lost caps or sleeves shall be replaced by the Contractor at his cost.
All existing broken water sleeves shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor who shall contact the respective utility to pick up new sleeves for replacement.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-28
SECTION 404 – COLD MILLING
404-1 GENERAL
[Add the following:].
Cold milling of existing asphalt is required to remove damaged pavement and to permit new asphalt pavements to adhere to the existing surface and shall be performed per Plans and in accordance with Section 404, “Cold Milling” of the Standard Specifications, and as modified herein.
The existing asphalt concrete pavement shall be cold milled from the finished surface to a depth of two (2) inches from edge of gutter to edge of gutter. The final depth, width, length and shape of the cut shall be 2” below the lip of gutter as indicated on the Plans.
The final cut shall result in a uniform surface conforming to the typical cross section(s) except as otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. Except as otherwise called for on the Plans, all A.C. pavement cuts shall be cut to neat, clean, and straight lines to the satisfaction of, and as directed by, the ENGINEER.
The existing asphalt concrete pavement shall be header cut at a depth of (2) inches below the existing pavement, ranging from the edge of gutter to (7) foot wide, along both sides of the street. The limits will be marked in the field by the Engineer. The work shall comply with Section 302-5 of the latest edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.
Burning or heat planning will not be permitted. The planed pavement shall provide a maximum bond surface suitable for resurfacing.
The cold milled material shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to remove and dispose of from the Project limits in accordance with all laws and regulations. 404-1.1 Crack Sealing
Upon completion of the required cold mill depth, the Contractor shall inspect, sweep, and seal all cracks equal to or greater than ¼” wide and equal to or greater than 1” deep as follows:
Clean entire crack to a depth of up to 1” using sandblasting, brushing, and air blowing techniques as required to provide a crack free from all debris, dust, loose material and moisture. Gouging or plowing may be required to remove incompressible debris deep in the crack. The cleaned crack shall be filled with granulated tire rubber, plasticizer and filler, as manufactured by Crafco as Road Saver 203, or approved equal. All crack filler material shall be in conformance with the manufactures specifications. The crack sealant placed shall be slightly below the cold milled pavement surface to avoid over- application and wicking through the new AC surface during compaction of the AC Base and Surface Course lifts. Deep cracks greater than 1” should be filled with sand and covered with a thin layer of sealant.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-29
The sealant product shall conform to the following specifications:
ASTM D6690, D3405, AASHTO M173 and Federal SS-S-164 and SS-S 1041C.
All holes greater than 4” in diameter that exceed the cold mill depth specified shall be cleaned of loose materials, filled with Asphalt Concrete Type III-B2-PG-64-10 (3/4” sieve size), and compacted to a smooth even surface with the adjacent existing milled pavement prior to placement of the AC Base or Leveling Course. 404-1.2 Existing Facilities
Survey Monuments
Surveyor's street and property line monuments, not scheduled for removal shall be protected in accordance with the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Utilities
The CITY has made every reasonable effort to locate and mark on the Plans all known metal roadway improvements such as sewer manhole covers, water valve covers, catch basin covers, which, if struck, could damage the cold milling cutting drum and/or carbide tipped cutting teeth and makes no guarantee that it has successfully done so, therefore, Contractor must thoroughly inspect the work site in advance of the cold milling operation to minimize the risk of striking any unseen under surface object(s) and shall include in the price bid for cold milling the removal work, additional amount sufficient to cover the cost of damage related down time and the cost of repair of damage to said cold milling cutting drum and/or carbide tipped cutting teeth.
Curb and Gutter
Care shall be exercised not to damage adjacent concrete gutters or curbs. Gutters or curbs damaged shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 404-8 DISPOSAL OF MILLINGS
[Add the following:].
Residue from grinding shall not be permitted to flow or travel into gutters, onto adjacent street surfaces or parkways. All residues shall be completely removed by sweeping and properly disposed. No washing of residues into drainage structures will be allowed. 404-10 PAVEMENT TRANSISTIONS
[Add the following:].
Where required, temporary asphalt concrete ramps shall be installed to meet all current ADA accessibility requirements. Additionally, temporary asphalt concrete shall be placed at all cross-street transition sections, and driveways, as required for grade change conformance tapers.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-30
PART 6
TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL
SECTION 600 – ACCESS
600-1 GENERAL
[Add the following:].
Prior to restricting normal access from public street to adjacent properties, the Contractor shall notify each property owner or owner's agent, informing them of the nature of the access restriction and the approximate duration of the restriction. The Contractor shall make every effort possible to minimize such restrictions. 600-2 VEHICULAR ACCESS
[Add the following:].
Trenches left open overnight shall be bridged in a safe and acceptable manner at all driveways and walkways to provide safe access.
The Contractor shall provide access as required to accommodate special circumstance at any residence including access for disabled, impaired, special medical needs, etc.
The Contractor shall use temporary asphalt surfacing at his own expense as required to maintain traffic in a safe and nondisruptive manner. The Contractor shall construct temporary AC ramps to provide safe and driveable access to residents and businesses.
Transitional and temporary asphalt concrete shall be removed prior to placement of new AC pavement.
600-3 PEDESTRIAN AND EMERGENCY ACCESS
[Add the following:].
A minimum of one four (4) foot wide pedestrian walkway shall be maintained and safely delineated along each public street at all times during construction.
Contractor shall provide emergency access for the fire trucks and other emergency vehicles at all times and notify the Police and Fire Departments in writing two (2) working days prior to construction.
The Contractor shall provide access as required to accommodate special circumstance at any residence including access for disabled, impaired, special medical needs, etc.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-31
SECTION 601 – TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL FOR CONSTRUCTION AND
MAINTENANCE WORK ZONES
601-1 GENERAL
[Add the following:].
Traffic control shall also conform with the provision of the latest edition of Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH) published by Building News, Inc, within the City Right-of-Way and pursuant to the Caltrans Standard Plans and Specifications within the Caltrans Right-of Way, and the Plans and Specifications.
The Contractor shall perform all work for this Project Monday through Friday, except City observed holidays, and shall be allowed to work from 7:00 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. on residential streets, and from 8:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. on arterial and collector streets (see City’s Master Plan of Highways for reference), or unless directed otherwise by the ENGINEER. The Contractor may be allowed to work additional hours on Saturdays and Sundays pursuant to and at the discretion of the ENGINEER.
Special Conditions to Traffic Control and Limitations to Working Hours Lane closures shall be allowed per the traffic control and working hours shown in the City approved Temporary Traffic Control Plan (TTCP). Minor deviations from the requirements concerning hours of work, which do not change the cost of the work, may be permitted by the ENGINEER upon the written request of the Contractor, provided that traffic will be better served and the work expedited. The Contractor shall obtain prior written approvals from the Engineer before adopting such deviations. 601-2 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN (TTCP)
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall submit to the City a complete Temporary Traffic Control Plan (TTCP) in accordance with the Plans, the Standard Specifications, the Caltrans’ Manual of Traffic Controls in Construction and Maintenance Zones (latest edition) within Caltrans Right-of-Way, these Special Provisions and the standards contained in the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH) within City Right-of-Way, published by Building News, Inc. (latest edition).
NOTE: Contractor to be aware of the following restrictions to any and all work being performed within the City of Costa Mesa when developing the TTCP, unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER:
a. Any work within a two (2) block radius of any school will be performed during a school break or on weekends. Contractor shall coordinate work schedule with ENGINEER, prior to commencing of proposed improvements. b. Contractor is not allowed to perform any work adjacent to the Orange County Fair Grounds from Friday prior to the start of the Orange County Fair to the Monday after the Fair ends. During this time, Contractor shall coordinate with Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-32
the Engineer locations of the streets, as specified in the City’s Orange County Fair Moratorium Map, prior to commencing of proposed improvements. c. The Contractor shall not be allowed to perform any work from the Monday before Thanksgiving to the Monday after New Year’s Day on Arterial streets, and during the week of any Holiday (Sunday through Saturday) on Residential streets. During this period, all work shall be completed, all travel and/or traffic lanes shall be restored to a safe condition, be fully operational, and shall be opened to vehicular traffic.
d. During elections, no work will be allowed within six hundred feet (600’) from polling place including no parking of construction equipment or employee vehicles within said distance of 600 feet.
e. Prior to commencement of any work within City limits, the contractor shall coordinate with the ENGINEER so that the work performed will not interfere with any special events occurring in the City throughout the year. f. Any night or weekend work shall be approved by the City a minimum of five (5) working days prior to the scheduled construction of the streets affected. 601-3 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL (TTC) ZONE DEVICES
601-3.4 Operations and Maintenance
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall keep the areas adjacent to the Project site clear of any objects that may be hazardous to pedestrians and motorists. Provisions to reroute pedestrians, including the disabled, around the work area must be clearly delineated. The Contractor shall be responsible for the project safety on a 24-hour basis each calendar day for the entire duration of the project.
The City will only provide inspection during the designated construction hours Monday through Friday and as approved by the ENGINEER for Saturday and Sunday work in accordance with the work hours defined herein. Any work done without inspection is at the Contractor’s risk and subject to rejection. The replacement costs for rejected work will be borne by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall protect and preserve all the existing pavement outside construction limits in the same condition as existing. Contractor shall replace and/or repair the damaged area to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER at no cost to the CITY if damaged by the Contractor.
601-3.5 Signs and Signage
601-3.5.1 General
[Add the following:].
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-33
The Contractor shall use illuminated or reflective warning/construction signs at both ends of construction area, and at appropriate locations or as directed by the ENGINEER for the entire duration of the project. Solar powered flashing arrow boards will be required for all lane closures and may be required for other traffic control. In addition to other delineation, the Contractor shall be responsible for the project safety on a 24-hour basis. Where construction signing conflicts with existing signing, the Contractor shall cover existing signs in a manner approved by the ENGINEER.
In order to minimize interruption to the construction and the inconvenience to the motorists, the Contractor must post traffic control signs at all applicable approaches to forewarn traffic. All signs must be visible and readable to the traffic from a minimum distance of 75 feet.
The Contractor shall install C-18 ROAD CONSTRUCTION AHEAD, C-17 with APPROPRIATE SPEED LIMIT, and C-13 END CONSTRUCTION signage and as required pursuant to the Plans and Specifications.
The Contractor shall furnish, install, post and maintain in place "No Parking - Tow Away" signs of a minimum height of forty-two (42) inches (from ground finish surface to top of sign) on temporary traffic control devices (even if streets have posted "No Parking" signs), which shall be posted at least 72 hours prior to commencement of roadwork, unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. On the sign, Contractor shall print the hours, day(s) and date of closure in two-inch-high letters and numbers. A sample of the completed sign shall be approved by the ENGINEER five (5) working days prior to posting. The signs shall be spaced at a maximum of 50 feet from the street intersection and/or from each adjacent sign and at 200 feet spacing within each alley. For any work to be performed on Monday morning or a morning following a holiday, the Contractor must post "No Parking - Tow Away" signs with all requirements as specified at least 48 hours prior to weekend or holiday begins.
When directed by the ENGINEER, the Contractor shall provide flagmen to direct the traffic, at no additional contract cost to the CITY.
Coordination of Traffic Control with Residents, Utilities, and other Agencies The Contractor shall complete the following coordination efforts with residents, affected utilities, and other agencies as part of the Temporary Traffic Control work:
a. Scheduling
The Contractor shall submit the Construction Work Schedule to the CITY for review and acceptance pursuant to Section 6-1.1 of the General Provisions. This schedule shall provide affected residents and businesses ample “on-street” parking within an 800-foot distance from their residence and/or businesses’. Requests for changes in the schedule shall be submitted by the Contractor to the CITY for approval at least three (3) working days prior to the scheduled construction of the streets affected.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-34
b. Notification
Two (2) weeks prior to construction, the Contractor shall be responsible for all notification to the residents and the businesses, and provide project status updates to affected residences and businesses informing them of the pending Project and Scope of Work, unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. The Contractor shall submit a resident notification letter to the CITY for approval at least five (5) working days prior to delivery. The Contractor shall hand deliver copies of the approved notification letter and a newsletter (copies provided by the CITY) to the affected residences and businesses prior to the scheduled construction of the streets. This notification letter shall state the date and time of restricted travel on the affected streets. Failure to meet the approved schedule requires that the Contractor immediately notify residents of the cancellation for that day's work and reschedule construction of the affected area at a later date, at no cost to the CITY. Notification of rescheduled work shall follow this same procedure.
Notify the ENGINEER five (5) working days before commencing any work as stated in “a” above.
Notify the trash pick-up company “Costa Mesa Disposal” and all other trash haulers licensed to do business within the city of Costa Mesa of the schedule of work and the limitation of access. Coordinate with trash haulers and residents to ensure that regularly scheduled trash collection will occur. Contact Public Works Department at (714) 754-5307 for addresses of Costa Mesa Disposal and other trash haulers; also notify U.S. Postal Service and all other affected utilities (Edison, sewer, water, gas, telephone, etc.).
Coordinate with Orange County Transportation Authority to plan and to accommodate bus routes at least five (5) working days prior to commencement of any work, which will affect any of their facilities.
601-3.6.4 Barricades
[Add the following:].
Type I, II, and III barricades shall be used at all approaches, per standards and as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall employ sufficient traffic barriers to prevent traffic from entering the construction areas.
601-4 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS
The Contractor shall provide temporary delineation as depicted in the TTCP and as directed and approved by the ENGINEER. Temporary delineation shall include wet nozzle sandblasting of conflicting markings, installation and removal of temporary centerlines or lane lines, detour signing, barricading, replacement of traffic lines, and markings in their proper locations upon termination of the detour phase.
Provide temporary travel lane delineation, as required, at all times. Temporary flexible reflective stick on markers (slurry markers) may be applied.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-35
Any locations yielding a situation that is not considered driveable by the ENGINEER shall be resolved by the Contractor at the direction of the ENGINEER. The Contractor shall not be paid for such corrective action and shall be charged for any costs incurred by the City for corrective action.
Provide temporary traffic restriping at the conclusion of any working day for any centerline or lane line, which is obliterated by construction for a distance longer than 65 feet.
601-4.3 Removal
[Replace with the following:].
Removal shall conform with Section 314-2 of these Special Provisions.
The Contractor shall provide the first coat of permanent traffic restriping in accordance with Section 314 of these Special Provisions.
601-4.4 Measurement
601-4.5 Payment
[Replace both with the following:].
601-4 4 Measurement and Payment
Measurement and Payment for Temporary Traffic Striping and Pavement Markers shall be in accordance with Section 314-2 of the Special Provisions. 601-5 TRAFFIC LANE WIDTHS AND CLEARANCES
601-5.2 Lanes Widths
[Add the following:].
The minimum lane width shall be 10 feet. There shall be a minimum of 5-foot clearance from open excavations deeper than 4-inches, and 24-inches clearance from other obstructions and any excavations less than 4-inches unless authorized by the Engineer.
The clearance requirements from open excavations may be reduced if K-railing (if the contractor so chooses) with crash cushions are utilized; the specification and layout of the K-rails with crash cushions shall conform to Caltrans’ standards and shall be approved by the ENGINEER; all costs for K-rails and crash cushions shall be borne by the Contractor.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-36
PART 8
LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION
SECTION 801 – INSTALLATION
[Add and/or replace the following:].
801-4 PLANTING
801-4.5.1 Root Pruning and Root Barrier
Where shown on attached spreadsheets, tree roots shall be cut and removed to a minimum depth of six inch (6”) below the subgrade of proposed new construction. Root barriers shall be installed adjacent to the proposed new construction to existing trees of trunk diameters of more than six inches (6”). Installation of root barriers shall be per manufacturer’s recommendations and guidelines under the following.
Root removals and barrier installation shall be completed on only one side of the tree where reconstruction is proposed.
Notify the Engineer if an abundant amount of roots has been removed or if roots are two (2) inches or more in diameter that are to be removed.
Root Pruning
Roots shall be pruned adjacent to the edge of the sidewalk, curb and gutter or other improvements as indicated by the Engineer. Root pruning cuts adjacent to the sidewalk shall be four inches (4”) wide, twelve inches (12”) deep, and minimum of eight feet (8’) in each direction from the centerline of the tree as measured from the top of the sidewalk or other improvements. Root pruning cuts adjacent to the curb shall be four inches wide, eighteen inches (18”) deep, and a minimum of eight feet (8’) in each direction from the centerline of the tree as measured from the top of the curb or other improvements.
Root pruning equipment shall be specifically designed for this purpose with cutting teeth sharpened adequately to sever roots in a clean manner and equipped with padded tracks or rubber tires to prevent scarping or marking the sidewalk.
After the pruning cut has been completed, the Contractor shall install the appropriate amount of root pruning barrier by Deep Root Corporation, or an approved equal. All cuts shall be backfilled immediately upon completion of root pruning and barrier installation at each location. Backfill material shall consist of soil and/or mulch from root pruning and shall be free of rocks and other debris. All debris generated by these operations shall be immediately removed from the site and properly disposed of by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall repair or replace all utility service connections or sprinkler systems within the right-of-way that are damaged or removed as a result of the root pruning operation. Repairs shall be implemented immediately and completed by the end of the Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-37
same working day. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal quality and configuration to existing improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension.
The Contractor shall be responsible for contacting Underground Service Alert (USA) or Dig Alert by dialing “811” for locating underground utilities prior to the beginning of the root pruning operation.
Root pruning shall not take place if the tree has a lean. Notify the Engineer if a tree is leaning.
Root Barriers
The contractor shall furnish and install root control barrier. The root control barrier shall have a minimum depth of eighteen inch (18”) with a minimum thickness of 0.06”. Root control barriers shall be sixteen feet (16’) long in one continuous piece (preferred).
Combinations of pieces shall be one eight foot (8’) panel and two – four foot (4’) panels; eight foot (8’) panel shall be on center of each tree and as directed by the Engineer.
Root barriers shall be securely fastened with adhesive at joint points. All materials must be maintained in good condition from delivery to completion of installation. If any defects are found, the defected panes must be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the City. All other details for installation are detailed in the Standard Plan No. 523-2 of the current Standard Plans for Public Works Construction. No root control barriers are needed around existing palm trees.
The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and supporting all existing utilities.
When damage to existing utilities is caused by the Constrictor’s operations, the Contractor shall, at his expense, repair or replace damaged facilities promptly, in accordance with Section 5 and 306 of the Standard Specifications and the standards of each affected utility. Should the Contractor fail to perform the required repairs or replacements, the cost of performing such repairs or replacement by others shall be deducted from any monies due or to become due to the Contractor.
Root barriers shall not be installed on the non-lean side of a tree.
LAKE SUMMARY OF WORK 131200 - 1
SECTION 131200 – LAKE SUMMARY OF WORK
Part 1 – General
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The WORK to be performed under this Contract shall consist of furnishing parts, tools, equipment, materials, supplies and manufactured articles, and furnishing all labor, transportation and services, including fuel, power, water and essential communications, and performing all work or other operations required for the fulfillment of the Contract in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. The WORK shall be design/ bid/build and require that all work, materials and services not expressly indicated or called for in the Contract Documents, which may be necessary for the complete and proper construction of the WORK in good faith shall be provided.
B. The WORK will conform to the “Green Book”
C. Contractor shall meet qualifications per section 131202 – LAKE SUBMITTAL .
Article 1.07 – CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATION.
1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED:
Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, appurtenances, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing all construction activities and operations for the work described in this section, complete, as shown on the drawings or specified herein. The work includes but is not necessarily limited to the following:
1. Contractor shall submit bid for base bid scope (Lake 1 and Lake 2) and deductive bid items (Upper ponds, streams and waterfalls) as indicated on the bidding plans. City will have the option of including (or eliminating) deductive bid items in the construction contract depending on bidding result and available construction budget.
2. Mobilization, Site Fencing and Erosion Protection
3. Construction survey and layout verification of subgrades, lake outline, pipelines and all associated facilities.
4. Capture and Transfer Aquatic Wildlife
5. Demolition of the existing as indicated on the plan include , removing landscape/ trees, removing the trash, debris and stockpile lake sediment for repurpose.
6. Subgrade and grade modifications required for lake work. Finish grades to be as indicated on the plans.
7. Lake liner.
8. Water stop
9. Construction of aquatic planters including installation of required soils and plants.
10. Reinforced concrete veneer where indicated on plans and in stream, and aquatic planters.
11. Decorative stained and sculptured shoreline treatment , boulders inside lakes and streams, Gabion wall.
12. All piping systems including equalizer, recirculation, intake pipe and screen, Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-38
LAKE SUMMARY OF WORK 131200 - 2
and drain pipe.
13. Pump station , chemical dosing system including storage tanks and dosing pumps, appurtenances, fabrication, and installation.
14. Electrical conduits, wiring and hook -up of the control panel, chemical dosing pumps and control systems.
15. Landscape construction includes boulders along lakes and streams, railing along the stream, walkway modification, turf/ grass modification, irrigation pipeline and sprinkler heads modification.
16. Miscellaneous construction as shown on the drawings or required by these specifications.
17. Start-up, testing, training, and operation and maintenance (O&M) manuals
18. AS-BUILTS Drawings: The lake Contractor shall provide the Owner with a red-lined print indicating any and all changes, revisions, relocations, etc. done in the field during construction. As -built drawings shall include product data sheets on all parts and equipment used in the lake mechanical system.
19. Project team definitions:
a. Client/Owner (“City of Costa Mesa”)
b. Lake Contractor (“Contractor”)
c. Construction Manager (“Construction Manager”)
d. Lake Engineer (“PACE”)
1.03 WORK BY OTHERS
A. Where two (2) or more Contracts are being performed at one time on the same Site or adjacent land in such manner that work under one (1) Contract may interfere with work under another, the sequence and order of the WORK in either or both Contracts to the agreement of both contracting entities shall be determined. When the Site of one (1) Contract is the necessary or convenient means of access for performance of work under another, the privilege of access or other reasonable privilege to the CONTRACTOR so desiring may be granted, to the extent, amount, and in manner and at a time that shall be determined.
Conduct its operations so as to cause a minimum of interference with the work of such other contractors, and shall cooperate fully with such contractors to allow continued safe access to their respective portions of the Site, as required to perform work under their respective contracts.
B. Interference with Work on Utilities: Cooperate fully with all utility forces or forces of other public or private agencies engaged in the relocation, altering, or otherwise rearranging of any facilities, which interfere with the progress of the WORK, and shall schedule the WORK so as to minimize interference with said relocation, altering or other rearranging of facilities. Any delays, reduction in work efficiency or hardships incurred shall be identified and resolved to the satisfaction of both parties.
C. Draining water out of lakes shall be done by the City. Contractor shall coordinate with the City for lake draining schedule.
1.04 USE OF SITE
A. Use of the Site shall be limited to its construction operations, including on -site storage of materials, on-site fabrication facilities and field offices.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-39
LAKE SUMMARY OF WORK 131200 - 3
B. All or part of the existing Site may be utilized during the entire period of construction for the conduct of normal operations. Cooperate and coordinate to facilitate operations and to minimize interference with the operations at the same time. In any event, access to the site during the period of construction shall be allowed.
1.05 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES TO BE FOLLOWED
A. The uniform building code, latest edition, where applicable.
B. Construction safety orders of the federal, state, or local government.
C. The ACI standard specifications for structural concrete, (ACI 30172, revised 1981) where applicable.
D. The national electrical code, latest edition, where applicable.
1.06 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND SITE CONDITIONS
A. VERIFICATIONS.
Before accepting a contract or proceeding with any work, the Contractor shall verify quantities and dimensions and immediately inform the Engineer of any discrepancies between the drawings and actual conditions. No work shall be done in any area where there is a discrepancy until approval has been given by the Engineer.
B. EXISTING UTILITY LOCATIONS.
The Contractor shall follow the local "blue stake" requirements and other state regulations as applicable regarding the field locating of existing underground utilities. In the event of a conflict, the Contractor shall take the necessary precautions, promptly notify the Contractor who will investigate the situation, take the necessary action and direct or inform the Contractor of the appropriate action to be taken. Failure of the Contractor to follow these procedures, places upon the Contractor the responsibility for making any and all repairs for damage of any kind at the Contractor's own expense.
C. EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS.
The Contractor shall provide necessary safeguards and exercise caution against injury or defacement of any site improvements and shall be responsible for any damage resulting from his operations and shall repair or replace such damage at his own expense. No trucks or vehicles of any kind shall be allowed to pass over sidewalks, curbs, etc. unless adequate protection is provided.
D. RESPONSIBILITIES.
The Contractor shall furnish and install a complete and functional piping/pump system as described in the contract documents. All work shall be in strict accordance with the plan drawings, specifications, and existing codes and regulations as applicable.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-40
LAKE SUMMARY OF WORK 131200 - 4
E. DISCREPANCIES.
It is the intent of these drawings and specifications that the lake system be complete and functional. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to make sure that the equipment furnished is compatible and adheres to all regulations. Any discrepancies shall be noted promptly and shall be reported immediately to the Engineer and/or General Contractor for clarifications prior to installation.
F. SYSTEM CLEAN-UP.
Water for filling the lake and power for operation of the system shall be furnished by the Owner and shall be available concurrently with the completion of the lake system. Debris and foreign materials shall be removed from the construction area by the Contractor, until substantial completion and final acceptance of the entire project by the Owner has taken place.
G. RECORD DRAWINGS
Where required by the Contract Documents or where changes to the Contract Documents have been made by change order, revision to clarification drawings, or where minor changes to the Contract were required because of unforeseen conditions or as may be required by the Engineer, prepare accurate Record Drawings indicating all pertinent data and dimensions neces sary to adequately describe the contract deviations to the Owner for his future use.
END OF SECTION 131200 – LAKE SUMMARY OF WORK
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-41
LAKE START UP AND GUARANTEES 131201 - 1
SECTION 131201 – LAKE START UP AND GUARANTEES
Part 1 – General
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
Provide start-up and operation instructions to Owner until the Owner takes occupancy.
1.02 STARTING OF SYSTEMS
A. Once the lake system has been completed and filled to the designated water level, all piping and mechanical/hydraulic systems have been installed and tested, all flow control structures and appurtenances have been constructed, all equipment has been properly installed and all electrical connections have been completed, the Contractor shall actuate the entire project system and be responsible for the proper operation of pumps, controls, and all other mechanical and electrical equipment included in the contract documents. Start -up commencement, timing, duration, and phasing shall be monitored and directed by the Owner and/or Engineer.
B. The Contractor shall place the newly installed equipment and facilities into operation, and test, observe and adjust all items for a minimum period of one (1) week or until such time as all the units are properly adjusted and approved by the Owner and/or Engineer. The work performed by the Contractor shall include, but not limited to, the following items:
1. Label all equipment, values, and controls including flow direction, system (for example: filtration system, recirculation system, etc.)
2. Check all electrical and electronic equipment for proper operation.
3. Make all equipment adjustments as required.
C. OPERATOR TRAINING.
The Contractor shall provide a factory employed manufacturer's representative to train Owner's staff in operation and maintenance procedures for all equipment items as specified by the Engineer during the start -up period, at no additional cost to the Owner. The representatives shall present training programs and on - site demonstrations designed to fully acquaint Owner's staff with all equipment features, routine scheduled maintenance procedures, alternative operational modes, spare parts inventories, and all other pertinent information.
1. The manufacturer's representative shall remain on -site to observe operation of the equipment and further advise Owner's staff for a minimum of one day.
2. A complete schedule of equipment, representatives, and dates for operator training shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to commencement of the start-up period.
3. The Contractor shall record all equipment tr aining sessions on high quality digital format with subjects indexed.
4. The Contractor shall provide two (2) duplicate sets of all copies to the Owner.
1.03 GUARANTEES
A. MATERIAL.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-42
LAKE START UP AND GUARANTEES 131201 - 2
All construction materials and equipment shall have a minimum of one (1) year guarantee by the Contractor for defects in material and workmanship from the date of certified final completion and Owner acceptance of the entire project system. The membrane liner shall have a separate guarantee by the lining manufacturer as specified elsewhere in this specification.
B. GEO MEMBRANE LINING GUARANTEE
The membrane lining material and the seam materials shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer/supplier to have an effective life of at least ten (10) years, provided they remain continuously protected against exposure and mechanical damage.
C. DAMAGE
This warranty shall guarantee the complete 100% replacement cost of the defective materials deteriorating as a result of physical or chemical changes which render the lining ineffective as a waterproof membrane. Should defects or premature loss of use occur, the Contractor shall supply, repair, or replace the material on a complete basis, including all related costs of replacing or repairing the damage, refilling the lake system water to the designated water surface elevations, any required retesting of the facilities, and complete site restoration as needed. The Contractor shall also be responsible to provide whatever is necessary to maintain the ongoing operation of the lake systems, including the set-up of any temporary pumping facilities as needed. A certified guarantee document including the above mentioned requirements, in writing, shall be submitted to the Owner with copies provided in the O&M manuals.
D. WORKMANSHIP
The Contractor shall guarantee his workmanship for a period of one (1) year.
The entire lake system project including but not limited to pumps, pipes, equipment, lining, concrete shoreline, aeration units, flow control structures, etc. shall exhibit no measurable water loss from leakage. Should measurable losses, in excess of the Greenbook allowable water leakage for piping systems (Greenbook 306 -1.4) and the calculated evaporation losses in the lake occur, after filling of the lake system and/or during the one (1) year guarantee period, the Contractor shall be responsible for locating and eliminating the leakage, at no additional cost to the Owner. If, due to the fault of the Contractor’s workmanship, the lake and/or piping system must be drained to effect repairs, the Contractor shall be responsible for all associated costs of replacing or repairing the damage, refilling the lake water to designated water surface elevations, any required retesting of the facilities, and complete site restoration as needed. The Contractor shall also be responsible to provide whatever is necessary to maintain the ongoing operation of the lake systems, including the construction of temporary dams and the set -up of any temporary pumping facilities as needed.
A certified guarantee document including the above mentioned requirements, in writing, shall be submitted to the Owner with copies provided in the O&M manuals.
END OF SECTION 131201 – LAKE START UP AND GUARANTEES
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-43
LAKE SUBMITTALS 131202 - 1
SECTION 131202 – LAKE SUBMITTALS
Part 1 – General
1.01 Submit to the engineer shop drawings, product data and samples required under the various Sections of these Specifications.
1.02 Prepare and submit with Construction Schedule, a separate schedule listing dates for submission and dates reviewed shop drawings, product data and samples will be needed for each product.
1.03 Make all submittals of Shop Drawings, Samples, and requests for substitution in accordance with the provisions of these Specifications.
1.04 Contractor shall submit complete technical and product data on all construction materials and equipment. All submittals must be approved by the Engineer before any construction or installations will be allowed. The Contractor will submit a list of all construction materials and equipment to the Engineer required for submittal.
1.05 All materials and equipment that are submitted and/or used for this project must be locally available for total replacement or for parts and certified as such with the submittal documents.
1.06 OPERATING AND MAINTANENCE MANUALS
A. Contractor to provide operation and maintenance manuals with the following information: (2) complete sets of operation and maintenance (O&M procedure manuals for all materials and equipment used on the project as listed and approved by the Contractor).
B. All items shall have been submitted and approved through the submittal process as mentioned above.
C. Manuals shall be provided in PDF format.
1.07 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS
A. The Lake Contractor and his supervisor to be assigned to the job shall have the following qualifications:
1. Have successfully completed not less than five (5) lake projects, each of a scope equal to or greater than this project, within the last two (2) years.
2. Submit to the Owner, with his formal bid, a list of at least five (5) projects complete with names, addresses and telephone numbers, of the Landscape Architect/Engineer and the Owner’s representative. Include a brief description of the lake facilities including size and scope of the mechanical system, list of subcontractors (if any), and the date of completion.
3. Be capable of furnishing as a separate bid, labor, material, and performance bonds.
4. The Owner will determine if the Lake Contractor is qualified to propose to work on this project and may refuse any bid.
B. The Contractor, by submitting a bid, acknowledges that he understands the nature of this specialized artistic work. Also, that he understands basic hydraulic Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-44
LAKE SUBMITTALS 131202 - 2
and flow requirements pertaining to streams and waterfalls and is ultimately responsible for the artistic result of his work.
1.08 IDENTIFICATION OF SUBMITTALS OR SUBSTITUTIONS
Completely identify each submittal and re -submittal by showing at least the following information:
A. Name and address of entity submitting information, plus name and telephone number of individual who may be contacted for further information.
B. Name of project for this Work.
C. Drawing number and Specification Section number to which the submittal applies.
D. Number of all submittals sequentially, whether this is an original submittal or a re - submittal, and if a re-submittal, what number re-submittal.
1.09 COORDINATION
Prior to submittal for Engineer’s review:
A. Fully coordinate all submittals by determining and verifying all field dimensions and conditions, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data.
B. Coordinate as required with all other trades and with all public agencies involved.
C. Secure all necessary prior approvals and signify by stamp, or other means, that they have been secured.
D. Clearly indicate all deviations from Contract Documents.
1.10 TIMING OF SUBMITTALS
Make all submittals within thirty (30) days of the date of the award of the contract for the Work, and far enough in advance of scheduled dates of installation to provide adequate time for all required reviews, both by the Engineer and his consultants, for securing necessary approvals, for possible revision and re-submittal, and for placing of orders and securing delivery. In scheduling, allow a minimum of ten (10) full working days for the Engineer’s review. Cost of delays occasioned by the tardiness of submittals will be back - charged as necessary.
1.11 ENGINEER’S REVIEW
The Engineer’s review will be only for conformance with the design concept and with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Engineer’s review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for deviation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Contractor has informed the Engineer and Owner in writing of such deviation at the time of submit tal and the Engineer has given written approval to the specific deviation, nor shall the Engineer's approval relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors and omissions in the Shop Drawings and Samples. Should the Engineer be required to review any submittal more than three (3) separate times due to the inadequacy of the submittal and due to no fault of the Engineer, the Contractor shall render to the Engineer the Engineer's direct cost for review of all subsequent re-submittals.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-45
LAKE SUBMITTALS 131202 - 3
1.12 COMPLIANCE WITH APPROVALS
Do not commence any portion of the Work requiring approval of Shop Drawings or Samples by the Landscape Architect until the submittal has been approved by the Engineer and Owner. All such portions of the Work shall be in accordance with the approved Shop Drawings and Samples.
Part 2 – Products
2.01 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS
Compile a complete schedule of all submittals required for the project, complete with major division and subdivision headings and broken into individual trades. Format shall be 8-1/2" x 11". The schedule shall be in such a form as to allow for notations next to each required submittal including, but not necessarily limited to, submission dates, action taken, approvals and re -submittals. Submit such a schedule to the Engineer for his comments and approval. The approved Schedule of Submittals shall be kept current at all times and an updated copy shall be kept in the Project Field Office for review.
2.02 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT INFORMATION SUBMITTALS
A. Unless otherwise specifically dire cted by the Engineer, make all Shop Drawings accurately to a scale suffi ciently large to show all pertinent features of the item and its method of connection and interface to the Work.
B. Submit all Shop Drawings and Product Information in the form of Portable Document Format (PDF) of each Shop Drawing. Where contents of submitted product information include data not pertinent to the submittal, clearly indicate which portion is being submitted for review.
C. Submittals are required on all items to ensure the latest and most complete manufacturer's data is available. The Contractor assumes full responsibility for problems which could have been noted on valid submittals not furnished.
D. In the event that an item or items specif ied by the Engineer will not be available in time for installation during orderly progress of the Work, so notify the Engineer prior to receipt of bids. Verify that all items specified will be available. Costs of delays because of non-availability of materials will be back-charged as necessary and shall not be borne by the Owner.
2.03 SAMPLES
A. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Engineer, all Samples shall be of the precise article proposed to be furnished.
B. Submit all Samples in the quantity which is required to be returned, plus one (1) which will be retained by the Engineer.
2.04 CALCULATIONS
Where required, structural calculations shall be performed by a licensed Civil or Structural Engineer, and shall be suf ficient to show the adequacy of all members and connections to be reviewed.
2.05 COLORS
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-46
LAKE SUBMITTALS 131202 - 4
A. Unless the precise color and pattern is specifically described in the Contract Documents, whenever a choice of color or pattern is available in a specified product submit accurate color ch arts and pattern charts to the Engineer for his review and selection.
B. Unless all available colors and patterns have identical costs and identical wearing capabilities and are ident ically suitable for the installation, completely describe the relative costs and capabilities of each.
2.06 OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Where manuals are required to be submitted upon comple tion of the installation, prepare all such manuals in durable plastic binders approximately 8-1/2" x 11" in size and with at least the following features:
1. Identification readable through the outside of the cover, stating the general nature of the manual and the project to which it pertains.
2. Neatly typewritten Index near the front of the manual, furnishi ng immediate information as to location in the manual of all data regarding the installation.
3. Complete instruction regarding operation and main tenance of all equipment involved.
4. Complete nomenclature of all replaceable parts, their part numb ers, current cost and name and address of the Vendors of the parts.
5. Copy of all guarantees and warranties issued on the installation.
6. Copy of the approved Shop Drawings with all data concerning changes made during construction.
B. Where contents of manuals include manufacturer's catalog, clearly indicate the precise items included in this installation and delete, or otherwise clearly indicate, all manufacturer's data with which this installation is not concerned.
C. Provide information regarding the proper operation of a manmade lake system including care for the liner, shorelines, and water quality.
D. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Engineer, deliver PDF files of the manual to the Owner and to the Engineer.
2.07 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Reference in the Contract Documents to any material, product, or process by name, make or catalog number shall be interpreted as establishing a standard of quality and design intent and not construed as prohibiting substitu tions of any other such material, product, or process, provided such substitution is specifically approved by the Engineer prior to receipt of bids. Requests for substitutions shall be submitted no later than ten (10) working days prior to bid date.
B. Acceptance of substitutions will not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the Contract Documents.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-47
LAKE SUBMITTALS 131202 - 5
C. At the discretion of the Engineer, testing of samples of materials proposed for substitutions may be required. The testing shall be done by an independent testing laboratory selected by the Owner, the costs of which shall be borne by the Contractor.
D. At the discretion of the Engineer, the Contractor may be required to furnish a written guarantee, in addition to that already required, ensuring the satisfactory performance of the proposed substitutes.
E. All additional labor and materials which may be required for the proper installation of any substitu tion, or required as a consequence of any substitution, will be provided at no additional cost to the Owner.
F. Bids shall be based upon the data given in the Contract Documents, or upon previously approved items or tech niques as "approved equals" by the Engineer.
Where calculations or shop drawings are required for approval, allowance shall be made for meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents and all applicable codes and ordinances.
G. Bidders may, in addition, submit separate bids using materials and equipment of other manufacturers, providing the difference in cost is stated for each item proposed to be substituted.
H. Provide to the Engineer all information necessary and required to evaluate proposed substitutions. Do not base bid on the assumptions that a material will be approved as equal by the Engineer unless the item has been specifically approved for this Work by the Engineer prior to the receipt of bids.
I. The Contractor assumes full responsibility that substi tuted items or procedures will meet the job requirements and is responsible for the cost of redesign and of modifications to this and all other parts of the work caused by substituted items.
J. Submittals will be checked for general conformance with the design concept of the project, but acceptance does not guarantee quantities shown and does not supersede requirements to properly install work. Submittals for proposed alternatives will be judged not only for the acceptability of the items themselves, but of the items as they are used under the conditions of this particular project.
END OF SECTION 131202 – LAKE SUBMITTALS
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-48
CONCRETE VENEER 131212 - 1
SECTION 131212 – CONCRETE VENEER
Part 1 - General
1.01 Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, appurtenances, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing all construction activities and operations for the work described in this section, complete, as shown on the drawings or specified herein. The work includes but is not necessarily limited to all the section below.
Part 2 - Products
2.01 MATERIAL
A. The concrete veneer shall consist of a minimum 6 -sack mix, Type I or II, Portland Cement with a maximum aggregate size of 3/8”.
B. The concrete shall obtain a 28 day minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi when prepared in accordance with ASTM C31 test method 231. Concrete failing to meet this specification shall be removed and replaced.
C. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to furnish a statement from the concrete supplier stating the mix proportions, the anticipated strength and a test report copy made in the last 90 days. After approval, the aggregates and cement shall remain the same throughout the job. The quantities of each may change to increase strength.
D. The concrete shall be delivered to the site with a slump of not more than 4.0 inches.
2.02 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. WIRE MESH. The concrete veneer reinforcement shall be 1.2 inch by 1.2 inch 20 gauge galvanized octagonal mesh wire.
B. REINFORCING BARS. ASTM A615, Grade 40.
Part 3 - Execution
3.01 GENERAL
A. A wire reinforced concrete veneer cover shall be installed over the membrane liner by the Contractor where shown on the plans.
3.02 WIRE MESH
1.2 inch by 1.2 inch by 20 gauge octagonal wire mesh shall be placed over the membrane liner in all areas to receive a concrete veneer. The wire shall be laid in a continuous layer, with adjacent edges over -lapping 8.0 inches (minimum) and secured to another by the use of hog rings or other appropriate clips which cannot puncture the liner.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-49
CONCRETE VENEER 131212 - 2
3.03 CONCRETE
A. The concrete shall be placed over the wire. All wire shall be covered with concrete so that no wire is visible on the surface or edge of the concrete except where indicated on the plans. The concrete shall be rough, broom finished, and water sprayed, chemical or membrane cured to prevent excessive cracking during or after curing. All cracks 1/4” and wider shall be caulked with an approved sealant. Curing operations shall be one or both of the following methods: (1) Application of a light spray of water, three times a day for three consecutive days beginning the following a.m.; or (2) Spray application of an approved exterior curing compound. No concrete admixtures for curing will be allowed.
3.04 CONCRETE PLACEMENT METHODS
A. Placement of the concrete for the veneer shoreline may be done by conventional form work, slip form or shotcrete application methods, all in accordance witb the plans and specifications. Any method which is chosen by the Contractor shall require an "application method plan" submittal to be submitted to the Contractor for review and approval prior to construction of the shoreline. For any method chosen, the Contractor must meet the accepted industry standards for that type of concrete placement method (i.e. ASTM).
END OF SECTION 131212 – CONCRETE VENEER
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-50
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 131214 - 1
SECTION 131214 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
Part 1 - General
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, appurtenances, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing all construction activities and operations for the work described in this section, complete, as shown on the drawings or specified herein. The work includes but is not necessarily limited to all the section below.
1.02 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES TO BE FOLLOWED
A. The uniform building code, latest edition, where applicable.
B. Construction safety orders of the federal, state, or local government.
C. The ACI standard specifications for structural concrete, (ACI 30172, revised 1981) where applicable.
D. The national electrical code, latest edition, where applicable.
Part 2 - Products
A. Concrete structures shall be specified as in Section 303 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, except as herein modified. Provide concrete work, complete as indicated, specified, and required.
B. CONCRETE MATERIALS:
1. Conform to the applicable portions of Section 201 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works construction except as modified herein.
2. Concrete mixes used for the various structures shall be designed to obtain the following minimum 28 day compressive strength:
• Pump stations/catch basins 3,000 PSI
3. PORTLAND CEMENT. Use Type II modified cement.
4. AGGREGATE. Use ¾-inch maximum aggregate.
5. ADMIXTURES. Use air entraining agent conforming to ASTM C260. Use water reducing admixture conforming to ASTM C494 Type A. No other admixture shall be used.
6. CEMENT GROUT. Make cement grout from one part cement to two parts silica sand filler. Add only enough water to moisten materials so that they can be squeezed into a ball by hand. Use cement grout as noted on the drawings.
C. REINFORCEMENT:
1. Conform to the applicable portions of section 201 of the standard specifications for public works construction except as modified herein.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-51
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 131214 - 2
2. REINFORCING BARS. Use ASTM A615 grade 60 bars.
3. WELDED WIRE FABRIC. Use ASTM A185 Mesh.
4. Store all reinforcing at the site so as to prevent contact with the earth.
D. FORMWORK:
1. Construct forms to be mortar tight.
2. Adequacy of the form, bracing, and shoring shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The design shall meet the requirements of ACI 347.
3. Comply with tolerances for formed surfaces required by ACI 301.
E. CONCRETE FINISHING
1. Provide concrete finishes for all concrete surfaces. All work shall be performed by skilled cement finishers.
F. All exposed surfaces, except the top surface of horizontal slabs, shall be provided with a Class 1 surface finish in accordance with Section 303 -1.9.3 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.
1. EXTERIOR HORIZONTAL SLABS. The top surface of exterior horizontal slabs shall be finished in conformance with Section 302 -6.4 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works, except that the final finish shall be accomplished with a drag broom in lieu of burlap bags.
a. All exterior slab surfaces shall slope a minimum of 1% to drain surface water away to a proper location. Review elevations shown on drawings for adequate slopes before setting grades. Report any conditions that will not provide adequate slopes before processing.
b. Edging Slabs. Tool a 3/8 -inch radius on all exposed edges of slabs, machine bases, curbs, top of walls and other exposed horizontal edges.
Repeat tooling with each floating or troweling operation. c. Provide weakened -plane joints at least 1 -1/2 inch deep in all paving slabs where indicated but not more than 8 feet apart in each direction.
Repeat tooling with each floating or troweling operation. d. Run decorative feature grooves with a 1/4 -inch deep rounded tool before the final troweling in paving where shown.
Part 3 - Execution
3.01 INSTALLATIONS:
The wet well and vault shall be installed in accordance with Section 1.02 of these Technical Conditions as applicable.
3.02 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE:
A. PLACING.
All concrete shall be handled from the mixer or transport vehicle to the place of final deposit in a continuous manner as rapidly as practicable and without segregation or loss of ingredients, until the approved unit operation is completed.
Mix concrete on -site a minimum of 1 minute per cubic yard; do not add water.
Concrete shall be placed by mechanical internal or external vibrating equipment.
Duration of the vibration cycle shall be limited to the time necessary to produce Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-52
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 131214 - 3
satisfactory consolation. Contractor shall follow Greenbook specs for the above requirements.
B. CURING.
Curing shall be used by means of water spraying, membrane, and/or chemical curing and shall be of a clear or white type, conforming to ASTM C309 58.
END OF SECTION 131214 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-53
PERMEONTM CONCRETE VENEER STAIN 131215 - 1
SECTION 131215 – PERMEONTM CONCRETE VENEER STAIN
Part 1 - General
1.01 SUBMITTAL
A. The coloring material shall be a single -step application process, an environmentally safe material that develops permanent and natural aged earth tones or desert varnish colors on the surface which it is applied. The material shall contain no caustic or alkaline chemicals and must not have a pH of 12 or above.
B. The coloring material shall be applied directly to clean and dry surfaces by an applicator certified by the manufacture. Light Brown to Black colors that develop shall be controlled and modified by custom blending of the coloring material, application technique, or a combination of these. Before application of coloring material, testing of several colors shall be performed on location and final written approval from the Project Engineer is required.
C. The rock and/or concrete coloring material shall be Permeon™ or an approved equal.
1.02 EQUIPMENT
A. Application equipment contains pump, mixing tank powered by gas motor. Pump must be a “Hypro” D -30 or D-50 powered by a Honda GX -240 Horizontal Utility Motor. Pump must have a regulator to control the flow of the product while allowing product to re - circulate back to the tank for hydraulic agitation. Mixing tank will be a 200 to 300 gallon Poly tank. Set up with proper plumbing and shut off valves to the pump and equipped with agitation. For larger increment rock cuts, a 3,000 gallon truck mounted tank, equipped with a centrifugal pump and tower application canon will be needed to reach these areas.
1.03 OTHER CONSIDERATIONS
A. Care and close attention should be taken in the application of the coloring material; do not apply coloring material if wind speed exceeds 15 MPH or stronger. The best immediate color results will occur if coloring material is applied in temperatures of 70˚ degrees Fahrenheit or higher, and if temperatures remain within a 10˚ margin for 30 days. If applying coloring material in cooler temperatures, make sure that applied surface is allowed to dry completely before surface is exposed to moisture.
B. Areas in or around irrigation systems: These areas may sustain mineral, salt, or fertilizer stains over a period of time and should be treated at the maintenance level.
C. Roller Compact Concrete, Shotcrete and Concrete: These surfaces should be moisture cured and allowed to dry for a full thirty days before application of natural desert varnish.
All surfaces should be free of curing compounds or other coatings that may prevent direct contact with concrete. Any residual coating shall be removed by hydro -blasting or other methods approved by manufacture.
D. Areas that require hydro seeding and color restoration process: Coloring material shall be applied before hydro seeding and shall have adequate time to develop color before hydro seeding is performed.
E. Known manufacturer is Soil -Tech, Inc., 6420 S. Cameron Drive, Suite 207, Las Vegas, NV 89118 702-873-2023, www.permeon.com
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-54
PERMEONTM CONCRETE VENEER STAIN 131215 - 2
1.04 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
A. Approved by U S labor dept, essentially similar to form OSHA 174 Important: Read this MSDS before handling & disposing of this product. Pass this information to employees, customers & users of this product.
1.05 CHEMICAL PRODUCT & COMPANY IDENTIFICATION
PRODUCT IDENTITY: Permeon
DISTRIBUTOR NAME: Soil Tech
DISTRIBUTOR ADDRESS: 6420 Cameron Drive, Suite 207
DISTRIBUTOR CITY: Las Vegas, NV 89118
DISTRIBUTOR PHONE: 1-702-873-2023
CHEMTREC PHONE: 1-800-424-9300
1.06 INGREDIENT & REGULATORY INFORMATION
CONTAINS: Water (7732-18-5)
Minerals (Trade Secret)
1.07 HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
A. RISK STATEMENTS:
• R22: Harmful if swallowed.
• R36: Irritating to the eyes.
B. SAFETY STATEMENTS:
• S26: In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water, and seek medical advice.
• S46: If swallowed, seek medical advice immediately and show this Material Safety Data Sheet.
1.08 FIRST AID MEASURES & PROCEDURES
A. EYE CONTACT:
Immediately flush eyes with large amounts of water for two to three minutes. Remove any contact lenses and continue flushing for at least 15 minutes, lifting eyelids to ensure complete flushing of surface. Get immediate medical attention.
B. SKIN CONTACT:
Remove contaminated clothing including shoes and immediately flush skin with soap & large amounts of water for at least 15 minutes. Seek immediate medical attention. Wash contaminated clothing and shoes before reuse.
C. INHALATION:
Remove victim to fresh air. Keep warm and at rest. If breathing stops, give artificial respiration. If breathing is labored, have qualified personnel give oxygen. Seek immediate medical attention.
D. SWALLOWING:
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-55
PERMEONTM CONCRETE VENEER STAIN 131215 - 3
Do not give anything by mouth to an unconscious or convulsing person. Induce vomiting by having victim put finger down throat. Seek immediate medical attention.
E. NOTE TO PHYSICIAN:
In patients not in shock or coma, induce vomiting with syrup of Ipecac if vomiting has not occurred. Follow with gastric lavage using deferoxamine, 2 g/L of water, which contains sodium bicarbonate 20 gm/L. Leave 10 grams of deferoxamine in 50 ml or 55 grams of sodium bicarbonate in the stomach. Maintain airway, blood pressure and respiration.
Treat symptomatically and supportively. (Droisbach, Handbook of Poisoning, 11th edition.) Get medical attention. Treatment should be administered by qualified medical personnel only.
The decision whether the severity of poisoning requires administering of any antidotes and actual dose required should be made by qualified medical personnel.
1.09 FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES
A. EXTINGUISHING MEDIA:
Use appropriate extinguishing media for surrounding fire, such as water fog or spray, foam, dry powder, carbon dioxide (CO2).
B. SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURES:
Evacuate personnel downwind of fire to avoid inhalation of irritating and/or harmful fumes and smoke. Respiratory and eye protection are required for fire fighting personnel. Full protective equipment (Bunker Gear) and self -contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) should be used for all indoor fires and any significant outdoor fires. For small outdoor fires, which may easily be extinguished with a portable fire extinguisher, use of a SCBA may not be required.
C. UNUSUAL EXPLOSION AND FIRE PROCEDURES:
Product decomposes under fire conditions to form oxides of sulfur. Containers may rupture from internal pressure if confined to fire area. Cool with water. Get nonessential persons out of area.
1.10 ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
A. SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES:
Construct temporary dikes of dirt, sand, or any appropriate readily available material to prevent spreading of the material.
B. SMALL SPILL:
Wearing the appropriate personal protective equipment designated in Section 8, move the leaking container to a containment area or rotate the container so that the opening is above the liquid level. Neutralize with lime or other base, then absorb on diatomaceous earth or equivalent inert material. Shovel up and dispose of at an appropriate waste disposal facility according to current applicable laws and regulations and product characteristics at time of disposal.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-56
PERMEONTM CONCRETE VENEER STAIN 131215 - 4
C. LARGE SPILL:
Wearing the appropriate personal protective equipment designated in Section 8, close or cap valves and/or block or plughole in leaking container and transfer to another container. Contain material as described above and call the local fire or police department for immediate emergency assistance.
D. ENVIRONMENTAL PRECAUTIONS:
1. WATER SPILL: Use appropriate containment to avoid runoff or release to sewer or waterways.
2. LAND SPILL: Use appropriate containment to avoid runoff or release to ground.
E. GENERAL PROCEDURES: Remove containers of strong bases from release area.
F. RELEASE NOTES:
If spill could potentially enter any waterway, including intermittent dry creeks, contact the local authorities. If in the United States, contact the U.S. Coast Guard National Response Center (800) 424-8802. In case of accident or road spill notify:
• CHEMTREC in USA at (800) 424-9300.
• CANUTEC in Canada at (613) 996-6666.
• CHEMTREC in other countries, at (International Code) + 1 202 483 7616.
G. COMMENTS:
See Section 13 for disposal information and Section 15 for regulatory requirements.
Large and small spills may have a broad definition depending on the user’s handling system. Therefore, the spill category must be defined at the point of release by technically qualified personnel.
1.11 HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. HANDLING:
Use appropriate personal protective equipment as specified in Section 8. Handle in a well-ventilated area. Handle and use in a manner consistent with good industrial/manufacturing techniques and practices.
B. STORAGE:
Store in unopened containers under cool and dry con ditions. Do not store with, or close to strong bases.
1.12 EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION
A. EXPOSURE CONTROLS:
Good ventilation should be sufficient to control airborne levels of material.
B. VENTILATION:
Use local exhaust and general mechanical ventilation.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-57
PERMEONTM CONCRETE VENEER STAIN 131215 - 5
C. PERSONAL PROTECTIONS:
EYES AND FACE: Wear chemical splash goggles and face shield when eye and face contact is possible due to splashing or spraying of material.
1.13 PHYSICAL DATA
APPEARANCE: Light Blue-Green Liquid
ODOR: Negligible
BOILING RANGE: (Initial Boiling Point) Not Applicable LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMIT IN AIR (% by vol): None
FLASH POINT (TEST METHOD): None FLAMMABILITY CLASSIFICATION: Noncombustible GRAVITY @ 60 F:
SPECIFIC GRAVITY (Water=1): 1.25 POUNDS/GALLON: 10.5 VOC'S (VAPOR PRESSURE >0.44 Lbs/Sq In)(Lbs/Gal): 0.0 TOTAL VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (TVOC) (g/L): 0.0
NONEXEMPT VOLATILE COMPOUNDS (CVOC): 0.0
VAPOR PRESSURE (mm of Hg) @ 20 C: 10 (water) VAPOR DENSITY (air = 1) 0.6 (water) WATER ABSORPTION: Complete NEUTRALITY (pH): 3 – 7
1.14 REACTIVITY DATA
A. STABILITY: Stable.
B. CONDITIONS TO AVOID: Isolate from heat.
C. MATERIALS TO AVOID: Isolate from strong bases and active metals.
D. HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCT: Sulfur, Manganese, Iron, Sodium Oxides under fire conditions.
E. HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: Cannot occur.
1.15 TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
MATERIAL CAS# TWA + (OSHA) TLV (ACGIH) HAP Manganese++ Sulfate 7785-87-7 5 mg/m3 (Mn++) 5 mg/m3 (Mn++) No Iron++ Sulfate 7720-78-7 1 mg/m3 (Fe++) 1 mg/m3 (Fe++) No
A. ACUTE HAZARDS
1. EYE & SKIN CONTACT: This material is very irritating to the eyes. May cause redness and burning. May be irritating to the skin, especially from prolonged exposure.
2. INHALATION: Aerosols and fumes can cause coughing and irritation to respiratory tract. Moderate irritant of the nasal mucous membranes. Avoid breathing fumes.
3. SWALLOWING: Side effects of ingestion of Iron++ salts may include heartburn, gastric discomfort, constipation or diarrhea. Symptoms of severe poisoning may occur within 30 minutes or be delayed for several hours. Severe hemorrhagic gastritis with abdominal pain, retching, violent diarrhea and vomiting may occur. Circulatory system may be affected with symptoms of shock, rapid, weak or no pulse, severe hypotension and pulmonary changes with dyspnea, and emphysema may occur.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-58
PERMEONTM CONCRETE VENEER STAIN 131215 - 6
Poisoning may affect the liver, kidneys, circulatory, cardiovascular, and central nervous systems.
B. CHRONIC HAZARDS/CONDITIONS AGGREVATED
1. CONDITIONS AGGREVATED: Persons with breathing disorders should avoid use.
Interactions with medicines may cause adverse effects.
2. CARCINOGENIC, MUTAGENIC & REPRODUCTIVE EFFECTS: Reproductive effects from Iron++ salts have been reported in animals.
3. OTHER CHRONIC EFFECTS: None known.
1.16 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
A. MAMMALIAN TOXICITY TEST DATA:
LOWEST KNOWN ORAL LD50: 200 mg/kg (rat) (as Iron++) LOWEST KNOWN SKIN LD50: 1000 mg/kg (guinea pig) (as Manganese++)
B. AQUATIC TOXICITY TEST DATA: May cause adverse environmental impact if material reaches waterways.
1.17 DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
A. DISPOSAL METHOD: Dispose of waste at an appropriate waste disposal facility according to current applicable laws and regulations.
B. FOR LARGE SPILLS: Contain material and call local authorities for emergency assistance. In consultation with the appropriate authorities, determine the disposal method.
C. PRODUCT DISPOSAL: Neutralize with lime or other base. Collect in appropriate containers. Dispose of at an appropriate waste disposal facility in accordance with current applicable laws and regulations, and product characteristics at time of disposal.
D. EMPTY CONTAINER: Triple rinse with water and offer for recycle.
1.18 TRANSPORT INFORMATION
DOT PROPER SHIPPING NAME: None.
DOT HAZARD CLASS: None
SUBSIDIARY HAZARD: None
IATA PROPER SHIPPING NAME: None
TDG PROPER SHIPPING NAME: None
ER GUIDEBOOK NUMBER: None
1.19 REGULATORY INFORMATION
A. U.S. FEDERAL REGULATIONS (ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY)
B. SARA Title III Section 313 Supplier Notification: This product contains the following chemical subject to the reporting requirements of Section 313 of the Emergency Planning & Community Right-To-Know Act of 1986 & of 40 CFR 372: Manganese compounds (9% by weight). This information must be included in all MSDSs that are copied & distributed for this material.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-59
PERMEONTM CONCRETE VENEER STAIN 131215 - 7
C. CERCLA, TSCA: All components of this product are on the TSCA List. The Reportable Quantity (RQ) of Iron++ Sulfate is exceeded if there is greater than 41667 lbs / 18939 kg of this product in one container.
D. CLEAN WATER ACT: Manganese++ Sulfate is listed as a priority pollutant under the Clean Water Act and, as such, falls under the CERCLA spill reporting requirements of 40 CFR 302.
E. EPA SARA 311:
Acute Health: Yes
Chronic Health: No
Fire: No
Sudden Release of Pressure: No
Reactive: No
F. STATE REGULATIONS:
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65: This product does not contain any chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer or reproductive harm.
G. INTERNATIONAL REGULATIONS
The components of this product are listed on the chemical inventories of the following countries: Australia, Canada, Europe (EINECS), Japan, South Korea, United Kingdom.
1.20 OTHER INFORMATION
A. HAZARD RATINGS:
HEALTH FLAMMABILITY REACTIVITY OTHER
NFPA 2 0 0
HMIS 2 0 0 X
This information is intended solely for the use of individuals trained in the NFPA and HMIS systems.
B. EMPLOYEE TRAINING: Employees should be made aware of all hazards of this material (as stated in this Material Safety Data Sheet) before handling it.
C. NOTICE
The supplier disclaims all expressed or implied warranties of fitness or merchantability for a specific use, with respect to the product, or the information provided herein, except for conformation to contracted specifications.
All information appearing herein is based upon data obtained from manufacturer and/or recognized technical sources. While the information is believed to be accurate, we make no representations as to its accuracy or sufficiency.
Conditions of use are beyond our control, and therefore users are responsible for verifying the data under their own operating conditions to determine whether the product is suitable for their particular purposes and they assume all risks of their use, handling, and disposal of the product. Users also assume all risks in regards to the publication or Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-60
PERMEONTM CONCRETE VENEER STAIN 131215 - 8
use of, or reliance upon, information contained herein. This information relates only to the product designated herein, and does not relate to its use in combination with any other material or process.
END OF SECTION 131215 – PERMEONTM CONCRETE VENEER STAIN
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-61
RPE LINER AND TESTING 131224-1
SECTION 131224 – RPE LINER AND TESTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. Furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, and transportation, and perform all operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of the lake lining and guarantee/warranty as shown on the drawings, the installation details, and as specified herein.
Items of work specifically included in this section Lake Lining are:
B. Procurement of all applicable licenses, permits, and fees.
C. Formally accept subgrade. The grade shall be turned over at line and grade with a tolerance of 1/10 foot. Confirm that all wet well, lake pipe systems and bridge or retaining wall structures are installed prior to acceptance.
D. Liner Contractor responsible for this section shall inspect subgrade to ensure that the soils are suitable for work of this section and issue a written acceptance prior to any work.
E. After acceptance, maintain lake subgrade for the duration of this section work and any de-watering necessary. Damage to the lake subgrade by Lake Lining Contractors operations or rain water runoff/erosion shall be repaired by the Lake Lining Contractor until the work is officially accepted by the city.
F. Furnishing all materials and labor for the installation of a 30-mil reinforced polyethylene liner and 8-ounce loose lay geotextile liner for the entire stream/water fall feature bottom as shown on the drawings. Lake Lining Contractor is responsible for supplying appropriate quantity of liner materials based on the construction drawings.
G. Furnish all materials and labor for the anchor trench liner installation around the entire perimeter of the lake, alongside the stream/water fall feature channel and waterstop joints at all pipe penetrations through the liner.
H. Furnish all materials and labor for the installation of pipe-boots and liner water proofing requirements at all pipe penetrations into the lake.
I. In the event lake slopes exceed 4:1, immediately cease installation and bring condition to the attention of the Project Site Representative.
J. Installation of the lining system to be performed by a qualified lining contractor meeting the requirements specified herein.
K. Provision of the lining manufacturer's Technical Field Representative for at least Three (3) site visits during construction including all expenses to verify and document Quality Assurance and testing. At a minimum the Technical Field Representative shall:
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-62
RPE LINER AND TESTING 131224-2
1. Review and approve the liner subgrade prior to the installation of any geotextile or geomembrane material.
2. At the completion of liner seaming operations to review the nondestructive air lance test.
3. At the completion of an acceptable lake Leak Test to review and approve the completed liner installation and any repairs made as a result of the liner leak test.
L. Installation shall be performed by a contractor that has previously installed a minimum of 1,000,000 sq. ft. of this material, or by a contractor that has a Fabricator Field Service Representative in attendance during the entire installation process. Provide documentation of experience and presence at site during installation.
M. Leak testing contractor shall have qualifications and experience in conducting the propose leak detection method having tested a minimum of 5,000,000 sq. ft. of this material within the previous three years. The leak location survey shall be supervised by a professional or technician with a minimum of 3 years and 5,000,000 square feet of liner testing experience using specified test method.
1.2 DISCREPANCIES
A. It is the intent of these plans and specifications that the lake lining system be complete and workable. It is the Lake Lining Contractor's responsibility to make sure that the material furnished is compatible and adheres to all regulations. Any discrepancies should be noted immediately and should be reported to the Project Site Representative for clarification.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Deliver submittals to Project Site Representative within 10 working days from date of Notice to Proceed. Index sections for different components and label with specification section number and name of component. Furnish submittals for components on material list. Indicate which items are being supplied on catalog cut sheets when multiple items are shown on one sheet. Incomplete submittals shall be returned without review.
B. Materials List: Include lake liner, extrusion rod, geotextile, waterstop. Quantities of materials need not be included.
C. Manufacturers' Data: Submit manufacturers' catalog cuts, specifications, and maintenance and operating instructions for all material supplied.
D. Qualifications of Liner Installer, Fabricator Field Service Representative, lining manufacturer's Technical Field Representative and Leak testing contractor.
1.4 RULES AND REGULATIONS
A. Work and materials shall be in accordance with liner manufactures written installation procedures and requirements.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-63
RPE LINER AND TESTING 131224-3
B. When the contract documents call for materials or construction of a better quality or larger size than required by the above-mentioned rules and regulations, provide the quality and size required by the contract documents.
1.5 TESTING
A. Notify the Project Site Representative three days (72 hours) in advance of testing.
B. On completion of assembly of the lake lining, all field joints shall be tested.
C. Nondestructive seam strength testing:
1. All seams shall be visually inspected for compliance.
2. All field seams shall be Air Lance Tested (ASTM D4437) using a minimum 50 psi air supply directed through a 3/32-inch (typical) nozzle, held not more than 2-inches from the seam edge and directed at the seam edge.
3. Defective seams are located when the air jet causes the membrane to inflate, flutter, or show a disturbance not seen with properly seamed material.
D. Destructive seam strength testing:
1. One sample per 500 feet of field seam shall be provided and tested for bonded seam strength and peel adhesion values as specified.
2. The sample can either be made from excess material, or cut out from the installed lining.
1.6 CONSTRUCTION REVIEW
A. A review shall occur at the completion of the lake lining system installation and Project Record Drawing submittal.
1.7 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY AND REPLACEMENT
A. The purpose of this guarantee/warranty is to insure that the City receives materials of prime quality, installed and maintained in a thorough and careful manner.
B. For a period of one year from commencement of the formal maintenance period, guarantee/warranty liner materials and workmanship against defects. Fill and repair depressions. Restore landscape or structural features damaged by the settlement of trenches or excavations. Repair damage to the premises caused by a defective item. Make repairs within seven days of notification from the Project Site Representative.
C. Contract documents govern replacements identically as with new work. Make replacements at no additional cost to the contract price.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-64
RPE LINER AND TESTING 131224-4
D. Guarantee/warranty applies to originally installed materials and equipment and replacements made during the guarantee/warranty period.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 QUALITY
Materials used in the lake construction shall be new and without flaws or defects of any type, and shall be the best of their class and kind.
2.2 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Make complete submittals of all manufacturers' data showing compliance with the Contract Documents.
B. In making a request for a substitution, refer to Section 131202 Substitution procedures.
2.3 LAKE LINER
A. RPE sheeting shall be manufactured from a composition of ingredients suitably compounded of 100% virgin polyethylene and specifically compounded for use in hydraulic structures. Reprocessed or reground materials are not acceptable. The use of water soluble formulation ingredients is not acceptable.
B. Certification test results showing the material meets the specifications shall be supplied by the manufacturer of the roll material on request.
C. Furnish RPE 30-mil membrane lining consisting of 72-inch or greater widths of calendared sheeting fabricated into large sections by means of special factory-bonded seams into a single panel, or into the minimum number of large panels required to fit the job site.
1. Furnish RPE sheeting constructed with a biocide at a viable formulation level.
2. Furnish sheeting that is flexible, durable, and watertight, free of pinholes, blisters, holes, or other contaminants.
3. Furnish material RPE membrane uniform in color, thickness, size and surface texture.
4. Furnish material having the following minimum average physical properties as specified by ASTM:
a. Nominal Thickness: 30 mil
b. Weight (lbs per MSF): 144 lbs
d. Tensile Elongation at Break: 30%
e. Tongue Tear Strength: 115lbf
f. Grab Tensile (Scrim Break): 280 lbf
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-65
RPE LINER AND TESTING 131224-5
g. Standard OIT: 150 min
h. High Pressure HPOIT: 2400 min
i. Minimum Static Use Temperature: -70°F
j. Maximum Static Use Temperature: 180° F
k. Puncture resistance: 100 lbf
l. Hydraulic Conductivity: 2.20x10-10 cm/sec
D. Furnish products Manufactured by Raven Industries, Colorado Linings, Layfield Group or equal
2.4 GEOTEXTILE
A. Furnish 100% polypropylene, nonwoven, needle punch, geotextile. Furnish material having the minimum average roll values as specified by ASTM:
1. Fabric Weight: 8.0 ounces/sq. yard
2. Thickness: 85 mils
3. Grab Tensile Strength: 205 lbs MD.
4. Grab Elongation: 50%
5. Trapezoid Tear Strength: 80 lbs
6. CBR Puncture Strength: 500 lbs
7. Water Flow Rate: 95gpm/ft²
8. U.V. Resistance: 70%
9. Apparent Opening Size: US Sieve 80 mm
C. Use products manufactured by SI Geosolutions, Mirafi, Inc., DuPont, Inc., Nicolon Corporation, Geotex, or Engineer approved equal.
2.5 OTHER MATERIALS
A. Provide any special tools, hardware, adhesives, boots, or any special materials necessary for the proper installation of the liner as recommended by the manufacturer.
B. Use only stainless steel: fasteners, washers, strapping, and other hardware that is required.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-66
RPE LINER AND TESTING 131224-6
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTIONS AND REVIEWS
A. Site Inspections:
1. Verify site conditions and note irregularities affecting work of this section. Report irregularities to the Project Site Representative prior to beginning work.
2. Beginning work of this section implies acceptance of existing conditions.
B. Utilities: Verify locations of underground utilities, pipe penetrations etc.
3.2 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING
A. Earthwork shall be performed by the Park Contractor per Section xxx Lake Construction.
B. Park Contractor shall submit as constructed survey of subgrade for Project Site Representative for Lake Lining Contractors records.
C. Subgrade of lake graded by Park Contractor to a tolerance of +/- 1/10 foot shall be accepted by Project Site Representative, Engineer, and Lake Lining Contractor at a slope not to exceed 4:1 in any circumstance, prior to installation of liner system.
D. Where utilities conflict with lake excavation or anchor trenching, contact the Project Site Representative.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF NATURAL SOFT LAKE EDGES:
A. Install lake edge treatments as required by the construction documents, details, and specifications.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF GEOTEXTILE
A. Install loose lay geotextile above and below RPE liner as shown in the details and as recommended by the manufacturer.
B. Complete field seams at all overlapped joints. Heat weld or utilize manufacturer's recommended products and procedures.
C. Secure the geotextile to pipe penetrations as shown in the details by overlapping fabric over the top of the RPE liner and under the batten strip.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-67
RPE LINER AND TESTING 131224-7
3.5 INSTALLATION OF LAKE LINER
A. General:
1. Installation shall be performed by a contractor that has previously installed a minimum of 1,000,000 sq. ft. of this material, or by a contractor that has a Fabricator Field Service Representative in attendance during the entire installation process. Provide documentation of experience and presence at site during installation.
3. The surface (substrate) to receive the liner shall be compacted per the liner manufacturer's specifications, smooth and free from sharp objects that could puncture the lining.
4. Remove all vegetation prior to installation of the liner.
5. Subgrade shall be accepted by lining installation contractor at a slope not to exceed 4:1in any circumstance, prior to installation of liner system.
6. Structures and piping should be installed in the lake prior to the liner installation.
7. Place the geotextile and RPE liner over the prepared surfaces corresponding to the interface test submittal and results in such a manner to assure minimum handling.
Use sandbags (or similar ballast) to keep the panels in place during installation.
Avoid wrinkles in the seam areas and around mechanical attachments.
8. Place liner and geotextile material in the 'U'-shaped anchor trench as shown in the detail, extended through all three sides of the trench.
9. Closely fit and seal the lining around inlets, outlets, and other projections through the lining using prefabricated fittings where possible.
10. Closely fit and seal the lining around inlets, outlets, and other projections through the lining using prefabricated fittings/pipe boots where possible.
11. Secure the liner to concrete structures as shown in the details with a continuous stainless steel batten strip (not in direct contact with the concrete) and stainless steel concrete anchor bolts.
12. Secure the RPE liner to pipe penetrations as shown in the details with a continuous stainless steel batten, washer, and stainless steel concrete anchor bolt.
Apply a continuous bead of butyl caulk behind the batten strip.
13. Do not drive any vehicle over the RPE liner.
14. Perform all installation procedures, materials, workmanship, and testing in accordance with liner manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-68
RPE LINER AND TESTING 131224-8
B. Field Joints:
1. Use lap joints to seal factory fabricated panels of RPE together in the field. a. Form lap joints per manufacturer's requirements.
b. Remove all dirt, dust, and other foreign materials from the material and scrub the mating surfaces.
2. Construct all joints in a manner recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices.
C. Joints to Structures: Construct all joints in a manner recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices.
D. Repairs to RPE: Make any necessary repairs in a manner recommended by the manufacturer.
E. Quality of Workmanship:
1. Any lining surface showing injury due to scuffing, penetration by foreign objects or distress from rough subgrade shall, as directed by Project Site Representative, be replaced or covered and sealed with an additional layer of RPE of the proper size.
2. All joints upon completion of the work shall be tightly bonded.
F. Quality Assurance: Furnish a Technical Field Representative from the liner manufacturer for at least three (3) site visits during construction to observe the installation, to prepare field reports documenting site visit observations, and to insure compliance with the manufacturer's installation procedures. Submit field reports to by Project Site Representative within three (3) days offsite visit.
3.8 INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS
A. Install other materials shown on the drawings or installation details to be part of the lake liner construction, even though such items may not have been referenced in these specifications.
3.9 PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record alterations. Record work that is installed differently than shown on the construction drawings.
B. Document changes to design. Maintain on-site and separate from documents used for construction, one complete set of contract documents as Project Documents. Keep documents current. Do no permanently cover work until accurate "as-built" information is recorded.
C. Record alterations on a daily basis. Record work that is installed differently than shown on construction drawings. Record accurate reference dimensions, measured from at least Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-69
RPE LINER AND TESTING 131224-9
two permanent reference points, of each liner penetration and note areas where liner is attached with batten strip.
D. Turn over the Project Documents to the Project Site Representative. Completion of the Project Documents shall be a prerequisite for the Review at the completion of the lake/stream water fall feature lining & edge treatment systems installation.
3.10 CLEANUP
A. Upon completion of Work, remove from the site all machinery, tools, excess materials, and rubbish.
B. Remove all debris and foreign material from the construction area and wet well.
END OF SECTION 131224 – RPE LINER AND TESTING
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-70
AQUATIC PLANTERS 131231 - 1
SECTION 131231 – AQUATIC PLANTERS
Part 1 - General
Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, appurtenances, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing all construction activities and operations for the work described in this section, complete, as shown on the drawings or specified herein. The work includes but is not necessarily limited to all the section below.
Part 2 - Products
2.01 PLANTER
Contractor shall construct planters per the size, shape, and location as shown on the construction plans with a minimum depth of 18 inches. Soil backfill shall be per Section
3.01 and 2.02 – Planter Soil . Planter bottom shall be concrete veneer over geomembrane liner. Vegetation shall be planted per the plans or , per Engineer’s instructions.
2.02 PLANTER SOIL
In general, the planter soil shall be coarse, sandy loam, select material approved by the Engineer. Planter soil shall be free from lumps or balls of clay and shall not contain excessive amounts of calcareous or clay coatings, and shall not contain any caliches, debris, synthetic materials, deleterious or foreign substances. In addition, planter soil shall meet the following gradation criteria: no more than 50% of the material shall be fine (pass the no. 200 sieve), and the fine clay fraction shall not be more than 20%, leaving at least 30% as silt. The planter soil plasticity index (PI) shall be less than 10.
Part 3 - Execution
3.01 PLANTER SOIL
A. Planter soil for the liner and aquatic planters shall be selected from on -site borrow locations left by the mass grading Contractor (others) and approved by the Engineer.
1. Planter soil shall be placed over the lining and/or concrete veneer where shown on the plans, after liner and veneer installation, inspection and approval by the Engineer, to the grades, elevations, and depths shown on the plans. Soil containing sharp, jagged rock, clods, roots, debris or any other material which may be abrasive to, or may puncture the membrane, shall not be used as cover material. The Contractor shall satisfactorily demonstrate to the Owner and Engineer that use of the chosen material shall not have any detrimental effects on the lake.
END OF SECTION 131231 – AQUATIC PLANTER
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-71
MECHANICAL SYSTEM 131250 - 1
SECTION 131250 – MECHANICAL SYSTEM
Part 1 - General
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, appurtenances, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing all construction activities and operations for the work described in this section, complete, as shown on the drawings or specified herein. The work includes but is not necessarily limited to all the section below.
B. Contractor to supply plan for electrical connection from power source. General Contractor to provide construction and installation of power source
C. The system manufacturer shall submit individual pump curves for approval.
D. Pumps shall be inter -connected to level controls for high level "on" and low level shut-off.
E. Piping and fittings in pump station shall be PVC schedule 40 piping and schedule 80 fittings unless otherwise noted or Engineer approved equal.
1.02 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES TO BE FOLLOWED
A. The uniform building code, latest edition, where applicable.
B. Construction safety orders of the federal, state, or local government.
C. The ACI standard specifications for structural concrete, (ACI 30172, revised 1981) where applicable.
D. The national electrical code, latest edition, where applicable.
Part 2 - Products
A. CHEMICAL SYSTEM:
1. Chemical feed pumps per “STENNER” model 45MHP22, rated 1.1 to 22.0 GPD at 25 psi.
2. Alum mixer per “DIRECT MIXER” model PLT100EDD -001, direct mounted plate mixer with VFD, motor 1HP TEFC, 230-460/1PH, 17520 RPM.
3. 50 GAL double wall Alum tank per “CHEMTAINER” model TC2738DC
4. 35 GAL double wall Acid tank per “CHEMTAINER” model TC2435DC
5. Contractor to provide chemical for the system:
i. Aluminum Sulfate 48%, Liquid, Iron Free.
ii. Hydrochloric Acid 32%, Liquid
Part 3 - Execution
3.01 INSTALLATIONS:
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-72
MECHANICAL SYSTEM 131250 - 2
The pump station, monitors, controls, equipment, and all other related materials shall be installed in accordance with Section 1.02 of these Technical Conditions as applicable.
END OF SECTION 131250 – MECHANICAL SYSTEM
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-73
LAKE PIPING AND PIPELINE TESTING 131251 - 1
SECTION 131251 – LAKE PIPING AND PIPELINE TESTING
Part 1 - General
Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, appurtenances, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing all construction activities and operations for the work described in this section, complete, as shown on the drawings or specified herein. The work includes but is not necessarily limited to all the section below.
Part 2 - Products
2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. MATERIALS
Pipe shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and plastic irrigation pipe (pip) to size and pressure class indicated on the plans.
8” Ø and smaller Schedule 40 IPS Solvent Weld PVC
10” Ø – 12” Ø 100 PSI PVC Irrigation pipe (P.I.P.)
15” Ø – 27” Ø 80 PSI PVC Irrigation pipe (P.I.P.)
30” Ø and larger Specified on plan
B. SCHEDULE 40 IPS Solvent Weld PVC
a. The pipe shall be listed with NSF and complies with NSF/ANSI Standard 14 and Standard 61. The Sch40 White pipe is dual marked, so it can be used both for Pressure and DWV applications. The dual marked pipe conforms to ASTM D1785 and ASTM D2665.
b. The pipe shall be installed per ASTM D2855. The joints should conform to ASTM D2672, the solvent cement to ASTM D2564 and the primer to ASTM F656.
c. Dimension: t he outside diameter and wall thickness of Sch40 pipe are measured in accordance to ASTM D2122
C. PVC Irrigation Pipe (P.I.P.)
a. Pressure class for pip shall be SDR 51 for 80 psi rated and SDR 41 for 100 psi rated unless otherwise noted.
b. Dimension: Irrigation pipe shall be in accordance with Soil Conservation Service standard SCS 430 -dd for sizes 6” through 15”, and ASTM D2241 Annex A1 for sizes 15” through 27”. The PVC cell classification is 1245 4B as defined under ASTM D1748.
D. The pipe shall be homogenous throughout, and free from visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions or other defects.
E. Joints shall be integral bell, and spigot type with rubber gaskets, conforming to ASTM D3139. The elastomeric ring shall be in accordance with ASTM F477.
F. PVC pipe shall not be stored in the sun for any length of time and shall not be dropped or abused in a manner that can cause cracking. Discolored PVC material shall not be accepted or used.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-74
LAKE PIPING AND PIPELINE TESTING 131251 - 2
Part 3 - Execution
3.01 TRENCHING
Trenches shall be excavated to the width necessary to permit the pipe to be laid and jointed properly and the backfill to be placed as specified. In no case shall the trench width at and below the top of the pipe be such that the clean space between the pipe barrel and the trench wall exceed 12” on each side of the pipe. The trench shall be excavated to the proper depth, and the trench bottom shall be graded to provide uniform bearing and support for pipe for its entire length. A continuous trough shall be excavated to receive the bottom quadrant of the pipe, and bell holes shall be provided at each joint to permit the jointing to be performed properly, so that the pipe will be uniformly supported. Whenever soil is encountered in the bottom of the trench that is incapable of supporting the pipe, as determined by the Owner’s representative, such soils shall be removed to the depth direction and the trench backfilled and compacted to the proper grade with approved material
3.02 INSTALLATION
The pipe shall be placed to lines and grades as shown on the plans. All lines shall have 3’ of cover (minimum) outside the lake perimeter and 1’ minimum cover within the lake perimeter except as they emerge from the ground or as otherwise indicated on the plans.
Pipes shall vary below minimum grade where existing pipes are encountered. All pipes shall be inspected for cracks or defects just prior to installation. No faulty pipe shall be incorporated into the job. A joint lubricant as recommended by supplier may be used but must be free from harmful effects. Contractor shall comply with the Los Angeles County Public Works Engineering Design Guidelines in conjunction with above requirements as applicable.
3.03 BEDDING AND BACKFILL
Backfill materials shall consist of the excavated material free of large stones (greater than 3 inch diameter) or foreign material. When the excavated material is unsuitable in the opinion of the Owner’s representative, other approved material such as sand shall be provided by the Contractor to insure proper backfill and compaction. Any bracing installed to prevent cave-ins shall be withdrawn in a manner that will maintain the desired support during the backfilling operations. Contractor shall comply with the Los Angeles County Public Works Engineering Design Guidelines in conjunction with the above requirements as applicable.
Backfill material in trenches shall be compacted to 90 percent of maximum density, except under roads and structures, which shall be compacted to 95 percent of maximum density. Maximum density shall be defined by the ASTM Specification D698, otherwise known as standard proctor, and ASTM 1557 respectively. The moisture content of the backfill material shall be such that the Contractor is able to meet the specification.
Trench backfill from the bottom of the trench to a point halfway up the side of the pipe shall consist of the excavated or approved material tamped to the required density in layers not exceeding 6 inches loose thickness. In lieu of the tamped material, the Contractor may use sand to the same depth. The sand shall be placed in the trench in such a manner that the pipe will not be damaged. The backfill material and/or sand shall be thoroughly worked under the sides of the pipe. Flooding or jetting of trenches will be permitted as a means of achieving compaction, but care should be taken to prohibit any lifting of the pipe due to buoyancy. Contractor shall comply with the Los Angeles County Public Works Engineering Design Guidelines in conjunction with above requirements as applicable.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-75
LAKE PIPING AND PIPELINE TESTING 131251 - 3
3.04 PIPELINE TESTING
A. PIPELINE PRESSURE TEST.
All gravity and recirculation pipelines shall be subjected to a field hydrostatic pressure of 50 psi for a period of four hours per Greenbook 306 -1.4.5. One hundred percent of the pipeline lengths shall be tested. All concrete anchor blocks shall be per Greenbook specs and shall be allowed to cure a sufficient time to develop adequate thrust resistance prior to testing and the pipeline shall not be tested until it has been filled with water for a minimum of 24 hours. Before testing, the pipe shall be backfilled with 2 -½ feet of material or center loaded to hold the pipe in place while testing. The water necessary to maintain this pressure shall be measured through a meter. Any noticeable leaks shall be repaired and any defective pipe shall be replaced with new sections prior to commencing a retest. Test sections shall be physically isolated from previously tested pipelines, existing pipelines or main lines prior to connecting the new line.
Tests shall be conducted with the open ends of pipe, valves and fittings suitably closed with plugs or caps as necessary per Greenbook. Valves shall not be operated during the testing procedures. All testing shall be inspected by the Owner and/or Engineer.
B. FIELD TESTING PROCEDURE
The test shall be conducted in the following manner. All air shall be expelled from the pipe. To accomplish this, if air valves or other outlets are not available, taps shall be made at the high points to expel the air and these taps shall be tightly plugged afterwards. The pressure in the pipeline shall then be pumped up to the specified test pressure. When the test pressure in the line has dropped to 10 PSI, at which time the pressure shall again be pumped up to the specified test pressure. This procedure shall be repeated until four (4) hours have elapsed from the time the specified test pressure was first applied. At the end of the four hour period, the pressure shall be pumped up to the test pressure for the last time.
C. LEAKAGE ALLOWANCE
The leakage shall be considered as the total amount of water pumped into the pipeline during the four (4) hour period including the amount required to reach the test pressure for the final time. Leakage shall not exceed the rate of 24 gallons per inch of diameter, per mile, per 24 hours.
The following table indicates the leakage allowance for various size pipes and is equal to the number of gallons per the four hour test period per 1,000 feet of pipe being tested:
Leakage Allowances
Gallons Per Four Hours per 1,000 Feet of Pipe
Pipe Size Test Pressure Allowable Leakage
(Inches) (PSI) (Gallons)
1 50 .8
1-1/2 50 1.2
2 50 1.5
2-1/2 50 1.9
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-76
LAKE PIPING AND PIPELINE TESTING 131251 - 4
3 50 2.3
4 50 3.0
6 50 4.6
8 50 6.0
10 50 7.6
12 50 9.0
15 50 11.4
18 50 13.6
21 50 16.0
24 50 18.2
27 50 20.4
Any noticeable leak shall be stopped and all defective pipes, fittings, valves, and other accessories discovered in consequence of the test shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor with sound material. The test shall then be repeated until the total leakage during a test of four hours duration does not exceed the rate specified above. All testing shall be inspected by the Owner’s representative.
END OF SECTION 131251 – LAKE PIPING AND PIPELINE TESTING Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-77
LAKE WATERSTOP 131252 - 1
SECTION 131252 – LAKE WATERSTOP
Part 1 - General
Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, appurtenances, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing all construction activities and operations for the work described in this section, complete, as shown on the drawings or specified herein. The work includes but is not necessarily limited to all the section below.
Part 2 - Products
2.01 WATERSTOPS:
A. Provide Waterstop -RX bentonite waterstop and water -based adhesive as manufactured by Colloid Environmental Technologies Company (CETCO), 1500 West Shure Drive, Arlington Heights, Illinois 60004 -1440, USA. Phone:
(847)392-5800; Fax: (847)506-6195; Web-site: http://www.cetco.com.
B. Waterstop shall consist of 75% sodium bentonite and 25% butyl rubber compound formed into uniform coils.
C. NSF Certified: Bentonite waterstop shall be certified by NSF International to conform to the requirements of NSF Standard 61 – Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects.
D. BENTONITE WATERSTOPS:
1. WATERSTOP-RX 101: 1" x 3/4" x 16' 8"' rolls of a flexible strip of bentonite and butyl rubber compound for use in concrete construction joints - not designed for expansion joints.
2. WATESTOP-RX 101T: 1-1/4" x 1/2" x 16' 8" trapezoidal rolls of flexible strip of bentonite and butyl rubber compound with a reinforcing poly scrim for use in concrete construction joints - not designed for expansion joints.
3. WATERSTOP-RX 102: 3/4" x 3/8" x 25' rolls of flexible strip of bentonite and butyl rubber compound for use in concrete construction joints - not designed for expansion joints.
E. WATERSTOP ADHESIVE
1. Volclay WB - ADHESIVE: Gray, non -flammable, latex and water based adhesive used to secure all Volclay Waterstop -RX products to concrete, metal and PVC horizontal and vertical surfaces. Keep from freezing.
Application rate: 400-600 linear feet per gallon.
F. WATERSTOP PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING
Deliver materials in factory sealed and labeled packaging. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, while minimizing on -site storage. Handle and store following manufacturer's instructions, recommendations and material safety data sheets.
Protect from construction operation related damage, as well as, damage from weather, excessive temperatures and prolonged sunlight. Remove damaged material from site and dispose of in accordance with applicable regulations.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-78
LAKE WATERSTOP 131252 - 2
Part 3 - Execution
3.01 WATERSTOP INSTALLATION
A. WATERSTOP SUBSTRATE INSPECTION AND CONDITIONS:
1. The installer shall examine conditions of substrates and other conditions under which this section work is to be performed and notify the contractor, in writing, of circumstances detrimental to the proper completion of the work.
Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected, and are acceptable for compliance with manufacturer's warranty requirements.
2. Installation shall not proceed when work areas are flooded or wet to the extent that would cause bentonite waterstop to hydrate prior to concrete encapsulation.
B. WATERSTOP SURFACE PREPARATION:
Remove dirt, debris, oil, grease, cement laitance, or other foreign matter which will impair or negatively affect the installation of the waterstop. Protect adjacent material surfaces from damage or contamination during installation operations.
C. WATERSTOP GENERAL INSTALLATION GUIDELINES:
1. Install WATERSTOP-RX in all applicable vertical and horizontal cast -in-place concrete construction joints; and around applicable penetrations and structural members. Place WATERSTOP -RX to allow for minimum 3” (75 mm) concrete coverage on all sides (2” (50 mm) coverage for RX-102).
2. Apply WB -ADHESIVE by brush 1" to 1 -1/4" (25 - 30 mm) wide, to dry, smooth concrete surface maintaining a minimum 3” (75 mm) depth within the concrete joint. Allow adhesive to dry until the adhesive cures black (5 -10 minutes in warm weather; cold weather will extend drying time).
3. Remove release paper from coil of WATERSTOP -RX. Firmly press the entire length of WATERSTOP-RX against the cured (black) adhesive. Verify 3” (75 mm) minimum concrete coverage will be maintained over entire placement of waterstop. Place in maximum practical lengths to minimize coil end joints.
4. Tightly butt coil ends together to form continuous waterstop. Do not overlap coil ends. Where required, cut coils with sharp knife or utility blade to fit coil ends together without overlapping.
5. Following Steps 1 -3, install waterstop around all applicable through wall pipes and mechanical penetrations; and around all applicable structural elements like metal H-Piles through the slab.
6. Protect installed waterstop from prehydration prior to concrete placement and product encapsulation. Replace any waterstop material that exhibits significant expansion prior to concrete encapsulation.
D. WATERSTOP CLEAN UP:
Clean areas where adjacent finished surfaces are soiled by work of this Section. Remove all tools, equipment, and remaining product on -site. Dispose of section work debris and damaged product following all applicable regulations.
E. WATERSTOPS QUALITY ASSURANCE
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-79
LAKE WATERSTOP 131252 - 3
1. Verification of Details: Contractor is to notify the Engineer immediately of any detail, note, or specification which does not comply with current manufacturer's installation requirements.
2. Adhesion: Waterstop -RX is not a self -adhering product. Volclay WB - Adhesive is required to secure Waterstop -RX. No other adhesive should be used. Mechanical fasteners can be used in conjunction with WB -Adhesive, but should not be used solely to secure the waterstop.
3. Installation Instructions: Components and installation procedures shall be in accordance with current manufacturer's printed specifications and recommendations. Verify that the technical data submittals are the most current with manufacturer - (847)392-5800.
4. Expansion Joints: WATERSTOP -RX is not designed, nor intended for waterproofing or sealing expansion joints. Responsibility of waterproofing expansion joints is of others.
5. Concrete: Concrete shall be structural grade quality with a minimum 3000 psi tensile strength. For RX -101 and RX -101T a minimum thickness of 8" (200 mm) with two rows of reinforcing steel is required. For RX -102 a minimum thickness of 5" (125 mm) with a single row of reinforcing steel is required.
6. Protect installed waterstop from prehydration prior to concrete placement and product encapsulation. Replace any waterstop material that exhibits significant expansion prior to concrete encapsulation.
END OF SECTION 131252 – LAKE WATERSTOP
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-80
LAKE ELECTRICAL 131260 - 1
SECTION 131260 – LAKE ELECTRICAL
Part 1 - General
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. This Specification and the ass ociated Drawings cover the com plete Lake electrical system and all related Work including but not limited to:
1. A complete and operable system of service equipment, switchboards, panelboards, conduits, switches, time clocks, and lighting.
2. Junction and/or pull boxes, conduits, disconnects, starters, contactors, wiring and connection of all motors and mechanical equipment, including connect - ion and wiring of line voltage controls associat ed with the mechanical systems.
5. Complete grounding system as required and shown on the Drawings.
6. Testing and adjusting of the completed electrical system in the manner described herein.
7. Cleaning of all completed Work and installation adjustment of all trim and decorative items.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers
1. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during the execution of the Work of this Section and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the best methods for the installation and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.
2. Use only experienced licensed electricians completely familiar with the type of construction involved and the materials and techniques specified.
B. Ordinances and Codes: Materials and construction shall conform with appli cable sections of the:
National Electrical Code; Department of Industrial Relations; regulations of the State Fire Marshal; and all applicable codes, ordinances, rules and regulations which apply to the construction.
In the event of conflict between the referenced codes, ordinances, Drawings and Specifications, the more stringent shall govern. Any changes required to the Drawings to conform with above mentioned "more stringent" requirement shall not be the cause for additional charges or claims by the Contractor.
C. Verification of Conditions
1. Before commencing Work the Contractor shall inspect the Project site and by submitting a bid for this work shall be deemed to have verified all existing conditions and accepted same as true and complete.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-81
LAKE ELECTRICAL 131260 - 2
2. The Work under this Section has been indicated on the Drawings in locations which should allow installation without interfering with the Work of other trades; however, the locations are diagrammatic only and the exact finish location of equip ment and materials cannot be indicated. Therefore, locations of all Work and equipment shall be veri fied to avoid interferences, preserve head room and keep openings and passageways clear. Changes shall be made in locations of equipment and materials which may be necessary to accomplish these purposes.
D. Preliminary Operations and Testing
1. Motor driven equipment shall be tested for correct rotation and completion of all connections.
2. Wiring and connections shall be tested for continuity, shorts and improper grounds in accordance with the requirements of the National Elec trical Code.
Receptacle outlets shall be tested for proper grounding. Repairs resulting from the tests or preliminary operation of the equipment shall be made at the Contractor's expense and shall not be the cause for addi tional charges or claims by the Contractor.
3. Required tests, in addition to those mentioned above, include but are not limited to:
a. Ground resistance test.
b. Service and feeder conductors insulation resistance.
c. Motor controls and disconnecting devices.
d. Such other tests as may be required by the Construction Manager.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
Provide submittals in accordance with Section 131202
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect electrical materials before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed Work of all other trades.
B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner and Landscape Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner.
Part 2 - Products
2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Materials shall be new, in unbroken packages and bear the U.L. label of approval.
B. Equipment of one type shall be by same manufacturer. One type of equipment for classifications such as:
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-82
LAKE ELECTRICAL 131260 - 3
1. Switchboards, panels, buss duct, disconnect switches, motor control centers and allied items.
2. Conduit.
3. Wire.
4. Conduit fittings.
5. Fixtures of the same general type.
6. Wiring devices.
2.02 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. Conduit within or under buildings or where exposed outdoors shall be rigid threaded, hot dipped, galvanized, or U.L. approved plastic except where noted otherwise on the Drawings. Metallic conduit shall be of the same metal between outlets or terminals.
B. Use flexible metallic conduit only for short connections of motors and where specifically called for on Drawings. Maximum length shall be 40". Use only liquid tight flexible metal conduit. Install an unbroken code sized, green insulated copper grounding conductor in each liquid tight flexible conduit with permanent connection at motor junction box and service panel ground.
C. Protect, before installation, metallic conduit runs in all slabs laid on grade or in contact with the earth or exposed in damp locations, with two (2) heavy coats of asphaltum rust-resisting compound.
D. Encase conduits 1-1/2" or larger run underground, outside, or under buildings, in concrete envelopes a minimum of 3" thick, except as indicated otherwise on Drawings or stubouts. Conduits 1 -1/4" and smaller laid partially in the lower part of or under concrete shall have a minimum of 3" of concrete encasement all around.
E. Low voltage runs underground outside buildings, 1-1/4" or smaller, may be G.I. or sherardized steel conduit, with machine applied wrapping equal to double wrap or Scotch-Wrap #50 tape, half lapped and quad rupled at joints in lieu of concrete encasement.
F. Service conduits through foundations or concrete members shall run through metal sleeves with adequate clearances for full movement of the conduit. Do not run conduits through footings.
G. Secure conduit runs exposed on surfaces with one hole heavy -duty straps or fasten with matching fittings to inserts or trapezes, parallel to building walls and ceilings.
H. Cap all conduit or duct stub-outs with standard factory caps; except cap threaded steel conduit with B.I. water pipe caps in outdoor locations.
I. Use conduit fittings as manufactured by Crouse -Hinds Company, Appleton Electric Co., Plasti-Bond, Perma-Cote, Kor Kap, or approved equal.
J. Employ U.L. liquid tight fittings for use with liquid tight flexible metal conduit.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-83
LAKE ELECTRICAL 131260 - 4
K. Use unions as manufactured by Appleton, O -Z/Gedney. The use of running threads will not be permitted.
L. Exposed conduit in chemical rooms shall be rigid NEMA 3R Type suitable for installation in corrosive atmospheres.
M. Provide code sized, insulated equipment ground conductor in all conduits with conductors.
2.03 WIRING CONNECTIONS
A. Make connections without strain on conductors, allowing the conductors to take a natural position after connections or taps are made. Include all strand of wire in making the connection.
B. Make connections for wiring by one of the following means
1. Make all taps or connections to conductors with compression type connectors except those smaller than #8 B&S gauge may have soldered connections. Solderless connections for #10 AWG or smaller may be used and shall be "Scotchlok", Buchanan. For #8 AWG or larger, they shall be T&B "LockTite", Burndy "Versitaps".
2. All cable or conductor terminal lugs shall be Burndy "Quicklug", Ilsco. Two piece stamped lugs and solder lugs will not be approved.
3. Paint taped splices in damp or outdoor locations with two (2) coats of insulating paint.
4. Tag all branch circuit wires with circuit number at the panel board and at each point of use with linen or plastic tags.
2.04 CONDUCTORS
Copper c onductors 250MCM and Larger shall be stranded, 600 volts, ethylene propylene rubber insulation, Type RHW. Conductors smaller than 250MCM shall be stranded, 600 volt and Type XHHW -2. Conductors shall be manufactured by Rome, Southwire, or approved equal. Do not make splices between boxes.
2.05 COLOR CODING
A. Neutrals (identified conductors shall be white).
B. Phase conductors shall be: Phase A – Black; Phase B - Red; and Phase C - Blue.
C. Green shall be used for mechanical equipment and receptacle grounds only.
2.06 MOTOR WIRING
A. Make final connections to motors with the required AWG (Minimum #12), Flamenol machine tool wire, 19 strand. Control wiring for equipment shall be Flamenol machine tool wire, 19 strand of required AWG. Provide junction boxes at each item of equipment to change from standard building wiring to machine tool wire.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-84
LAKE ELECTRICAL 131260 - 5
B. Phase motors as proper in direction of rotation.
2.07 PANELBOARDS
A. Minimum interrupting rating of circuit breakers shall be 10,000 amps. Refer to Drawings for higher interrupt rating requirements. Series rated equipment will not be accepted.
B. Panels shall be fully bussed.
C. Busses shall be full length copper and shall be located in the rear of the panel board cabinet. Circuit breakers shall be bolt -on to suitable supporting members at front of cabinet and connected with suitable lugs to the bussing in the rear of the cabinet. Individual circuit breakers shall be removable from the cabinet without disturbing the bussing in any way. Panel boards shall contain ground busses.
D. Locks shall be provided on panel boards. Locks shall be keyed alike.
E. Each panel shall have a two -column circuit index card set under glass or glass equivalent on inside of door. Each circuit shall be identified as to use or area.
F. Tandem mounted or wafer type circuit breakers are not acceptable.
G. Multi-pole breakers shall have one common trip handle or be internally connected. Handle ties are not acceptable.
H. Breaker arrangements shown on the Drawings shall be maintained.
I. Acceptable manufacturers are General Electric, Square D.
2.08 EXTERNALLY OPERATED SWITCHES
Disconnect switches shall meet Fed. Spec. W -S865 for type "A" switches, and have full cover door interlock. The switch enclosure shall carry the NEMA rating for intended use as shown on the Drawings. The H.P. rating of the switch shall be suitable for its' intended use. Switches shall be as manufactured by Square-D, Cutler Hammer.
2.09 TIME CLOCKS
A. Contacts shall have a minimum rating of 40 amperes at 277V.
B. Timing motor shall be heavy duty synchronous, self starting, high torque type, and shall be rated at 120, 208, 240, 277 volt 60 Hz.
C. Motor shall operate normally at temperature range of -60 degrees Fahrenheit to +120 degrees Fahrenheit.
D. Dial shall be 3" diameter, clearly calibrated with day/night zones and 24 hour rotation, with gear to provide one revolution yearly which automatically varies the on/off settings each day according to seasonal changes. Day and month of the year shall show clearly through calendar window on the dial.
E. Clock shall be equipped with 7 -spoke omitting wheel marked with days of the week.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-85
LAKE ELECTRICAL 131260 - 6
F. Clock shall be housed in a flush enclosure where supply circuits emanate from a flush mounted panel board and surface enclosure when supply circuits are from a surface mounted panel.
G. Acceptable manufacturers are Tork, Paragon.
2.10 GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS
A. Minimum rating shall be 20 amperes, 125V, 5 milliampere trip setting, Class A per UL943.
B. Manufacturer to be Crouse-Hinds, Leviton.
2.11 BOXES
A. Boxes shall be of the size required by ordinances or larger, and of pressed galvanized code gauge steel where concealed or exposed on ceilings. Exposed boxes on walls below 7'6" shall be cast steel similar to "FA" condulets.
B. Outlets to be surface where wiring is exposed and flush in areas where conduit is concealed.
C. Provide surface outlets with proper galvanized steel surface cover. Box and cover shall be deep enough to provide at least 1/4" clearance between back of device and back of box. Where box contains more than one device, use proper gang box with proper cover. Surface outlet boxes shall be of the threaded hub type wherever below 8'0".
D. Provide exposed junction boxes with proper flat blank galvanized cover. If necessary for cable installation, additional pull boxes or junction boxes may be installed in accessible locations.
E. Where pull boxes larger than outlet boxes are required, galvanized code gauge sheet steel boxes may be used with covers attached by brass machine screws.
Boxes exposed to the weather shall be approved for the purpose, and conduit entrances shall be on the bottom made by means of an interchangeable hub with gasket and adapter nut. Pull boxes not shown on Drawings may be added only after approval of size and location is obtained.
F. For outlets exposed to weather or where noted, cast outlet boxes shall be Crouse-Hinds, Appleton. Boxes shall have proper number and size hubs.
Device plates, covers, adapters and boxes shall be as manufactured by Crouse - Hinds, Appleton.
G. Exposed junction boxes, outlet boxes and pull boxes for chemical rooms shall be NEMA 3R type suitable for corrosive atmosphere, non-metallic.
2.12 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS
A. Plainly mark all motor and electrical appliance control equipment indicating the equipment controlled with engraved metal tags.
B. Provide laminated plastic nameplates on panel boards on the outside of the door at the top indicating panel designation and feeder source.
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-86
LAKE ELECTRICAL 131260 - 7
C. Provide laminated plastic nameplates on distribution switchboards and motor control centers at the top center indicating panel designation and feeder source.
D. Identify each distribution switchboard and motor control center circuit breaker with a laminated plastic nameplate indicating its' use.
E. Type panel board directories on the forms provided with the equipment, indicating the use of each branch circuit breaker.
F. Fasten all laminated plastic nameplates to surfaces with two (2) or more screws.
Part 3 - Execution
3.01 INSPECTION
Be responsible for providing all necessary wiring for the new electrical systems.
Wherever wiring is being disrupted due to remodeling or changes, reconnect existing and provide new wiring circuits to accom plish a fully operable system at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.02 COORDINATION
The Drawings are essentially diagrammatic and indicate the desired location, size, routes, connection points, etc., and are to be followed as closely as possible. Proper judgment must be exercised in executing the Work so as to provide the best possible installation in the available space and to overcome difficulties, limitations or interference wherever encountered. Be responsible for the correct placement of this Work, the proper location and connection in relation to Work of other trades, for determining the exact location of all conduits, outlets and equipment, and for installing the conduits in such a manner as to conform to the structure, avoid obstruction, preserve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear. Particular attention is directed to the close coordination required on exposed Work. Locations shown on Architectural or Mechanical Drawings if different than those shown on Electrical Drawings should be communicated to the Landscape Architect and Owner in writing for clarification.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Conduit Installation
1. Conduit and metallic raceway systems shall be mechanically and electrically continuous from sources of current to all outlets in a manner to provide a continuous grounding path. Close ends of conduit during construction to prevent entrance of dirt or moisture.
2. Securely fasten conduit to the building construction within three feet of each outlet and within every ten feet thereafter. Secure it to boxes, cabinets, pull boxes, terminals with two locknuts and ends equipped with bushings or a terminal fitting. Cut square with ends carefully reamed.
3. Make bends or elbows so that the conduit will not be injured or flattened.
4. Use insulated metallic bushings in all places where bushings are required.
5. Run exposed conduits level or plumb and parallel to the construction members of the building. No cutting across or diagonal runs will be Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-87
LAKE ELECTRICAL 131260 - 8
permitted. Neatly surmount structural obstructions encountered on conduit runs by the use of fittings or pull boxes.
6. Identify feeder conduits by stamped metal tags secured to exposed section of conduit in main or sub-panels.
7. Make up all threaded conduit joints gas and water tight with conductive sealer except conduit above ground in dry indoor locations.
8. Rigidly support all boxes independently of the conduit system.
B. CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT
1. Fully connect, in an approved manner, all electrical outlets, apparatus, motors, equipment, fix tures, wiring devices and appliances whether they are installed under the Electrical Contract or not, which require electrical connections, to the corresponding electrical system outlet.
2. Where the Work of this Section requires connections to be made to equipment that is furnished and set -in-place under other Sections, obtain such roughing-in dimensions from the manufacturer or supplier of each item as required and assume full responsi bility for the installation of the connections thereto.
3.04 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEAN-UP
A. Preliminary Operation: Should the Landscape Architect deem it necessary to operate the electrical installation or any part thereof prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, consent to such prelimi nary operation and supervise conduction of same. Sub -Contractor to pay all costs occasioned by such operation. Preliminary operat ion shall not be construed as an acceptance of any Work installed under this Contract.
B. Clean-up: Upon completion of the Work of this Section, immediate ly remove all electrical materials, debris and rubbish occasioned by this Work to the approval of the Landscape Architect and Owner.
END OF SECTION 131260 – LAKE ELECTRICAL
Project and Specification No. 24-12
SP-88
SECTION “G”
APPENDIX “A”
PROJECT LOCATION MAP
TeWINKLE PARK LAKES
970 Arlington Dr., Costa Mesa
SECTION “G”
APPENDIX “B”
CONSTRUCTION PLANS
56 57
58 59
60 61 62
63 64
65 66 67 68 69 70
71 72
56 57
58 59
60 61 62 63 64
65 66 67 68
69 70 71
73 72717069686766
65 64
63 62
61 60
59 58
57 56
55 54
73 72 71
70 69
68 67 66
65 64
6362
54 55
56 57
58 59
58 57
55 56
56 56
55 54
55 54
53 55
54 54
53 52
53 54
55 56
57 58
59 55
54 54
55 53 54 55
56 53
54 55
57 58
59 60
61 62
63 64
65 66
67 68
69 70
71 596061
58 53
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
Jul. 22, 2024
SHEET LIST INDEX
Sheet NumberSheet Title
60 30 0120 60
THIS DRAWING IS FOR BIDDING USE ONLY AND NOT INTENDED TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
PRELIMINARY DESIGN DRAWING
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
TEWINKLE
PARK
W100
TITLE SHEET
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
BID DOCUMENT PLANS
SITE PLAN
VICINITY MAP
CLIENT:
LAKE ENGINEER:
CONTACTS:
ARLINGTON DR
JUNIPERO DR
PRESIDIO DR
ENVIRONMENT CONSULTANT:
PLAN APPROVAL:
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
Base Bid
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
W101
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
GENERAL NOTES
X" Ø
X" Ø
O
O
O
O
O
O
- -
-
-
-
-
VB
1000
LEGEND:
ABBREVIATIONS:
LAKE GENERAL NOTES: SUGGESTED LAKE CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES: BASE BID SCOPE - SUGGESTED CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE:
PIPING NOTES:
REINFORCING STEEL:
W102
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
STRUCTURAL NOTES
EPOXY DOWELS:
SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS: STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES: EXPANSION (WEDGE) ANCHORS:
HILTI KB-TZ ANCHOR
ANCHOR DIAMETER (IN)
EMBED (IN)
MIN HOLE DEPTH (IN)
INSTALL TORQUE (LB-FT)
MIN THICKNESS (IN)
STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS:
REQUIRED VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF
CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION
(CBC TABLE 1705.3)
VERIFICATION AND INSPECTIONFREQUENCY
1.INSPECTION OF REINFORCING STEEL AND PLACEMENT.P
3.INSPECT BOLTS TO BE INSTALLED IN CONCRETE.C
4. INSPECTION OF (POST-INSTALLED) ANCHORS INSTALLED IN
HARDENED CONCRETE. INSTALLERS MUST BE CERTIFIED BY
MANUFACTURER IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS ICC REPORTS.
P
5.VERIFYING USE OF REQUIRED DESIGN MIX.P
6. AT THE TIME FRESH CONCRETE IS SAMPLED TO FABRICATE
SPECIMENS FOR STRENGTH TESTS, PERFORM SLUMP AND AIR
CONTENT TESTS, AND DETERMINE THE TEMPERATURE OF THE
CONCRETE.
C
7.INSPECTION OF CONCRETE PLACEMENT FOR PROPER
APPLICATION TECHNIQUES.C
8.INSPECTION FOR MAINTENANCE OF SPECIFIED CURING
TEMPERATURE AND TECHNIQUES.P
12.INSPECT FORMWORK FOR SHAPE, LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS
OF THE CONCRETE MEMBER BEING FORMED.P
REQUIRED VERIFICATION AND SPECIAL INSPECTION OF SOILS
(CBC TABLE 1705.6)
VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION TASKFREQUENCY
1.VERIFY MATERIALS BELOW SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS ARE
ADEQUATE TO ACHIEVE THE DESIGN BEARING CAPACITY.P
2VERIFY EXCAVATIONS ARE EXTENDED TO PROPER DEPTH AND
HAVE REACHED PROPER MATERIAL.P
3PERFORM CLASSIFICATION AND TESTING OF CONTROLLED FILL
MATERIALSP
4 VERIFY USE OF PROPER MATERIALS, DENSITIES AND LIFT
THICKNESS DURING PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION OF
CONTROLLED FILL.
C
5 PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONTROLLED FILL, OBSERVE
SUBGRADE AND VERIFY THAT SITE HAS BEEN PREPARED
PROPERLY.
P
A R L I N G T O N D R I V E
J U N I P E R O D R I V E
56 57
58 59
60 61 62
63 64
65 66 67 68 69 70
71 72
56 57
58 59
60 61 62 63 64
65 66 67 68
69 70 71
73 72717069686766
65 64
63 62
61 60
59 58
57 56
55 54
73 72 71
70 69
68 67 66
65 64
6362
54 55
56 57
58 59
58 57
55 56
56 56
55 54
55 54
53 55
54 54
53 52
53 54
55 56
57 58
59 55
54 54
55 53 54 55
56 53
54 55
57 58
59 60
61 62
63 64
65 66
67 68
69 70
71 596061
58 53
W110
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
EROSION CONTROL AND
FENCING PLAN
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION NOTES:
EROSION CONTROL LEGENDS:
EROSION CONTROL & FENCING PLAN
XX
EROSION CONTROL KEYNOTES:
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X
X X X
X
X
X X X
X X X X
X
40 20 080 40
X X X XX
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PARKING
LOT
J U N I P E R O D R I V E
56 57
58 59
60 61 62
63 64
65 66 67 68 69 70
71 72
56 57
58 59
60 61 62 63 64
65 66 67 68
69 70 71
73 72717069686766
65 64
63 62
61 60
59 58
57 56
55 54
73 72 71
70 69
68 54
55 56
57 58
59 58
57 55
56 56
56 55
54 55
54 53
55 54
54 53
52 53
54 55
56 57
58 59
55 54
54 55
53 54 55
56 53
54 55
57 58
59 60
61 62
63 64
65 66
67 68
69 70
71 53
W200
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
OVERALL LAKE PLAN
LAKE DATA:
30 15 060 30
OVERALL LAKE - PLAN VIEW
LAKE 1
LAKE 2
42 45
50 42 45
50 54
53 54 53
50 50
50 POND 1
POND AND STREAM - DEDUCTIVE BID ITEM #1
STREAM 2
STREAM 1
POND 2
INTERMEDIATE
POND
POND AND STREAM - DEDUCTIVE BID ITEM # 2
DEDUCTIVE BID ITEMS
59.17 59.25
58.21 58.31
56.02 56.75
56.40 55.66
55.64 55.05
55.11 55.03 55.27
55.09 54.13
54.08 52.91 52.94
52.98 52.90
53.61 53.54
53.86 53.69
53.50 53.62
53.70 53.32 53.19
53.23 53.22
53.45 53.36
53.38 53.33
53.74 53.59
54.33 54.64
54.32 54.9154.94
54.50 54.43
53.36 53.21
53.67 53.58
53.14 52.78
53.02 52.90
54.79 54.72
55.54 55.60
55.52 55.52
55.70 55.81
55.16 55.29
54.13 54.46
56.93 56.90
56.83 56.81
56.94 55.76
56.75 56.79
56.89 56.70
56.05 56.06
56.09 56.08
55.04 54.80
54.61 54.08
54.19 54.89
54.70 54.18
54.28 55.02
54.80 54.27
54.38 54.99
54.87 54.38
54.41 55.27
55.00 54.50
54.55 55.40
55.13 54.63
54.70 55.50
55.28 54.76
54.84 55.52
55.32 54.76
54.89 55.61
55.43 54.89
54.97 53.28
53.32 53.75
52.85 55.15
55.49 55.2454.91
52.29 54.79
54.71 55.73
55.36 53.88 52.47 52.21
52.37 53.58
52.12 52.47
53.91 58.05
55.58 54.88
54.59 52.24
55.71 58.48
59.47 55.67
57.92 58.65
58.71 59.24
58.62 52.56
52.38 52.63
53.71 53.05
53.44 52.94
52.47 52.31
52.41 52.21
52.34 55.70
56.38 58.13
56.74 55.91
55.32 52.31
52.45 55.07
52.41 52.47
55.81 55.21
55.19 55.51
54.24 54.59
51.70 52.38
52.37 53.8653.74
52.47 52.34
52.28 54.76
55.26 55.11
55.60 57.72
55.42 55.36
55.05 52.00
52.39 52.27
52.34 52.46
52.55 52.12
52.43 A R L I N G T O N D R I V E
56 56 57
58 56
57 58
55 54
55 54
54 53
53 54 55
56 53
54 55
53 E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
Jul. 22, 2024
W211
DEMOLITION PLAN
07 DEMOLITION PLAN
LAKE 1
LAKE 2
ISLAND
20 10 040 20
DEMOLITION KEYNOTES:
PROTECT-IN-PLACE KEYNOTES:
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
THIS DRAWING IS FOR BIDDING USE ONLY AND NOT INTENDED TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
PRELIMINARY DESIGN DRAWING
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES:
DEMOLITION LEGENDS:REUSE OR RELOCATE KEYNOTES:
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
51.65 51.26
55.47 56.14
65.69 65.88
68.90 68.33
73.47 73.02
72.58 72.57
72.43 72.36
72.94 72.55
73.80 73.61
76.10 76.00
75.98 74.22
74.07 73.00
72.93 69.71
69.68 67.58
67.14 67.58
63.62 63.53
60.91 61.40
59.2159.38
59.17 59.25
58.21 58.31
56.02 56.75
56.40 55.66
55.64 55.05
55.11 55.03 55.27
55.09 54.13 54.08
55.53 54.9055.08
55.06 53.56
53.45 55.23
55.85 55.74
56.1856.04
56.61 56.66
55.34 55.56
52.91 52.94
52.98 52.90
53.61 53.54
53.86 53.69
53.50 53.62
53.70 53.32 53.19
53.23 53.22
53.45 53.36
53.38 53.33
53.74 53.59
54.33 54.64
54.32 54.9154.94
54.50 54.43
53.36 53.21
53.67 53.58
53.14 52.78
53.02 52.90
54.79 54.72
55.54 55.60
55.52 55.52
55.70 55.81
55.16 55.29
54.13 54.46
56.93 56.90
56.83 56.81
56.94 55.76
56.75 56.79
56.89 56.70
56.05 56.06
56.09 56.08
55.04 54.54
54.28 52.11
52.13 52.39
51.80 51.44
51.3150.87
51.67 51.30
50.97 50.98
50.98 51.37
50.92 50.81
51.68 51.5150.94
51.14 52.01
51.8451.2851.42
52.29 52.1151.5251.67
52.7552.4651.8252.06
53.70 52.91
52.42 52.50
53.98 53.39
53.35 54.41
53.87 53.95
54.53 54.74
54.58 53.92
54.11 54.80
54.61 54.08
54.19 54.89
54.70 54.18
54.28 55.02
54.80 54.27
54.38 54.99
54.87 54.38
54.41 55.27
55.00 54.50
54.55 55.40
55.13 54.63
54.70 55.50
55.28 54.76
54.84 55.52
55.32 54.76
54.89 55.61
55.43 54.89
54.97 55.75
55.59 55.02
55.13 53.28
53.32 53.75
52.85 55.15
59.12 59.27
59.27 59.38
57.27 57.26
54.43 54.23
52.31 52.13
57.16 56.5055.49
55.2454.91
52.2954.79 54.71
55.7354.73
54.75 55.23
55.48 55.66
56.99 57.52
55.59 55.47
56.83 61.77
61.21 63.89
66.91 53.56
55.86 53.56
53.38 56.24
53.41 52.22
59.61 58.93
58.78 55.54
52.52 54.26
53.37 52.22
54.50 54.63
55.36 53.88 52.47 52.21 52.37
53.58 52.12 52.47 53.91
55.75 56.29
55.64 55.06
54.05 53.96
54.93 57.33
55.80 56.08
61.52 64.92
53.42 53.16
53.56 53.18
53.37 67.15
71.9173.4673.0073.38
73.7969.80
65.47 63.61
60.92 58.05
55.58 54.88
54.59 52.24
55.71 58.48
59.47 57.11
56.95 55.67
57.92 58.65
58.71 59.24
58.62 56.73
55.47 54.54
55.47 54.22
52.56 52.38
52.63 53.71
53.05 53.44
52.94 52.47
52.31 52.41
52.21 52.34
55.70 65.59
66.02 55.64
59.39 72.88
72.73 72.64
67.80 58.99
55.28 56.38
58.13 56.74
55.91 55.32
52.31 52.45
55.07 52.41
52.47 55.81
55.21 55.19
58.72 63.95
72.46 71.80
68.11 63.46
55.51 54.24
54.59 51.70
52.38 52.37
53.8653.74
52.47 52.34
52.28 54.76
55.26 55.11
55.60 57.72
66.78 73.74
74.89 75.23
69.65 56.01
58.38 56.15
57.67 55.33
56.69 59.99
59.10 55.42
61.09 68.33
55.36 55.05
52.00 52.39
52.27 52.34
52.46 52.55
52.12 52.43
56 57
58 59
60 61 62
63 64
65 66 67 68 69 70
71 72
56 57
58 59
60 61 62 63 64
65 66 67 68
69 70 71
73 72717069686766
65 64
63 62
61 60
59 58
57 56
55 54
54 55
56 57
58 59
58 57
55 56
56 56
55 54
55 54
53 55
54 54
53 52
53 54
55 56
57 58
59 55
54 53 54 55
56 53
54 55
57 58
59 60
61 62
63 64
65 66
67 68
69 70
71 53
W212
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
IRRIGATION DEMOLITION
PLAN
IRRIGATION DEMOLITION PLAN
30 15 060 30
DEMOLITION LEGENDS:
GENERAL IRRIGATION NOTES
”
59.17 59.25
58.21 58.31
56.02 56.75
56.40 55.66
55.64 55.05
55.11 55.03 55.27
55.09 54.13
54.08 52.91 52.94
52.98 52.90
53.61 53.54
53.86 53.69
53.50 53.62
53.70 53.32 53.19
53.23 53.22
53.45 53.36
53.38 53.33
53.74 53.59
54.33 54.64
54.32 54.9154.94
54.50 54.43
53.36 53.21
53.67 53.58
53.14 52.78
53.02 52.90
54.79 54.72
55.54 55.60
55.52 55.52
55.70 55.81
55.16 55.29
54.13 54.46
56.93 56.90
56.83 56.81
56.94 55.76
56.75 56.79
56.89 56.70
56.05 56.06
56.09 56.08
55.04 54.80
54.61 54.08
54.19 54.89
54.70 54.18
54.28 55.02
54.80 54.27
54.38 54.99
54.87 54.38
54.41 55.27
55.00 54.50
54.55 55.40
55.13 54.63
54.70 55.50
55.28 54.76
54.84 55.52
55.32 54.76
54.89 55.61
55.43 54.89
54.97 53.28
53.32 53.75
52.85 55.15
55.49 55.2454.91
52.29 54.79
54.71 55.73
55.36 53.88 52.47 52.21
52.37 53.58
52.12 52.47
53.91 58.05
55.58 54.88
54.59 52.24
55.71 58.48
59.47 55.67
57.92 58.65
58.71 59.24
58.62 52.56
52.38 52.63
53.71 53.05
53.44 52.94
52.47 52.31
52.41 52.21
52.34 55.70
56.38 58.13
56.74 55.91
55.32 52.31
52.45 55.07
52.41 52.47
55.81 55.21
55.19 55.51
54.24 54.59
51.70 52.38
52.37 53.8653.74
52.47 52.34
52.28 54.76
55.26 55.11
55.60 57.72
55.42 55.36
55.05 52.00
52.39 52.27
52.34 52.46
52.55 52.12
52.43 A R L I N G T O N D R I V E
56 56 57
58 56
57 58
55 54
55 54
54 53
53 54 55
56 53
54 55
53 W213
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
Jul. 22, 2024
LAKE PIPING AND
UTILITY PLAN
PIPING & UTILITY PLAN
95 115
180
400
145
85 85
85 120
85 95
2000
3600
20 10 040 20
ISLAND
1160
LAKE 2
LEGENDS:
PIPING NOTES:
UTILITY REQUIREMENTS:
PIPING COMPONENTS:
THIS DRAWING IS FOR BIDDING USE ONLY AND NOT INTENDED TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
PRELIMINARY DESIGN DRAWING
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
45 50
45 50
LAKE 1
42 42
70 STREAM 1
STREAM 2
A R L I N G T O N D R I V E
56 56 57
58 56
57 58
55 54
55 54
54 53
53 54 55
56 53
54 55
53 W215
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
LAKE 1 PLAN
LAKE 1 - PLAN VIEW
20 10 040 20
LAKE COMPONENTS:
LAKE DATA:
LAKE 1
SURFACE AREA (ACRES)
VOLUME (GAL)
LENGTH OF SHORELINE (FT)
NORMAL WATER SURFACE ELEVATION (FT)
LAKE BOTTOM ELEVATION (FT)
45 50
45 50
45 50
54 53
54 53
49.0 50.0
50.5 52.0
52.5 0.5:1
4:1
LAKE 2
LAKE 1
42 42
FG. 53.0
STREAM 1
STREAM 2
55 55
59.17 59.25
58.21 58.31
56.02 56.75
56.40 55.66
55.64 55.05
55.11 55.03 55.27
55.09 54.13
54.08 52.91 52.94
52.98 52.90
53.61 53.54
53.86 53.69
53.50 53.62
53.70 53.32 53.19
53.23 53.22
53.45 53.36
53.38 53.33
53.74 53.59
54.33 54.64
54.32 54.9154.94
54.50 54.43
53.36 53.21
53.67 53.58
53.14 52.78
53.02 52.90
54.79 54.72
55.54 55.60
55.52 55.52
55.70 55.81
55.16 55.29
54.13 54.46
56.93 56.90
56.83 56.81
56.94 55.76
56.75 56.79
56.89 56.70
56.05 56.06
56.09 56.08
55.04 54.80
54.61 54.08
54.19 54.89
54.70 54.18
54.28 55.02
54.80 54.27
54.38 54.99
54.87 54.38
54.41 55.27
55.00 54.50
54.55 55.40
55.13 54.63
54.70 55.50
55.28 54.76
54.84 55.52
55.32 54.76
54.89 55.61
55.43 54.89
54.97 53.28
53.32 53.75
52.85 55.15
55.49 55.2454.91
52.29 54.79
54.71 55.73
55.36 53.88 52.47 52.21
52.37 53.58
52.12 52.47
53.91 58.05
55.58 54.88
54.59 52.24
55.71 58.48
59.47 55.67
57.92 58.65
58.71 59.24
58.62 52.56
52.38 52.63
53.71 53.05
53.44 52.94
52.47 52.31
52.41 52.21
52.34 55.70
56.38 58.13
56.74 55.91
55.32 52.31
52.45 55.07
52.41 52.47
55.81 55.21
55.19 55.51
54.24 54.59
51.70 52.38
52.37 53.8653.74
52.47 52.34
52.28 54.76
55.26 55.11
55.60 57.72
55.42 55.36
55.05 52.00
52.39 52.27
52.34 52.46
52.55 52.12
52.43 56
56 57
58 56
57 58
55 54
55 54
54 53
53 54 55
56 53
54 55
53 W216
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
IRRIGATION PROPOSED
PLAN
PROPOSED IRRIGATION PLAN
20 10 040 20
LEGENDS:
IRRIGATION LEGEND
SYMBOL MANUFACTURERMODEL # / DESCRIPTIONPSI GPM RADIUS NOZZLEDETAIL
GENERAL IRRIGATION NOTES
”
59.2159.38
59.17 59.25
58.21 58.31
56.02 56.75
56.40 55.66
55.64 55.05
55.11 55.03 55.27
55.09 54.13
54.08 52.91 52.94
52.98 52.90
53.61 53.54
53.86 53.69
53.50 53.62
53.70 53.32 53.19
53.23 53.22
53.45 53.36
53.38 53.33
53.74 53.59
54.33 54.64
54.32 54.9154.94
54.50 54.43
53.36 53.21
53.67 53.58
53.14 52.78
53.02 52.90
54.79 54.72
55.54 55.60
55.52 55.52
55.70 55.81
55.16 55.29
54.13 54.46
56.93 56.90
56.83 56.81
56.94 55.76
56.75 56.79
56.89 56.70
56.05 56.06
56.09 56.08
55.04 54.74 54.80
54.61 54.08
54.19 54.89
54.70 54.18
54.28 55.02
54.80 54.27
54.38 54.99
54.87 54.38
54.41 55.27
55.00 54.50
54.55 55.40
55.13 54.63
54.70 55.50
55.28 54.76
54.84 55.52
55.32 54.76
54.89 55.61
55.43 54.89
54.97 53.28
53.32 53.75
52.85 55.15
55.49 55.2454.91
52.29 54.79
54.71 55.73
55.36 53.88 52.47 52.21
52.37 53.58
52.12 52.47
53.91 57.33
55.80 60.92
58.05 55.58
54.88 54.59
52.24 55.71
58.48 59.47
57.11 55.67
57.92 58.65
58.71 59.24
58.62 56.73
52.56 52.38
52.63 53.71
53.05 53.44
52.94 52.47
52.31 52.41
52.21 52.34
55.70 55.64
59.39 58.99
55.28 56.38
58.13 56.74
55.91 55.32
52.31 52.45
55.07 52.41
52.47 55.81
55.21 55.19
58.72 63.46
55.51 54.24
54.59 51.70
52.38 52.37
53.8653.74
52.47 52.34
52.28 54.76
55.26 55.11
55.60 57.72
66.78 55.33
55.42 61.09
55.36 55.05
52.00 52.39
52.27 52.34
52.46 52.55
52.12 52.43
56 57
58 59
60 61 62
63 64
65 56 57
58 59
60 61 62 63 64
65 66 67 68
69 70 71
56 57
58 59
58 57
55 54
55 55
54 54
53 53 54 55
56 53
54 55
53 W217
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
PLANTING PLAN
30 15 060 30
OVERALL LAKE - PLAN VIEW
LAKE 1
LAKE 2
PLANTING PLAN NOTES
EXISTING TREE NOTES
PLANTING LEGEND
SYMBOL BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME SIZEQTY. / DENSITY
AQUATIC PLANTING NOTES
STREAM 3
STREAM 2 STREAM 1
65.69 65.88
68.90 68.33
73.47 73.02
72.58 72.57
72.43 72.36
72.94 72.55
73.80 73.61
76.10 76.10
76.00 75.98
74.22 74.07
73.00 72.93
69.71 69.68
67.58 67.14
67.58 63.62
63.53 60.91
61.40 59.2159.38
59.17 59.25
58.21 58.31
56.02 56.75
56.40 55.66
55.64 54.79 54.72
55.54 55.60
55.52 55.52
55.70 55.81
56.93 56.90
56.83 56.81
56.94 55.76
56.75 56.79
56.89 56.70
56.05 56.06
56.09 56.08
55.04 54.54
54.28 52.11
52.13 52.39
59.12 59.27
59.27 55.66
56.99 57.52
55.59 55.47
56.83 61.77
61.21 63.89
66.91 53.56
55.86 61.52
64.92 62.48
53.62 53.42
53.16 53.56
53.18 53.37
65.32 72.70 72.77
69.19 67.15
71.9173.4673.0073.38
73.79 69.80
65.47 63.61
60.92 58.05
55.58 54.88
54.59 55.71
58.48 59.47
57.11 56.95
55.70 65.59
66.02 55.64
59.39 72.88
72.73 72.64
67.80 58.99
55.28 56.38
58.13 56.74
55.91 55.81
55.21 55.19
58.72 63.95
72.46 71.80
68.11 63.46
55.51 54.24
54.59 54.76
55.26 55.11
55.60 57.72
66.78 73.74
74.89 75.23
69.65 56.01
58.38 56.15
57.67 55.33
56.69 59.99
59.10 55.42
61.09 68.33
55.36 55.05
56 57
58 59
60 61 62
63 64
65 66 67 68 69 70
71 72
56 57
58 59
60 61 62 63 64
65 66 67 68
69 70 71
73 72717069686766
65 64
63 62
61 60
59 58
57 56
55 54
73 72 71
70 69
68 67 66
65 64
63 59
58 57
58 59
55 56
55 57
58 59
60 61
62 63
64 65
66 67
68 69
70 71
W221
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
Jul. 22, 2024
DEMOLITION PLAN
20 10 040 20
DEMOLITION PLAN
LAKE 2
POND 1
POND 2
INTERMEDIATE
POND
THIS DRAWING IS FOR BIDDING USE ONLY AND NOT INTENDED TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
PRELIMINARY DESIGN DRAWING
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES:
DEMOLITION KEYNOTES:
PROTECT-IN-PLACE KEYNOTES:
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
REUSE OR RELOCATE KEYNOTES: DEMOLITION LEGENDS:
STREAM 3
STREAM 5
STREAM 4
DEDUCTIVE BID
ITEM #1
NOT USED
NOT USED
DEDUCTIVE BID
ITEM #2
65.69 65.88
68.90 68.33
73.47 73.02
72.58 72.57
72.43 72.36
72.94 72.55
73.80 73.61
76.10 76.10
76.00 75.98
74.22 74.07
73.00 72.93
69.71 69.68
67.58 67.14
67.58 63.62
63.53 60.91
61.40 59.2159.38
59.17 59.25
58.21 58.31
56.02 56.75
56.40 55.66
55.64 54.79 54.72
55.54 55.60
55.52 55.52
55.70 55.81
55.16 55.29
56.93 56.90
56.83 56.81
56.94 55.76
56.75 56.79
56.89 56.70
56.05 56.06
56.09 56.08
55.04 54.54
54.28 52.11
52.13 52.39
59.12 59.27
59.27 55.66
56.99 57.52
55.59 55.47
56.83 61.77
61.21 63.89
66.91 53.56
55.86 61.52
64.92 62.48
53.62 53.42
53.16 53.56
53.18 53.37
65.32 72.70 72.77
69.19 67.15
71.9173.4673.0073.38
73.79 69.80
65.47 63.61
60.92 58.05
55.58 54.88
54.59 55.71
58.48 59.47
57.11 56.95
55.70 65.59
66.02 55.64
59.39 72.88
72.73 72.64
67.80 58.99
55.28 56.38
58.13 56.74
55.91 55.32
55.81 55.21
55.19 58.72
63.95 72.46
71.80 68.11
63.46 55.51
54.24 54.59
51.70 52.38
52.28 54.76
55.26 55.11
55.60 57.72
66.78 73.74
74.89 75.23
69.65 56.01
58.38 56.15
57.67 55.33
56.69 59.99
59.10 55.42
61.09 68.33
55.36 55.05
56 57
58 59
60 61 62
63 64
65 66 67 68 69 70
71 72
56 57
58 59
60 61 62 63 64
65 66 67 68
69 70 71
73 72717069686766
65 64
63 62
61 60
59 58
57 56
55 54
73 72 71
70 69
68 67 66
65 64
63 59
58 57
58 59
53 54 55
56 53
54 55
57 58
59 60
61 62
63 64
65 66
67 68
69 70
71 W222
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
Jul. 22, 2024
LAKE PIPING AND
UTILITY PLAN
LAKE 2 - PIPING & UTILITY PLAN
20 10 040 20
840
415
1185
115
115
100
95 95
100
100
120
415
1185
W
POND 1
POND 2
INTERMEDIATE
POND
ISLAND
400
2000
LAKE 2
LEGENDS:
PIPING NOTES:
UTILITY REQUIREMENTS:
PIPING COMPONENTS:
RW
THIS DRAWING IS FOR BIDDING USE ONLY AND NOT INTENDED TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
PRELIMINARY DESIGN DRAWING
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
415
1185
800
100
100
100
85 800
DEDUCTIVE BID
ITEM #1DEDUCTIVE BID
ITEM #2
56 57
58 59
60 61 62
63 64
65 66 67 68 69 70
71 72
56 57
58 59
60 61 62 63 64
65 66 67 68
69 70 71
73 72717069686766
65 64
63 62
61 60
59 58
57 56
55 54
73 72 71
70 69
68 67 66
65 64
63 59
58 57
58 59
53 54 55
56 53
54 55
57 58
59 60
61 62
63 64
65 66
67 68
69 70
71 55.51
W224
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
DEDUCTIVE BID
ITEMS - LAKE 2
PLAN
LAKE 2 - PLAN VIEW
20 10 040 20
LAKE COMPONENTS:
LAKE DATA:
LAKE 2
SURFACE AREA (ACRES)
VOLUME (GAL)
LENGTH OF SHORELINE (FT)
NORMAL WATER SURFACE ELEVATION (FT)
LAKE BOTTOM ELEVATION (FT)
51.8 53.0 53.3 54.8
55.3 0.5:1
4:1
52.0 POND 1
WS. 72.7
POND 2
WS. 74.0
INTERMEDIATE
POND
WS. 58.8
50 47.8
50 47.8
50 47.8
70 65
60 LAKE 2
400
2000
STREAM 3
STREAM 1STREAM 2
STREAM 4
STREAM 5
1185
415
1185
800
800
415
415
DEDUCTIVE BID
ITEM #1
DEDUCTIVE BID
ITEM #2
72.94 72.55
73.80 73.61
76.10 76.10
76.0075.98
74.22 74.07
73.00 72.93
69.71 69.68
67.58 67.14
67.58 63.62
63.53 64.92
65.32 72.70
67.15 71.91
73.46 73.00
73.38 73.79
69.80 65.47
63.61 60.92
65.59 66.02
55.64 59.39
72.88 72.73
72.64 67.80
58.99 58.72
63.95 72.46
61.09 68.33
58 59 60
61 62
63 64
65 66 67
68 69
70 71
72 73 72
64 65
66 67
68 69
70 71
W225
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
DEDUCTIVE BID ITEM #1 -
POND AND STREAM PLAN
POND 1
WS. 72.7
LAKE 2
WS. 54.8
STREAM 3
LAKE COMPONENTS:
105020 10
73.5 74
75 75
74 73.5
STREAM 3 - PLAN VIEW
DEDUCTIVE BID
ITEM #1
65.69 65.88
68.90 68.33
73.47 73.02
72.58 72.57
51.80 51.44
51.31 50.87
51.02 59.12
59.27 59.27
59.38 57.27
57.26 54.43
54.23 57.52
55.59 55.47
56.83 61.77
61.21 63.89
66.91 53.38
56.24 53.41
59.61 58.93
58.78 55.54
71.80 68.11
63.46 55.51
55.11 55.60
57.72 66.78
73.74 74.89
75.23 69.65
56.01 58.38
56.15 57.67
55.33 56.69
59.99 59.10
56 57
58 59
60 61 62 63 64
65 66 67 68
69 70 71
73 72717069686766
65 64
63 52
53 54
55 56
57 58
59 55
54 W226
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
DEDUCTIVE BID ITEM #2 -
POND AND STREAM PLAN
POND 2
WS. 73.7
STREAM 5
INTERMEDIATE POND
WS. 58.8
LAKE 2
WS. 54.8
STREAM 4 AND 5 - PLAN VIEW
105020 10
STREAM 4
LAKE COMPONENTS:
DEDUCTIVE BID
ITEM #2
XX
X
X
X
XXXXXX
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
XXXXXXXXXXXX
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
XXXXXX
X
X
X
X
XX
W227
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
DEDUCTIVE BID ITEMS -
SECTIONS
A
SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0"TYPICAL STREAM SECTION
STREAM
STREAM
POND
POND
INTERMEDIATE
POND
POND 2
POND
DEDUCTIVE BID
ITEMS
D
3/8" = 1'-0"DEMOLITION AT BRIDGE
F
SCALEDEMOLITION AT WOODEN DECKW240
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
DEMOLITION DETAILS
NOTE:
EXISTING SHORELINE SECTION SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, PER AS-BUILT PLANS.
CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY CONDITION ON SITE BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH DEMOLITION.
EXISTING SHORELINE
TYPICAL PROPOSED GRADING SECTION
B
3/4" = 1'-0"TYPICAL SHORELINE DEMOLITION
PLAN
SECTION
PLAN
SECTION
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X X X X
X
X
W250
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
Jul. 22, 2024
LAKE DETAILS
C
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"LAKE PLANTER / WETLAND SHORELINE
0.5 1
WS. PER PLAN
A
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"ERODED CONCRETE SHORELINE
4 1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
21 W.S. PER PLAN
PLAN
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
B
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"ROCK SHORELINE
WS PER PLAN
1 0.5
1 4
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
4 1
D
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"STEPPING STONE AT PLANTER
0.5 1
4 1
WS. PER PLAN
THIS DRAWING IS FOR BIDDING USE ONLY AND NOT INTENDED TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
PRELIMINARY DESIGN DRAWING
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
E
NOT TO SCALEBOULDER POCKET SHORELINE
WS PER PLAN
1 0.5
1 4
1 4
1 VARIES
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
W.S. ELEVATION PER PLAN
D
W252
F
NOT TO SCALEDISCHARGE JET
XXXXXXXX
X
X
X
X
X
X X
W251
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
Jul. 22, 2024
LAKE DETAILS
A
SCALE: 1/4"=1'STREAM AT BRIDGE
B
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"DECK SHORELINE
THIS DRAWING IS FOR BIDDING USE ONLY AND NOT INTENDED TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
PRELIMINARY DESIGN DRAWING
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
WS 52.0
1 4
WS 52.0
C
W252
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
REINFORCED CONCRETE
VENEER OVER MEMBRANE
LINER PER SPECIFICATIONS.
PVC DISCHARGE PIPE
SEE PLAN FOR SIZE
AND LOCATION.
SEE SHORELINE DETAIL
PREPARED SUBGRADE PER
SPECIFICATION.
DRILL 1
4" HOLE (LOCATION OF
HOLE TO BE WITHIN LAKE
SHORELINE) AT HIGH POINT.
NOTE:
1. 2.
DO NOT ALLOW BOULDERS TO REST
ON PIPE OR BLOCK AIR HOLE.
DO NOT RESTRICT FLOW WITH
BOULDER.
CONCEAL PIPE WITH 3" DIA.
AND LARGER IN SIZE AND
MORTAR SOLID IN PLACE.
A
W250
C
SCALE: NTS.DISCHARGE ABOVE WATER (FOR POTABLE FILL LINE) D
SCALE: NTS.DISCHARGE RISER
W252
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
Jul. 22, 2024
LAKE DETAILS
A
NOT TO SCALESHORELINE CONSTRUCTION
C
NOT TO SCALEPIPE STRUCTURE SEAL
B
NOT TO SCALEHDPE LINER SEAMING PROCEDURE
E
N.T.S.PIN & STRAP
4 1
W.S. EL. PER PLAN
STEP 1
STEP 2
STEP 3
STEP 4
2. 1.
L C
D
NOT TO SCALEPIPE BOOT
NOTE: USE PIPE BOOTS
FOR PIPE 4"Ø AND
SMALLER THRU LINER
W.S. ELEVATION PER PLAN
X
X
X
X
THIS DRAWING IS FOR BIDDING USE ONLY AND NOT INTENDED TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
PRELIMINARY DESIGN DRAWING
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
W253
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
1" = 1'
LAKE DETAILS
1 4
1 1
SLOPE 1%
W.S. ELEVATION PER PLAN
PIPE SIZE PER PLAN
PREPARED SUBGRADE PER
SPECIFICATIONS
LAKE SLOPE BEYOND
DROP OFF TO MATCH
LAKE SLOPE BEYOND
INTAKE SCREEN
PER
6' (MIN.)
PER
PLAN
SEE SHORELINE DETAIL FOR
ACTUAL SHORELINE DIMENSIONS
PAINT PIPE A
DARK COLOR
A
W252
C
W252
E
NOT TO SCALELAKE INTAKE PIPE
A
NOT TO SCALEINTAKE SCREEN
B
3"=1'-0"PIPE GRATE
F
SCALE: 1/2"=1'ALUM DISCHARGE STANDPIPE INSIDE LAKE PLANTER X
X
X
X
XXXXXXXX
X
X
X
X
X
WS PER PLAN
WATER
FROM PUMP
STATION
CL
E
W250
C
W252
B
W252
W256
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
Jul. 22, 2024
LAKE DETAILS
B
SCALE: NOT TO SCALEWATERFALL FOOTING
D
SCALE: NOT TO SCALEWATERFALL CONTROL WEIR
E
SCALE: NOT TO SCALESTREAM
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
F
SCALE: NOT TO SCALEPOND DETAIL
A
SCALE: NOT TO SCALEFREEFALL WATERFALL
C
SCALE: NOT TO SCALECASCADE WATERFALL
W260
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
IRRIGATION DETAILS
NOT USED
NOT USED
12"
14"
PUMP STATION
STREAM 5
LAKE 1
WS 52.0
PUMP 1
PONDS AND STREAMS
(1600 GPM)
14" (3600 GPM)INTAKE
SCREEN
INTERMEDIATE
POND
WS
STREAM 3
GENERAL NOTES:
LEGEND:
MECHANICAL SYMBOLS:
SYMBOLDESCRIPTION
S
M
S
F
PUMP 2
LAKES RECIRCULATION
(2000 GPM)
18"
12"18"
14"
LAKE 2
WS 54.8
POND 2
WS
POND 1
WS
10" (1000 GPM)
8" (600 GPM)
DISCHARGE
STANDPIPE
DISCHARGE
STANDPIPE
ACID
ALUM
10" (1000 GPM)
8" (600 GPM)
8" (1200 GPM)
6" (800 GPM)
STREAM 1STREAM 2
STREAM 4
10"
W300
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
1" = 1'
FLOW SCHEMATIC
DEDUCTIVE BID ITEMS
W400
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
PUMP STATION
DEMOLITION PLAN
DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES:
DEMOLITION LEGENDS:
PROTECT-IN-PLACE KEYNOTES:
DEMOLITION KEYNOTES:
PUMP STATION DEMOLITION PLAN
0 2 124ft
W410
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
PUMP STATION PLAN
PUMP STATION CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
PUMP STATION PIPING NOTES:
PUMP STATION PLAN
0 2 124ft
EXISTING ELECTRICAL
DISTRIBUTION PANEL
EXISTING
TRANSFORMER
EXISTING
TABLE
EXISTING
ACCESS HATCH
(E) IRRIGATION CONTROL
8"Ø EXISTING POND 2
DISCHARGE
10"Ø EXISTING POND 1
DISCHARGE
10"Ø PROPOSED LAKE 1
DISCHARGE
8"Ø PROPOSED LAKE 2
DISCHARGE
14"Ø EXISTING
INTAKE PIPE
2 1
2"Ø EXISTING
EQUALIZER PIPE
EQUIPMENT LIST
ITEM MODELMFG/SUPPLIERDESCRIPTIONQTY
EXISTING
PANEL B
W411
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
PUMP STATION SECTION
PUMP STATION - SECTION A
0 2 124ft
PUMP STATION CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
PUMP STATION PIPING NOTES:
W450
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
1" = 1'
PUMP STATION DETAILS
NOTE: PAINT ENTIRE ASSEMBLY WITH PRIMER PAINT
P 38"X8"X8" W/
4-12"Ø HILTI KB-TZ (SS)
2" EMBED
1-1/4" DIA X 2'-0" PIPE
1" X 3" WASHER
WELD TO PIPE
1" DIA X 1'-0" LONG
BOLT THREADED
THRU-OUT
1" WIDE X 1/4" TH'K X 4" LONG
PLATE BEND @ 4" RADIUS
1-1/4" DIA
STEEL BAR
1-1/4" DIA. X
6", 12" OR 24"
LONG STEEL
PIPE
1" DIA NUT
WELD
WELD
1/4
EXTENSION STANDARD STAND
REV. 07/03/02
2" 4"
SMALL STAND
1" DIA X 5" LONG BOLT
THREADED THRU-OUT
1-1/4" DIA X 4" PIPE
NOTE: SMALL STAND
SIMILAR IN
CONSTRUCTION TO
STANDARD SIZE STAND
W/ EXCEPTIONS
NOTED BELOW.
TYP
112"
TYP.
L
THREADED STAND PIPE
PER 'COOPER B-LINE'
FIG. B3088T
PIPE SADDLE WITH U-BOLT
AND TREADED PIPE ADJUSTER
PER 'COOPER B-LINE' FIG. B3092
4-12"Ø HILTI KB-TZ (SS)
314" EMBED
ELEV. ADJUSTED
IN THE FIELD
AS REQUIRED
EQUALEQUAL
PIPE SIZE PER PLAN
1'-0"
3" CLR
3-#5 EW
112" TYP
24" SQUARE
CONCRETE PAD
3" CLR
3/8" TO 1/2"
3/4" TO 1 1/4"
1 1/2" TO 3"
3 1/2" TO 5"
6" TO 12"
4'-0"
4'-5"
5'-3/4"
8'-1/4"
10'-0"
STRUT
SPACING
PVC PIPE
SIZE
P1000 UNISTRUT W/
2-EXPANSION ANCHORS
PER SCHED MIN
PIPE CLAMP PER
"UNISTRUT" OR
APPROVED EQUAL
PIPE SIZE AND
LOCATION PER PLAN
STRUT
SPACING
MAX. HANGING
LOAD
RATING (LBS)
EXPANSION
ANCHOR & EMBED
400
600
800
1000
1000
CONCRETE WALL
(6" MIN THK)
HILTI KB-TZ (SS)
HILTI KB-TZ (SS)
HILTI KB-TZ (SS)
HILTI KB-TZ (SS)
HILTI KB-TZ (SS)
SPACING PER TABLE
PIPE PER PLAN
GALVANIZED CARBON STEEL
ADJUSTABLE RING PIPE HANGER
PER "GRINNELL" MODEL PS-69
SIZED TO MATCH PIPE
2"
3"
4"
6"
8"
2'-6"
4'-6"
5'-0"
6'-0"
6'-6"
7'-6"
HANGER SIZES
ADJUST BOLT LENGTH
AS REQUIRED TO
PROVIDE SLOPE
SPACING
(MAX)
PVC PIPE
SIZE
NOTE: ATTACH EXPANSION ANCHORS INTO A
CONCRETE SLAB WITH A 6" MINIMUM
THICKNESS OR INTO A 31
4" CONCRETE OVER A
3" METAL DECK.
1 2"Ø THREADED HGR ROD WITH
A 12" MAX LENGTH
1/2"to 2"
EXPANSION
ANCHOR & EMBED
HILTI KB-TZ (SS)
HILTI KB-TZ (SS)
HILTI KB-TZ (SS)
HILTI KB-TZ (SS)
HILTI KB-TZ (SS)
HILTI KB-TZ (SS)
3" MIN.
CLR.
3" MIN.
CLR.
5/8" "U"
BOLT w/
NUTS
5/8" SST
EXP. BOLTS
(TYP.)
FACTORY FABRICATED
WELDED STEEL
BRACKET B3067
DIMENSIONS
PIPE Ø
SIZE
4-12
14-16
SIZE
5/8
1/2
BOLT
18-36 7/8
INSTALLATION NOTE:
PIPE SUPPORT SPACING, MATERIAL AND QUANTITY PER
SPECS.
* BOLT EMBEDMENT DEPTH PER TABLE HEREON.
STL. BASE PLATE* S.S. BOLTS
SIZE PER TABLE
THREADED STAND PIPE
"A" PER TABLE
GROUT
PIPE "A"
4"
3"
STAND
6"
PIPE "B"
3"
2 1/2"
ADJ.
4"
FLANGE SUPPORT
PLATE THK. "C"
1/4"
3/8"
3/8"
2' X 2'X 18"
CONC FOOTING
WHERE REQ'D
#4 @ 10" O.C.
6 -#4
1'-6"
B2400
TURNBUCKLES
FIG. B3202
B22 ALL PURPOSE
FRAMING CHANNEL
HANGER #P2682
"UNISTRUT" CLEVIS
DUCT PER PLAN
1"X18 GA SS STRAP OVER
DUCT (TYP.)
TRIM AT 45° ANGLE (TYP.)
2"X2"X1/8" SS ANGLE
3/8" SS DIA ROD OR 1"X16 GA SS
HANGER STRAP. ATTACH TO
UNISTRUT OR ROOF JOISTS (SEE
ABOVE).
SS SHEET METAL SCREWS
(TYP.)
BEAM CLAMP SS UNISTRUT P2824 (SHOWN)
OR
SS UNISTRUT P1379S WITH P1000 12 GAUGE
UNISTRUT CHANNEL VERTICAL HVAC DUCT
SS UNISTRUT CHANNEL
P1000 12 GAUGE OR
EQUAL.
3"
MAX
1/2"Ø SS WALL ANCHORS
w/UNISTRUT P1064 FLAT
PLATE FITTING UNDER
CHANNEL AND BOLT HEAD
(4" EMBED TYP.)
1" X 16 GAUGE SS
HANGER STRAP.
ATTACHED TO UNISTRUT.
SS SHEET METAL SCREWS
FOR HANGER STRAP (TYP.)
FNOT TO SCALE
PIPE SUPPORT/ STAND
PIPE STAND FOOTING (AS NEEDED)
PIPE SUPPORT 12" OR BIGGER
PIPE HANGER VERTICAL DUCT SUPPORT
DUCT HANGER
PIPE HANGER PIPE SUPPORT AT WALL
WALL BRACKET SUPPORTPIPE STAND 10" OR SMALLER
PIPELINE PER PLANS
1"Ø OUTLET SADDLE TAP
1"Ø SS BALL VALVE
1"Ø AIR RELEASE VALVE
WITH 3/16"Ø ORIFICE,
VALMATIC MODEL 38 OR
EQUAL.
W451
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
1" = 1'
PUMP STATION DETAILS
DNOT TO SCALE
ACID SCRUBBER TANK
CNOT TO SCALE
CHEMICAL FEED SYSTEM
1 456
3 2
8 7787654
2 2
9 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 10
7 11
11 12
12 KEYNOTES
13 13
1415
14 15
ISOLATION VALVE OR CORP
STOP
4" Ø MIN. PIPE SIZE AT INJECTION POINT
RETRACTABLE INJECTION QUILL
WITH INTEGRATED BALL CHECK.
EQUIPMENT NO.
3/4"Ø THREADOLET
ANOT TO SCALE
AIR RELEASE VALVE DETAIL
BNOT TO SCALE
CHEMICAL INJECTION DETAIL
11 1/4"
4" 12" O.D. TUBING VENT
ACID FUME SCRUBBER ASSEMBLY
PER "PROMINENT" PART# 7747089
WALL MOUNT KIT
(STRUT, CLAMP & BOLTS)
PER "PROMINENT"
PART# 7747091
12" O.D. PVC TUBING
12" O.D. PVC TUBING
TO ADDITIONAL TANK
AS REQUIRED
34" MNPT
CONNECTION
12" O.D. PVC
TUBING
12" TEE AS REQUIRED
ACID TANK
W500
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
ELECTRICAL GENERAL
NOTES
GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES:
1. ELECTRICAL CODE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (2020 NEC) AS AMENDED BY THE CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (2019 CEC) THE ENERGY CODE REFERENCE TO READ CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE TITLE 24 (2019 CENC) AND ADD CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (2019 CBC) AND THE CITY OF COSTA MESA MUNICIPAL CODE.
2. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN A NEAT, WORKMANLIKE, FINISHED AND SAFE MANNER, ACCORDING TO THE LATEST
PUBLISHED NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S ASSOCIATION STANDARDS OF INSTALLATION, UNDER COMPETENT SUPERVISION.
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ALL OTHER FACTORS WHICH MAY AFFECT THE EXECUTION OF THIS WORK.
4. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO EXISTING WALKS, WALLS, DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, ETC. DAMAGES SHALL BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE CITY AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CITY.
5. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR LOCAL FEES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS AS MAY BE REQUIRED AND PROVIDE A CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION TO THE CITY.
6. LEAVE THE SITE CLEAN, REMOVE ALL DEBRIS, EMPTY CARTONS, TOOLS, CONDUIT, WIRE SCRAPS AND ALL MISCELLANEOUS SPARE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS USED IN THE WORK DURING CONSTRUCTION.
7. IT IS THE OBLIGATION OF THE CONTRACTOR TO ORGANIZE HIS WORK SO THAT A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL,
INSTRUMENTATION, AND/OR CONTROL SYSTEM FOR THE FACILITY WILL BE PROVIDED AND SUPPORTED BY ACCURATE SHOP AND RECORD DRAWINGS, AND ALL O&M MANUALS.
8. ALL CABLES SHALL BE NEW, COPPER, RATED FOR 600V AND LISTED FOR ITS LOCATION WITH A MINIMUM TEMPERATURE RATING OF 75 DEG C WET AND 90 DEG C DRY; POWER CABLES SHALL BE TYPE XHHW-2 FOR UNDERGROUND/ABOVE GROUND, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
9. MINIMUM SIZE CONDUIT ABOVE GROUND SHALL BE 3/4" AND MINIMUM SIZE CONDUIT BELOW GROUND SHALL BE 1" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL CONDUITS FOR POWER AND LIGHTING SHALL CONTAIN A GROUNDING CONDUCTOR.
10. MINIMUM SIZE POWER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE #12 AWG UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
11. ALL TERMINAL RATINGS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM TEMPERATURE RATING OF 75 DEG C. CABLES SHALL BE DE-RATED PER NEC 110.14 (C).
12. CONDUIT SIZE SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN THE PLANS OR DETAILS. UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SHALL BE SCH 40 PVC ENCASED IN CONCRETE WITH PVC COATED GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL BENDS, ELBOWS AND TURN-UPS. EXPOSED CONDUIT IN THE CHEMICAL ROOM AND OUTDOORS SHALL BE PVC COATED GRS. ALL OTHER EXPOSED ABOVE-GROUND CONDUIT SHALL BE GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL.
13. EQUIPMENT AND WIRING METHODS LOCATED OUTSIDE SHALL BE RATED FOR CORROSIVE LOCATIONS, ENCLOSURES SHALL BE NEMA 4X SS. EQUIPMENT IN THE ELECTRICAL ROOM SHALL BE NEMA 12 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
14. GROUND AND BOND ALL EQUIPMENT AND ENCLOSURES PER NEC ARTICLE 250 AND MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS.
15. CONTRACTOR SHALL PLAN AND INSTALL WORK IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO CONFORM TO THE STRUCTURE, AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS, PRESERVE HEADROOM AND KEEP OPENINGS AND PASSAGEWAYS CLEAR.
16. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL, ETC. NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND WORKABLE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WHETHER OR NOT THESE ITEMS ARE SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THESE DRAWINGS. INCIDENTAL ITEMS NOT
INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, NOR MENTIONED IN SPECIFICATIONS THAT CAN BE LEGITIMATELY AND REASONABLY
INFERRED TO BELONG TO THE WORK DESCRIBED OR BE NECESSARY IN GOOD PRACTICE TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE SYSTEM, SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AS THOUGH ITEMIZED HERE IN EVERY DETAIL.
17. ALL TRENCHING, CONDUITS, ETC. SHALL BE ROUTED AND INSTALLED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT WILL NOT DAMAGE EXISTING FACILITIES OR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. SHOULD DAMAGE OCCUR, IT WILL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO REPAIR DAMAGE TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE CITY OR INSPECTOR.
18. ALL CONDUIT RUNS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE SCHEMATIC IN NATURE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE SURE THAT ALL CONDUIT MEETS LOCAL AND STATE CODES.
19. WHEN CROSSING PATHWAYS OR SIDEWALKS, CONTRACTOR SHALL BORE UNDER EXISTING CONCRETE WALKS AND SAWCUT ASPHALT WALKS. ASPHALT WALKS AND CONCRETE SIDEWALKS TO BE REPLACED IN KIND.
20. CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE WORK INSTALLED UNDER THE CONTRACT TO BE FREE FROM DEFECTIVE
WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS, USUAL WEAR EXPECTED, AND SHOULD ANY SUCH DEFECTS DEVELOP WITHIN A
PERIOD OF ONE YEAR ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT BY THE CITY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR AND/OR REPLACE
ANY DEFECTIVE ITEMS AND DAMAGE RESULTING FROM FAILURE OF THESE ITEMS, AT NO EXPENSE WHATSOEVER TO THE CITY.
21. ALL CIRCUITS SHALL BE LEGIBLY IDENTIFIED AT THE PANEL, JUNCTION BOXES AND AT ALL EQUIPMENT IN A PERMANENT MANNER (I.E. ETCHED PLATES, CONDUCTOR TAG, PERMANENT MARKER, ETC.). THE LABELING SHALL INCLUDE PANEL CIRCUIT NUMBER, "TO" AND "FROM" IDENTIFICATION, AND MARKED "SPARE" WHERE APPLICABLE.
22. CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FOR SHORT CIRCUITS AND MEGGER TEST FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING. INSURE LOW IMPEDANCE GROUND PATH SYSTEM. PERFORM HIPOT TESTING WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION.
23. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PROVIDE
ADDITIONAL FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND CONTROLS IF OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OR CONTROLS ARE NOT INTEGRAL WITH UNITS.
24. FULL LOAD AMPS (FLA) SIZES, AS NOTED IN THESE DRAWINGS, ARE BASED ON SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT DATA. CONTRACTOR SHALL
VERIFY NAMEPLATE FLA OF EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED AND COORDINATE ACCORDINGLY PER EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND CODE REQUIREMENTS.
25. CONDUITS OR RACEWAYS INSTALLED IN AREAS WHERE ELEVATION CHANGES MAY CAUSE WATER OR MOISTURE TO ENTER THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT THROUGH THE CONDUIT SHALL BE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 300.5 (G).
26. MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND OF THE BEST QUALITY WITH MANUFACTURER'S NAME PRINTED THEREON. MATERIALS SHALL BE
MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA, ANSI, UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY OR OTHER APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND RATED FOR HEAVY DUTY SERVICE.
27. SELECTION OF MATERIALS SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS.
28. THE SUBMITTALS SHALL BE NEATLY GROUPED AND ORGANIZED. PERTINENT INFORMATION SHALL BE HIGHLIGHTED, AND THE SPECIFIC PRODUCT SHALL BE IDENTIFIED. ALL SUBMITTALS SHALL BE COMPLETE, AND PRESENTED IN ONE PACKAGE. THE
SUBMITTAL SHALL INCLUDE A COMPLETE LIST OF THE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS, INCLUDING THE MANUFACTURER'S NAME,
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION, DESCRIPTIVE DATA, TECHNICAL LITERATURE, PERFORMANCE CHARTS, CATALOG CUTS, INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION, AND SPARE PART RECOMMENDATIONS FOR EACH DIFFERENT ITEM OF THE EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED.
29. VERIFY ALL CONDUIT FILL RATIOS, BOX FILLS, AND CONDUIT BENDS (MAX 360 DEGREES) ARE MET PER NEC REQUIREMENTS.
INSTALL PULL BOXES AND DE-RATE CABLE AMPACITY AS NECESSARY.
30. CONTRACTOR TO READ ALL THE DRAWINGS IN THIS SET TO BECOME FAMILIARIZED WITH THE FULL ELECTRICAL SCOPE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE MECHANICAL, INSTRUMENTATION AND CIVIL DRAWINGS.
31. THESE DRAWINGS AND THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS ARE COMPLEMENTARY. WHERE THERE IS OVERLAP, THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENT WILL TAKE PRECEDENCE.
32. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL CIRCUITS CONTAIN LESS THAN 5% VOLTAGE DROP. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SHORT CIRCUIT ANALYSIS AND ARC FLASH STUDY, AS REQUIRED.
33. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND PERFORM WORK TO THE STANDARDS OF ALL APPLICABLE UTILITY COMPANIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL LINES, GAS LINES AND WATER LINES. WHEN AN ISSUE OR DISCREPANCY ARISES, NOTIFY THE CITY AND ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY.
34. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE REQUIREMENTS FOR NFPA 70E, AS REQUIRED.
35. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER AND THE CITY WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND DURING INSTALLATION OR REVIEW.
36. LIGHTING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE BUILDING TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 30 FOOT CANDLES IN ALL INDOOR ROOMS.
37. ALL POWER AND LIGHTING CONDUITS SHALL HAVE A GROUND WIRE, BE AT LEAST #12 THHN, AND SIZED FOR PROPER AMPACITY DERATING AND CONDUIT FILL.
38. ALL 120V RECEPTACLES SHALL BE GFCI PROTECTED, EITHER WITH A GFCI RECEPTACLE OR THROUGH A GFCI CIRCUIT BREAKER.
SCOPE OF WORK:
THE CITY OF COSTA MESA UPGRADE LAKE PUMP MOTORS
AT TEWINKLE MEMORIAL PARK:
1. PROVIDE DESIGN DETAIL TO UPGRADE POWER
CONDUIT SUPPORT CONNECTIONS TO REFURBISHED
LAKE PUMP MOTORS PER N.E.C.
2. PROVIDE DEDICATED 120V CIRCUITS TO NEW LAKE
AIR COMPRESSOR AND CHEMICAL INJECTION PUMPS.
W501
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
ELECTRICAL LEGEND
CONDUIT DESIGNATION
C-CONTROL
P-POWER
MANUAL MOTOR STARTER
120V, 20A SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE
120V, 20A SPST SWITCH
FENCE
EXPOSED CONDUIT
CONDUIT WITHIN CEILING, FLOOR, WALLS,
OR UNDERGROUND
GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR
120V, 20A 3-WAY SWITCH
120V, 20A 4-WAY SWITCH
120V, 20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
120V, 20A QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE
480V SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE
(NUMBER DENOTES CIRCUIT AMPS)
TELEPHONE OUTLET (RJ-11)
240V SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE
(NUMBER DENOTES CIRCUIT AMPS)
ETHERNET (10/100) OUTLET (RJ-45)
COMBINATION TELEPHONE/ETHERNET
(10/100) OUTLET (RJ-11 & RJ-45)
ABOVE GROUND JUNCTION BOX
FLOAT SWITCH
LEVEL ELEMENT
DISCONNECT SWITCH
SOLENOID VALVE
(ENERGIZED TO CLOSE)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
PUSHBUTTON CONTROL STATION
CONDUIT SEAL-OFF FITTING
LEVEL PROBES
FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER
SOLENOID VALVE
(ENERGIZED TO OPEN)
HANDHOLE
FLOOR MOUNTED ETHERNET (10/100)
OUTLET (RJ-45)
CONDUCTIVITY SWITCH
COMBINATION MOTOR STARTER
EXISTING OVERHEAD ELECTRIC
PLUG VALVE
GATE VALVE
MOTOR STARTER
ANALYZER TRANSMITTER
ALARM BEACON
HORN
PRESSURE SWITCH
TEMPERATURE SWITCH
UNDERGROUND JUNCTION BOX
INTRUSION ALARM SWITCH
THERMOSTAT
MANHOLE
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM AND SCHEMATIC LEGEND
A, AMP AMPERES
AM AMMETER
AC ALTERNATING CURRENT
AIC AMPS INTERRUPTING CAPACITY
BAT BATTERY BC BATTERY CHARGER
C COMMON
CB CIRCUIT BREAKER
CNTL CONTROL
CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER
CP CONTROL PANEL
CR CONTROL RELAY
CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER
DC DIRECT CURRENT
DR DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
(E) EXISTING
EC EDGE CONNECTOR
EF EXHAUST FAN
ETM ELAPSED TIME METER
F FUSE
FB FUSE BLOCK
(F) FUTURE
FLTR FILTER
FS FLOAT SWITCH
FVNR FULL VOLTAGE NON REVERSING
FVR FULL VOLTAGE REVERSING
G, GND GROUND
GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER
HPS HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM
HS HAND SWITCH
ICP INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANEL
ISR INTRINSICALLY SAFE RELAY
I, IND INDICATOR
INST INSTANTANEOUS
KV KILOVOLT
KVA KILOVOLT AMPERES
KW KILOWATT
LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
LCD LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY
LA LIGHTNING ARRESTER
LCP LOCAL CONTROL PANEL
LPU LIGHTNING PROTECTION UNIT
LOS LOCK OUT STOP
LR LATCH RELAY
LS LOAD SPLITTER
MA MILLIAMPERES
MB MAIN BREAKER
MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
MCP MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR
MOT MOTOR OVERTEMPERATURE
MMS MOTOR MOISTURE SENSOR
MS MOTOR STARTER
N NEUTRAL
NA NON AUTOMATIC
(N) NEW
N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT
NP NAMEPLATE
OT OVERTEMPERATURE
O/L OVERLOAD DEVICE
PB PUSHBUTTON
PCB PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
PC PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER
PLC PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
PL-1 PILOT LIGHT 1
PFR PHASE/POWER FAIL RELAY
PNL PANEL
POT POTENTIOMETER
PPM POWER PHASE MONITOR
PR PAIR CABLE
PS PRESSURE SWITCH
PT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER
PTT PUSH TO TEST
PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
PWR POWER
ABBREVIATION LIST
LEVEL TRANSPONDER
PHOTOCELL
FIELD WIRING
PANEL WIRING
COMMUNICATIONS WIRING
H
PUSH-TO-TEST PILOT LIGHT
(LETTER DENOTES COLOR)
PILOT LIGHT
(LETTER DENOTES COLOR)
CONTROL RELAY
PRESSURE SWITCH (N.O.)
CLOSES ON RISING LEVEL
PRESSURE SWITCH (N.C.)
OPENS ON RISING LEVEL
TIMING RELAY, (N.O.) CONTACT TIME
TO CLOSE (ON DELAY TIMER)
TIMING RELAY, (N.C.) CONTACT TIME
TO OPEN (ON DELAY TIMER)
TIMING RELAY, (N.O.) CONTACT TIME
TO OPEN (OFF DELAY TIMER)
FLOAT SWITCH (N.C.)
OPENS ON RISING LEVEL
FLOAT SWITCH (N.O.)
CLOSES ON RISING LEVEL
LIMIT SWITCH (N.C.)
LIMIT SWITCH (N.O.)
TEMPERATURE SWITCH (N.C.)
OPENS ON RISING LEVEL
TEMPERATURE SWITCH (N.O.)
CLOSES ON RISING LEVEL
TIMING RELAY, (N.C.) CONTACT TIME
TO CLOSE (OFF DELAY TIMER)
LIMIT SWITCH (N.C.)
LIMIT SWITCH (N.O.)
FLOW SWITCH (N.C.)
OPENS ON RISING LEVEL
FLOW SWITCH (N.O.)
CLOSES ON RISING LEVEL
CABLE (MULTICONDUTOR SHIELDED)
CONTACT (N.O.)
CONTACT (N.C.)
PUSHBUTTON (N.O.)
MOMENTARY CLOSE
PUSHBUTTON (N.C.)
MOMENTARY OPEN
2-POSITION
SELECTOR SWITCH
3-POSITION
SELECTOR SWITCH (HAND-OFF-AUTO)
LOCKOUT STOP PUSHBUTTON
DISCONNECT SWITCH (N.C.)
DISCONNECT SWITCH (N.O.)
EARTH GROUND CONNECTION
GROUND ROD AND WELL
OVERLOAD (ELECTRONIC TYPE)
THERMAL OVERLOAD (BI-METALLIC)
FUSED TERMINAL BLOCK
NEUTRAL BUS
TERMINAL BLOCK
FIELD TERMINATION
MAIN LUG ONLY
POWER DISTRIBUTION BLOCK
HEATER
MOTOR STARTER
CONTACTOR COIL
GROUND BUS
COIL/INDUCTOR
POWER TRANSFORMER
BUZZER
HORN
PUSH-PULL EMERGENCY STOP
PUSHBUTTON
ELAPSED TIME METER
METER & CURRENT TRANSFORMER
WATT HOUR METER AND SOCKET
PHASE FAILURE RELAY
TIME DELAY RELAY
LATCHING RELAY
CONTROL RELAY
INTERNAL CONTACT (N.O.)
SOLENOID
RESISTOR
DIODE
METAL OXIDE VARISTOR
INDICATING FUSE HOLDER
AMPERE SIZE SHOWN
LIGHTNING ARRESTER
DRAWING REFERENCE
LOCATION SYMBOL
SHEET NOTE TAG
EDGE CONNECTOR
INSTRUMENTATION
I/O POINT REFERENCE PLC,
I/O RACK, OR ENUNCIATOR PANEL
EQUIPMENT TAG REFERENCE
INTERNAL CONTACT (N.C.)
EDGE CONNECTORS
INTRINSICALLY SAFE RELAY
CAPACITOR
BATTERY
PHOTOCELL AND TIME CLOCK
CONDUIT BEND UP
CONDUIT BEND DOWN
CONDUIT STUB-UP AND CAP
EXISTING EXPOSED CONDUIT
EXIST. CONDUIT WITHIN CEILING, FLOOR,
WALLS, OR UNDERGROUND
3P, 480V MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH
THERMAL MAG TRIP, UNO
CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH DOOR OPERATED HANDLE,
3P, 480V, THERM MAG TRIP, UNO
ACTIVE HARMONIC FILTER
INV
RR RUN RELAY
RV REDUCED VOLTAGE
RVAT REDUCED VOLTAGE AUTO-TRANSFORMER
SSS SOLID-STATE STARTER
SR SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE
SS SELECTOR SWITCH, SOFT STARTER
SP SURGE PROTECTOR
SPD SURGE PROTECTOR DEVICE
SV SOLENOID VALVE
SWBD SWITCHBOARD
TB TERMINAL BLOCK
TR TIME DELAY RELAY
TC TIMECLOCK
TM THERMAL MAGNETIC
TS TEMPERATURE SWITCH
TSP TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR
TWP TWISTED PAIR
TYP TYPICAL
UG UNDERGROUND
V VOLTS, VOLTAGE
VM VOLTMETER
VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE
WP WEATHERPROOF
TR,XFMR TRANSFORMER
XP EXPLOSION PROOF
XMITR TRANSMITTER/TRANSPONDER
W502
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
ELECTRICAL
SINGLE LINE
DIAGRAM
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
1 3
2 EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND CONDUIT TO REMAIN.
4 NOTES:
1. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND DO NOT REFLECT ACTUAL ROUTING.
CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL PULLPOINTS WHERE REQUIRED FOR
PULLING TENSION AND MAINTAINING LESS THEN (4) 90 DEGREE BENDS.
2. ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION, IS NOT SHOWN ON THIS DIAGRAM. REFERENCE MECHANICAL AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAMS.
3. GROUND AND BOND ALL ENCLOSURES PER GROUNDING PLANS AND MANUFACTURER/CODE REQUIREMENTS.
4. NOT ALL EQUIPMENT AND WIRING IS SHOWN ON THIS DIAGRAM.
REFERENCE DRAWINGS IN THE ELECTRICAL SET AND ENTIRE PROJECT TO COMPLETELY UNDERSTAND THE SCOPE OF ELECTRICAL WORK.
BUS BRACING CALCULATION (WORST CASE)
MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER - 600 AMPERES
Isc = (300A) (480V) (1.73) = 249.4 KVA
ASSUME 300KVA UTILITY TRANSFORMER @ 3.0% Z
SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT AVAILABLE (WORST CASE) BY EATON,
TABLE 1.
= 33,451 AMPS.
ADD MOTOR CONTRIBUTION
33,451 + (48) = 33,499 AMPS
MULTIPLY BY 10% FOR VOLTAGE FLUCTUATION
33,499 X 1.1 = 36,849 AMPS
BUS BRACING SHALL BE 42 KAIC
1000
EXISTING SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
NTS
UTILITY
XFMR
M METER
SECTION
600A
3P
SERVICE ENTRANCE SECTION (SES)
480/277V, 600A, 3Ø, 4W, 60HZ, NEMA 3R
SCE
UTILITY
GNDNEU
MCB
LSIG
1 1
1 BY CONTRACTOR
BY UTILITY
65 KAIC
DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD 'A' (DPB-A)
480/277V, 600A, 3Ø, 4W, 60HZ, NEMA 3R
300A
3P
300A
3P
65 KAIC
EXISTG
SPACES 1SPACES
PULL SECTION
PANEL 'A'
480/277V,
3Ø-4W,
42 CKTS.
XFMR 'B'
45 KVA, 480-
120/208V,
3Ø-4W
DRIVEN
GRD.
RODS
UFER
GRD.
1 65 KAIC
EXISTG
P
EXISTG
EXISTG
DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD 'B' (DPB-B)
480/277V, 400A, 3Ø, 4W, 60HZ, NEMA 3R
11 1
PANEL 'L2'
1 GND
EXISTG
REFER TO POWER AND CONTROL PLAN FOR ROUTING OF NEW ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN LAKE PUMP STATION.
259000-040583256000-232752
LAKE
PUMP
CTRLR
480V,
3Ø-4W,
80A MCB,
NEMA 3R
PANEL-B
120/208V,
3Ø-4W,
100A MCB,
20 CKTS.
EXISTG
2 IRRIG
CTRLR
480V,
3Ø-4W,
60A MCB,
NEMA 3R
EXISTG
(EXISTG)
(EXISTG)(EXISTG)
(EXISTG)
REUSE EXISTING LAKE PUMP CONTROLLER PANEL WALL - MOUNTED BY (TOTAL CONTROL MANUF) AND PANEL A.
3 4
4 4
DEMO AND LABEL "SPACE" REMOVE ALL EXISTING "OZONE" ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT FROM THE LAKE PUMP STATION RETURN TO CITY PER PROJECT SCOPE OF WORK.
EXISTG
PANEL 'L1'
1 (EXISTG)
1 M METER
SECTIONSCE
UTILITY
PANEL "A"
VOLTAGE:480/277 VAC
VOLT AMPS
MAIN BKR:200A
SCCR:42 KAICPANEL BUS:225A
LOAD DESCRIPTIONVACB BKR PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C BKR CBVALOAD DESCRIPTION "SPACE"116295216295LAKE PUMP CTRLR PANEL
"SPACE"3162954 80/3 16295 LAKE PUMP CTRLR PANEL
"SPACE"516295616295LAKE PUMP CTRLR PANEL
"SPACE"714000814000 XFMR B 45 KVA
"SPACE"91400010100/314000 XFMR B 45 KVA
"SPACE"11140001214000XFMR B 45 KVA
"SPACE"134750144750IRRIG CONTROLLER
"SPACE"1547501660/34750IRRIG CONTROLLER
"SPACE"174750184750IRRIG CONTROLLER
"SPACE"19020"SPACE"
"SPACE"21022"SPACE"
"SPACE"23024"SPACE"
"SPACE"25026"SPACE"
"SPACE"27028"SPACE"
"SPACE"29030"SPACE"
"SPACE"31032"SPACE"
"SPACE"33034"SPACE"
"SPACE"35036"SPACE"
"SPACE"37038"SPACE"
"SPACE"39040"SPACE"
"SPACE"41042"SPACE"
PHASE APHASE B PHASE C
VA/PHASE (SUBTOTAL)3504535045350453Φ, 4W
AMPS/PHASE (SUBTOTAL)126.5126.5126.510,000 AIC BREAKERS VA (SUBTOTAL)105135NEMA 1 INSIDE "DPB-B" INSIDE NEMA 3R ENCL. 25% OF LARGEST INDUCTIVE LOAD (VA)02900
GRAND TOTAL (AMPS)126.8* INDICATES LOAD CALCULATED AT 125% PERCENT CAPACITY63.4%
PANEL "B"
VOLTAGE:120/208 VAC
VOLT AMPS
MAIN BKR:100A
SCCR:22 KAICPANEL BUS:125A
LOAD DESCRIPTIONVA CB BKR PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C BKR CB VALOAD DESCRIPTION MAIN1001020"SPACE"
CIRCUIT/ 304 15/1 0 SPARE
BKR3 50 615/10SPARE
LIGHTS30020/1 7550820/1250SPRINKLER TIMER
GFCI RECEPT18020/196801020/1500SPRINKLER TIMER
SPARE020/1 1120412 20/1204GFCI RECEPT FOR CHEM. FEED PUMP #1 "SPACE"013 014 15/10SPARE
"SPACE"0150160"SPACE"
SPARE020/117204 1820/1204GFCI RECEPT FOR CHEM. FEED PUMP #2 "SPACE"019 0200"SPACE"
PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C
VA/PHASE (SUBTOTAL)550 680 4083Φ, 4W
AMPS/PHASE (SUBTOTAL)4.65.73.410,000 AIC BREAKERS
VA (SUBTOTAL)1638NEMA 3R ENCL.
25% OF LARGEST INDUCTIVE LOAD (VA)125 125 125
GRAND TOTAL (AMPS)5.6* INDICATES LOAD CALCULATED AT 125% PERCENT CAPACITY5.6%
200A
3P
3 3
3 5USE EXISTING CONDUIT STUB-UP PROTECTION WITH FLOOR MOUNTED STRUT SYSTEM TO EXISTING MOTORS ON VERTICAL POWER PER NEC CODE. 5 6
6ADDED GFCI RECEPTACLE FOR DOSING PUMPS.
6 W503
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com
Advanced Water Engineering
CACOSTA MESA
TEWINKLE PARK
LAKE RENOVATION
PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Jul. 22, 2024
ELECTRICAL POWER AND
CONTROL PLAN
PUMP STATION PLAN
0 2 124ft
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
NOTES:
1. LABEL CONDUITS PER DETAIL "F" ON.
2. CONDUCTORS FOR HOME RUN CIRCUITS FOR LIGHTING AND
RECEPTACLES SHALL BE #10 AWG MINIMUM SIZE.
3. RECEPTACLE WIRING SHALL BE TYPE XHHW-2.
4. RECEPTACLE OUTLETS SHALL BE CLEARLY LABELED WITH THE CIRCUIT PROVIDING POWER. LABEL SHALL BE SUITED FOR ENVIRONMENT
RECEPTACLE IS LOCATED IN.
5. ALL CONDUITS SHALL CONTAIN A PROPERLY SIZED GROUND
CONDUCTOR.
6. MOUNT AND WIRE ALL EQUIPMENT PER MANUFACTURER
REQUIREMENTS.
120V, 20A GFCI DUPLEX TAMPER-WEATHER RESISTANT
RECEPTACLE.
LEGEND:
120V, 20A GFCI DUPLEX TAMPER-WEATHER RESISTANT
RECEPTACLE WITH METALLIC WEATHERPROOF WHILE IN
USE COVER, EXTRA DUTY.
wp
1 2
3 REUSE EXISTING PUMP CONTROLLER FROM MIXER MOTOR AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS.
1 PNL -B
PNL -A
XFMR -B
4 INSTALL NEW #10 AWG WIRE IN 0.75" CONDUIT FROM RECEPTACLES TO EXISTING PANEL B.
REUSE EXISTING IRRIGATION / FOUNTAIN CONTROLLER PANEL.
REUSE EXISTING PUMP CONTROLLER PANEL TRANSFORMER WALL MOUNTED. 3 ABOVE GROUND JUNCTION BOX
POWER TRANSFORMERT
T 4
5INSTALL NEW DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR NEW MIXER.
2 NOT USED
NOT USED
SECTION “G”
APPENDIX “C”
CITY AND CALTRANS
STANDARD DRAWINGS
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
<Wb_\ehd_W FNM<= /-.1 >Z_j_ed
&?AP:wi FNM<= /--6 >Z_j_ed) _dYbkZ_d] K[l_i_edi . $ /) Wi Wc[dZ[Z \eh ki[ _d <Wb_\ehd_W' <^Wfj[h 0; s IWl[c[dj WdZ <khX FWha_d]i Gel[cX[h 4) /-.1 IWhj 0 s FWha_d]i
IW][ 43-
-··
j-- l OF STREET
60 1
R
101
2d 201
td
1--l I
PARKWAY I
V411PER FT.
2 °/o
1/4' PE� FT..
L J• ... --ll 2"
. ll� k- l OF STREET a--t_
w I I . I ...
I� so'
I I1� w
� w 5' 20' 20' 5 !1
3'
I�•�}<- · --,zl
I � 1 �., 3 TYPE"c-a" cuRa a SUTTER ,
�,. • Q I
I� 1���FT. _ 2% , 2°b� �I§ JI => ·1.��--�--,-····· . .__ �� _f 5 I _y4-4 s ·
I 6.fi ,.�
4 2 4
NOTE:
50' R/W TO BE USED WITH CITY COUNCIL APPROVAL ONLY.
CD
®
©
©
A5PHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT ( 4• THICKNESS). ACTUAL THICKNESS TO 8[ DETERMINED AFTElt ltOUOH GftADING.
CRUSHED" A8GREGATE USE I a• THICKNESS). ACTUAL THICKNESS TO BE DETERMINED AFTEJl-ftOUOH-GIIADlN
TYP! "c-•• Oft •c-g• CURii AHD BUTTER PER STD. DWfil, NO • .!S_. 4• P.C.C. SIDEWALK PEit STD. DWG. Ho: 411.
DRIVEWAY LOCATIONS AND SLOPES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER ON STREETS WITH 50
1 R/W.
CITY OF COSTA MESA . TYPICAL SECTION
60 1 a 50
1 RESIDENTIAL STREETS
DRAWN J.C.8.
CALIFORNIA
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT APPROV;;; i!§.��U�,S�S-
BRUCE O. MATTE � - -
SCALE�
STD. DWG, NO.
114
l- £. ALLEY
20'
201 �L·Y£L LINE
------ ---- -
� (. ALLET
.
1'-6" 1'-6"
DETAIL OF
'·v" GUTTER
r"F,L.
1. CONCRBTB SHALL BE 560-C-3250 PER CURRENT EDITIOli
OF STAHDARD SPECIFICATIONS SEC. 201-1.
2. ALLEYS SHALL NOT RECEIVE STREET DRAINAGE.
3. ALLEr APPROACH SEE CITY STD. owe. 51.C •
4. 1/ 4 DCB TJUWSVERSB EXPANSI:OH JOINTS SMLL BE
PLACED AT 40' INTERVALS AND 1/B'"x 2• W"'...AltBNED
PLNl'B JOINTS SHALL BE PLACED AT 10' IN'l'ERVALS IR
nm p.c.c. •v• GOTTO, l'OR DC'l'AILS SU C.I'l'Y STD.
DNG. NO. JU.
101
CITY OF COSTA MESA
CALIFORNIA
TYPICAL �ECTION
ALLEY AND V
11 GUTTER
ENGIEERING DEPARTMENT
OllilWN �
ICAI.I �
STD. DWG. NO.
, '8
PARKWAY WIDTHS:
5 1
FOR 50 R/W
10 1
FOR so' R/ W
71 FOR 84
1 R/W
7' FOR 106
1 R/W
8 1
FOR 120
1 R/W
I,
PLAN
·WIDTH-··
CASE IV
CURB RADIUS ( SEE NOTE 2 )
CUT OFF ( SEE NOTE I )
NOTES:
I. THE PROPERTY LINE DIAGONAL CUT-OFF IS
A STRAIGHT LINE DRAWN BETWEEN llfE
R/W LINES ( OR PUE LINES, IF EXISTING)
AT THE BC R. AND ECR.
2. ALL CUfiB RETURN RADII SHALL BE 25
1 UNLESS BOTH STREETS ARE ON THE MAS
TER PLAN OF HIGHWAYS, AND THEN THE
DIAGONAL CUT-OFF SHALL BE FOR A 3S'
CURB RETURN RADIUS.
3. ALL 50
1 STREETS REQUIRE A 3
1 PUBLIC
UTILIZATION EASEMENT, SEE STD. OWG· NO.
114.
?AVEl.!ENT WIOTk
Ol�ENSION PER 0LAN I.;•• :,•r
�--1111'"1 )11111���---L
R=D.5" R=0.5"
---===l=��----...:.��---V. ·:-:-:->
......... �- � i. ·. -: >:.:.:.:.
\.
FIN I SHED Sl.fiF ACE
_
__ ::_..._-1 i) I?:\{''.��;
.... 0 z
... ...
U)
TYPE �A• CURB
PAVEMENT WIDTH
OIJIIENSION FER PLAN
.... ::I.
a: ... a.
.
. ..
. . .
.
. .
. .. . \ . . . . .
\ .
.
. .
. �. : . : r: . : . : . : .
.
.
. .
.
.
. .
. \, .
.. .
. �-
·.�
•):
..
.
..
..
.
..: ·.
: . · .. ·. :_ : ·\: ·
... ·.
� \ �
I. 5" e,••
.
.
1>"-. • ••• •. . •
R=0.5"
.. ·.}·. I f· ·-b" ...: . . . . I . ...: FINISHED SURFACE I u · ·. �· ·. ·,�·�· ·. 0•
TYPE
11 8 11 CURB
Rt. VISED 4-16-86
___ , ____ .._�.._·
.
__ · ._·._�-· ..... -· . .__·.,__. __ __
�TES
11 u.....__ 4 X 9" LG. DOWEL
AT 4'-0" Q.C.
1. 1/4" ExPANSl{'OI JOINTS SHALL BE PLACED AT 40' INTERVALS .AHO AT ALL UJEDIAN NOSES. 1/8" x 2" wEAKENEC l"LANE � "�ASTI.: :c,,,nicL jDflin SMLL BE PLACED "1 10' INT!:'.RVALS.
FOR DETAILS SEE STD. OMG. 'IQ. 314.
2. IXYIIELS FCA 'TYPE "B" O.RB "-\Y BE DELETto •HEN EXTRUOED CDNCRETE IS EIOHOEO TO lltE PAVEJ,16NT WI TH lJ'PAOVEO A[)l,<ES I VE, EXCEPT n,E I SLANO NOSES IIHIOI SHALL BE DOWELED.
3. WHERE MEDIANS ARE LNICSC-"PEO, ClJl'l8 S"IALL EXTEND 6" BELOW SUB-GAAOE AHO BE BACKED WITH-" 20 MIL PL,.STIC "'OISTURE BARRIER THAT OOEHOS 6" BELOW Ct.RS.
C.F. AHO H SHALL BE "ER "'LAN.
�. THESE CURBS ARE NON-w>-ER CARRYING. TRANSITION TO TYPE "C" CUR8 00 GUTTER PER PLAN.
). COtCRETE SMLL BE S"oo-C-3ZSb;.ER CUl'lREN"f EOITH)N OF STAHOf,RO SPECIFICATIONS FOR PuBLIC llOQKS C()ISTRLCTIC'N 5EC. 201-1.1.:.
CITY OF COSTA MESA
CALIFORNIA fA,/N
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT •
1111.awa D)ff:
SCALI NONE.
srD.DIIW.NO.
311
·_,r··
-�
FlNISHED
SURFACE
NOTES:
FINISHED
SURFACE
PAVEMENT WIDTli DIMENSION PER PLAN
,._ "
CRUSliED AGGREGATE BASE
t-2 � ..
CONC. PER LIN. FT. :s O.OGOB4 CU. 'Q)S.
I Cll YD. • 19. 79S�
UN. FT.
TYPE 1'c-61CURB a GUTTER
RWEIIEHT WIDTH DIMENSION PER PLAN
21-011
N
R=I"
CONC. PEii LIN. FT. • 0.0S41S CIL YDS.
I CU. YD. • 15.!50 LIN. FT.
TYPE 'c·S- CURB a GUTTER
2"
s"
6"
•••• i>- ••••• . . . . . .
R=Y2·
I. l/4• EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE PLACED AT 401
IN TERVALS AND. AT ALL B.C.R.' S E.� ANO 1/S'x 2
11 WEAKENED PLANE OR PLASTIC CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE PLACED AT 10' INTERVALS. FOR DETAILS,° SEE STD. _DWG. NO. 314.
2. CONCRE TE SHALL BE S"6o·C!-'3.i5'"c, PER CURRENT EDITION OF STANDARD. SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUSLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION SEC. 201-1.1.2.
3. SUBGRADE RELATIVE COMPACTION SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 90 % . �
VERTICAL OBSTRUCTION
\�·· x It
W+Y
OF DEPRESSED CURB
x
SEE BELOW �Z (W+Y) Yz (W+Y)
FLOW LINE OF GU'l'TER
ft' C.4.8. INJN.) SECTION A-A
x
1/z (W+Y)
I. FOR Cl.RB ANO GUTTE R DE TAILS,
SEE STD. OWG. NO.�
2. FOR JOINT DETAILS, SEE STD.
OWG. NO.�
W+Y
PLAN
3. CONCRETE TO BE 360-C-32.fi:J, PER CURRENT EDITION OF
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FO'R PUBLIC
WORKS CONSTRUCTION SEC. 201-1.1.2
4. ALL DRIVEWAY LOCAT IONS AND DIMENSION S
SHALL BE APPROVED BY TRANSPORTATION
SERVICES ENGINEER ,
1/z (W+Y)
DIMENSIONS:
% MIN. TO t. PRODUCED
x
SEE BELOW
W = 10
1 MIN.-16
1 MAX. FOR RESIDENTIAL
DRIVE WAYS IN R-1 ZONE • Y: 0.
W= 16
1 MIN.-26' MAX. FOR OT HE R
· DRIVEWAYS.
X= 4
1 FOR 6
1 1 CURB FACE.
X= 5
1 FOR 8
11 CURB FACE.
CITY OF COSTA MESA
CALIFORNIA
DEPRESSED CURB
FOR DRIVEWAY APPROACH
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT.
EXMNSION JOINT FILLER
l/4
11 EX�NSION JOINT
40' INTERVALS
.. ·.�.·.· .... ·.· . ·.-.... · ·�·.· .·.· ... ,.. ·.•·.·.•·.-....... > •• • •• ·.i.. ��-. •• •• • •••••• j.. • • • •• • •
. ,. .. "'"�� ... . . .,:. ·. ·. ·. . . .,:. • .,I__\.':>• c:..v- • • • . . . . . .: . . . .·. �. ·. •. • "!-•. •. ·. ·. •!· . r • • •. • · .. :· .:· :· .)··:.<:·{·. ·. >··:-. ··>:-.... :,.._::
CONSTRUCTION JOI NT
1/a" x 2
11 WEAKENED PLANE JOI NT
f 0' INTERVALS
l
CURS e, BUTTER
.�
PK
., .. FOR SIDEWALK
TO CUR8.
PER FT.
COLO JOIHT
SECTION A-A
DIMENSIONS:
P'K• PAIIKWAY WIDTH
s "' SIDEWALK WIDTH I •
&r/ ""'--PKsD" S •4 -4
&0
1 ff!W-PK•lo' 5,.4•_4•
s'
CR!i§HED AGGREGATE BAS£
( T MAX. AGGREGATE)
·� NW--PK• 7• S•41-4. RESIDENTIAL 1 6
1 -4" COIIIIEIICI.AL II INDUSTRIAL
106 1
NW--PK•7
1 1•41
-4· JtEa_JD£lfTJAL. s'-4" CONMEIICIAL a INDUSTlt�L
120
1 1\11'--PK••' 5•41-4• RESIDENTIAL I T'-4" CDIIIIERCIAL II INDUSTRIAL S'• 4
1 -0•
'--i. I
'
2"
- - - -- - - - - - • � �
"S U
;'
LITY E'ASEIIENT REQUIRED FORD' PARKWAY
· 4 P.C.C. SIDEWALK t_
\:
10'.
J.
&UTTER
+ +
10' 10' 10
1 10' I 0
1 A,..._j
PLAN
NOTESt
I. Yl IXNJIIK* ,NHtlT8 IHM.L fl PLACED AT 40' fll'TEINAU AND AT THE END Of' ALL CUN ·I
IIETUIHIS,
1. '9" X � C ... TIIDL OR WDICEH ED . PLANE JO IHTs SHAlL BE PLACED AT IO' l�ll'VAI.S a. DM111D9 ,Ng..,-. .. _,.flllD PLANE JOINTS "°" IIDhAUC IHALL H P'L.Aef:D TO COINCI. Wffll •Olll'R 0,, THS CUIII. "· l'M IJIMI I IIOli'"tlOINT MID RAICINID l'LANlt JODrr DETAILS, 11:E STD. DR. NO. I I 4, &. SIDEWALK THICKIIDS II 4• EXCll'T AT DIIIVDfA'n WHDI fT SHALL H a• THicic."9 ll COIICIIETE SIMU. ·al $!0-C-2�00 PEil CUltllENT EDfTIOH OF STANDAIID SPECIFICATIONS SEC .�01-1.1.z. 't 10• INTKll'VAL -81TWDN 'PIAIIIYQIIE JOINTS NAY II: YAIIIID. IF .IOllhNO DIITINO INNOVENINTI AND AP'PltOYED IY CITY "ENIINtllt.
L WID£N SIDEWALK TO FROVJDE MIH. CLEAR DISTANCE PER STD. DWG. NO,.!..Ll., t. ALL EXPOSED CORNERS OH SID EWALK SHA LL 9E ROUNDED OFF WITH 112• JIAOIIJS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SHO"'" OH ST!>. IMO, HO • .ll!,
DIMENSIONS:
PK•PAJltlC....r WIDTH
&o' RJW--PK :a 101
94' '1/W-- PK:a 7'
10 $1R/W-PK" 71
12o' RIW-- PK:a a'
V,j• �IOH JOINT
10' 10-'
PK
SECTION A-A
4• P.C.C. SIDEWALK
CURB a GUTTER
----1/a •x 2• WEAKENED
PL.AN JOINT DR PLASTIC _CEHlllOL IO'10'
TREE WELL IILOCX OUT lALTERHA
419
l/4 • EXAINSION "OINT
10' 10'
40 1 1/9 • X 2• NED PLAIIE Oii PLASTIC
l:OH1JIOL JOIJfT
PLAN
NOTESr
I. kj EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE PL.ACE> AT 40
1 IHTEIIVAI.S AND AT TIC END OP" ALL
CUii• RETUIIIII.
2. 11."xr' WEAICDED PUJIE 01'1 PLASTIC CONTRO.. JOINTS SHALL H PLACED AT 10' l�AU.
J. EXMNSIOII .tolllTI AND WUJ!EIED P'LANE .,OINTI JrOlt SIDEWAUC SHAU. 111:. P'LACED TO COINCIDE Wmt iKMNTS DI' 11C CUltl,
.... '°" DPIIUIIION .JOIW1' AND WUU:IID l"t.Allt: .,OINT DETAILS ,au STD. DW8. NO. J.U, a. IIDl!:IW.JC THICICNDS II 4• lXCIE"f AT DIIIVIWA'YI WHIEJltE IT IHAU. K •• THICIC. &. CONCRETE SHALL H UO C 2500 P£Jt CUftllt:NT EDITION 0, STANDARD SP£CIFICATIOHS FOii PUBLIC WOltlCS CO NST RUCTION SEC. 201- I. I .I.
7. TREE WELL ILOC,COUTI TO 8! CONSTRUCT ED W/ LOCATION II SPACING Put PLAN. 9, JO' JHTIEIIVAL IETW!llf TlltAHSYEltSE JOINTS MAY IIE YAlllED IF JOINING .... EXIITINO IIIPROYEMIIIT&.
9. AI.L EXPOSED CORNERS "ON SIDEWALK SHALL IE ROUNDED WfTH 112• JIADIUS,EXCEl'T AS OTH£IIIWISE SKOWII ON STD. DWGc�l'ii• 10, WIDIM SIDEWALK Ttl. PflO'YIDI 111111, STANct PEJt STD. DWG,N OL!.I.L..
TH A N ,
CITY OF COSTA MESA
CALIFORNIA
COMMERCIAL �.DEWALK DETAILS
PUBLIC SERVICE DEPARTMENT APPROVED
0...,, W. A.B.
,c:.u NONE
�LIZATION
GUTTER
PLAN
NOTES1
L FOR STANDARD SIDEWALK DETAIU,SH STD. DW8. NO.fil AND/Cit �.
Z. FIRE lfflJRAHTS SHALL l!IE 2' CLEAR r:FF OF TH£ CUR.8 FACE.
3. 110 Y!Rl'ICAL Ol!ISTIIUCTIOH WITHIN � CLEAR OF DIIIYEWAY TOP OF •x:
4. :=-:r.,f.0�� 111.ffT8'"aR#AoWo aV'foc�ofaid.LTINATE LOCAT IOH, :S, AMO POLES, GUT AJIClf(lftS, MD ST.11£lT LIG"TS SHAU H 111• Cl.Ult or, Cllfla FACL
CITY OF COSTA MESA
CALIFORNIA
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT
SIDEWALK OBSTRUCTIONS FLARE
STD. DWG.
413
DIMENSIONS:
PtC • PARKWAY WIDTH
S • SIOEWALX WIDTH SEE MOTE 7
50 1
R/W--PK=5'
50 1
R/'W- -PKa!o'
84' R/W- PK••'
I 06' R,/W-PK•7'
I 2 o' PI/W-- PtCz !'
"y� -Jr.AOIUS VARIES (25' OR 3CI')
s'• .,,·-o·
PK
"i'
NOTES1
PLAN
I. t'4 • !XMHIION JOIN'TI SHAU II P'LACID AT IND OF CUJl8 IIETWINI. va• x z' WEAKEJtED PLANE OR
PLASTIC CONTROL JOINTS
RADIUsa !5 1
2. �.·x 2• WEAICPN!D '1.ANE OR PLASTIC CClflTJIOL JOINTS SHALL If: PLACED SO AS NOT TO EXCUD lo' O.C:. AT It..
1. tr011 EXMNIJON JOINT ANO WEMCIN!D PI.ANE tlOIJiT DffAILl,1!! STD. DWL N0.114 ,
4. CONCIIITI SHALL aE PU CUltltlNT EDITION OF STMDMD SICCll'ICIATIO,;.- P'OII PU8LIC WOIIICS CONSTltUCTION arc. 101.-Ll.1, CLASS szoc-zsoo !5. ILL UW,TJOIIS PEI PLAN. FOii CIIOIS WTTDtS F.L.P. I • .l"Bl STD. 0¥ra. HO • ..,!!L SHALL H IICMN Olt Pl.All. a. ,OJI -STIIEET. l'IAIJIUS DATA, RE STD. owe. NO.�
7. 1U STO. o-.e. NO,.!!! 1.!!l AND .!!.!.. FOii IASI: AHO SIDE...,.LK lllaldEMI.NTS.
CITY OF COSTA MESA
CALIFORNIA
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT
STANDARD .SIDEWALK RETURN .
DRAWN W,A.B,
SCALE NONE
�l OF CROSS-GUTTER
,,
. 4' VARI
f. r
I 'ARIES- SEE PLAHS
�---4-CUR8 a 81.tTTElt
i----R/W LINE
PLAN
NOTES:
I. SMOOTH TIIOWtl. 1• WJDt'. FLOW LINE IN Cl'tOS$•GUTTEJt ANO Sl"AHDRELS. z. AGGIIE8ATE 1A11E THICKNESS FCfl SPAJIDIIELS !HALL IIE THE SAM!: AS P'Dfl atoSS-BUTTEll. l. POU11 CURl!I MOHOUnRCALLY WITH SPAJl1.IIIEL.
0 4,. F'Oft JOINT DETAIL�, SEE STD. DWG. NO. 314 APIO ..f!.1.
5. COIICIIETE SHALL K 160 C 32!50 P!II C\IIUIIJIT mrTlOH Of' STAHDMD SPEOFIC4TIOHS FOii PUE1Q WCRQ CONSTIIUc:ll0111 SEC 201-1.1. 2.
.. AU- ELEYATfOIII IMAU. R PEJI l'I.AN.
7. DISTANCE L RION IIIDOLE DftDINAT! OF CUfllt HTUJIIH TO JOINT SHAU. llt 7' Folt 1• C.I'. Off � f'Ofl 1• C.I' •• a. Alff CAOSS·GUTTI II TO BE CONSTRUCTED ON I.US THAN 0.20 % SHAI.L HAVE DllAIN.HE STllUCl\JIIU COHSTIIUCTEO TO MITIGATE THE ADVEJtSE El'T!CTS OF NUISAlfC!: WATEll AHO FULL CON-1:� AMON W1JH EXl'IIMSION JOINTS WINll \. NO M.ONI !D9t: OI' IUTTR L
CITY OF COSTA MESA
CALIFORNIA
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT
TYPICAL -CROSS-GUTTER.
DltAWff MJC.S,
SCALE NONE
STD. DWG. NCl
4 f 5.
<r
<(
...
SECTION A-A
d-- s
# 3#12·11.u.
DETAIL OF ANCHOR
(SEE HOTES :Sa 7)
NOTES:
a·
L
P.C.C.
INLET
TYPE.II
INLET
TYPE!
z c ..J a.
z 0
a :c .., ..,
c(
z
0 i=
;!
..,
A
PLAN
PROALE
I. FLOOR OF BOX TO BE TR OWELED S .. OOTH.
2. WHEN THE TOE Of' SLOPE IS WITHIN THE 11/W, INLET- TYPE l BEr;IHS AT THE TOE RATHER THAN AT THE R/W LINE.
3. FOlt OPEN DrTCH APl'ftOACHITYPE JI J THE 2'EXTENSIOH IS NOT ltEQlllftED WHEN THE BACK OF WALX 1$ 2'DII MOIIE l"JIOII THE ft/W LIHE. -4. TOP DI" INLE T STIIUCTUftEfTYPE I & J[) TD BE l'LUSH WITH ADJACENT .SUlrf'ACE WMEJltl!: PIIACTICA8U,
5. A HEADED STE EL STUD f X &f WITH HEAD D•l•AT TAatED BY A l'ULL PENl!:TIIATION BIITT WELD MAT Ill USED AS A)! AU"EllMATI: AIICHOA. 111. NOIINAL CUIIB l"ACE AT ioolHT II AND Q 0 a+5" AT PDlflT II AND,._ "1. THI: 3• LEG OF THE IHTUIIOII AHCHOllS SHALL• l"AII.ALLEL TO THI TOI" 01" SIDEWALK.
I. 0. S • AIIO ,¥ A SH.ILL IE POI IMP'ltDYEJIDT l"LANS. ,. CIJR8 BATTER SHALL COWDIHI TO EXIS TINO AOJOIPtlHG cun. SU sro. owe. HO..llL
10. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 5&0 C 3250.
CITY OF COSTA MESA PARKWAY
CALIFORNIA
SECTION-INLET TYPE I
SECTION-INLET TYPER
STEIL LIST
I • ·�1.V,UIIHD AIICHOII
J. ITEltL.t»--·
f-d' ,· z-fu•x.f r •• 7• f-•·
··-·· . • "' . II 2'-ll'"
z'-o• .. . • . • z•-••
z•-•• .. • • .. • ··-:a·
J'-o• . . J • ,, :a'-•·
I'-,· . • . ,. •• �.-
�-o• . . .. "' ,· �-
4�.· 4• •fx r-z+• • ,. . .f •"-•·
s'-o· • • .. • •• .. _ ...
.:...· .. H • • 4• .. -�·
fl-d' • Ir • n -¥' .._ ..
DRAIN NO. I
DIIAWN £ISA..
SCAL! NONE
IJlfLET PER C.UE I OR II
R/W LINE
�
/
(SEE NOTE 3) ---,,;
/I ,
;I � f1
. WALXISEE NOTE2) )
1 I 1i I
1/ f..-11 I
SEE CURB
A
I 0-
� 11., ,,;
!I PLAN
TOP OF CUR8 NE
E.G.
R/W�
i----- PARKWAY WIDTH PER IMPROVEMENT PL.AN--,
NOTE:
FINISHED PARJCWAY GRA DE
I
P.C.C.WAU<(SEE NOTE Z )
SEE INLET
SEE NOTE 3
SECTION A-A
I
R/W
DROP INLET CATCH BASIN SECTIO N
R/W�
. n 2·-0· 1
OPEH om,, PER IYPRDYENarr"' • ...,.. ?
• WALK
�
I
�·- � � - '-6-2
I CASE Il INLET
GRADED DITCH SECTION
CURB PROFILE
a• NORMAL CURB FACE
F.L.
:IEE NOTE 3
.::t<NCIIIMAL T.C.GRADE UfE AS SHOWN ON PROFIL E
CURB PROFILE
s• NORMAL CURB FACE
I. TOP OF INLET SntUCTURE( CASE I ) TO BE FLUSH WITH ADJACEHT SURFACE. z. CONSTIIUCT Jt.c.c. WALK AND CWIB AND GUTTER AS SPECIFIED ON PLAN . MININWI REPLACEMENT OF WALK AND CUIIB AND GUTTER SHALL IIE FIIOM JOINT TO JOINT 01'1 As DIRECTED BY THE CITY EHGINEER.
SEE STD. DWG. 110 • .llia THE CONTRACT PRICE PAID FOR P.c.c. WALK ITEM SHALL INCLUDE WALK CONBTIIUCTED IN CONJUCTION WITH "AllllWAY CULVERT.
l. ONE CIIQLAII � � - Jl'LACKD llr A. l.OCAnDN OTHEIIWISL T HE J?.E SlillLL BE ALH� fOJNDlirr 4470 OR EQUAi. WITH 1Ht Sii& AS·S� ON ........... POii SIZES OTHP THAN s· xs,,,12 H SMALL IIE 10 AHO c.,: 0/ER PIPE SHALL 811!: �D 1• l'CII I • '4. ILET CASE TO H �llED ON INP'II� OR ...... l'LAN.
,.. AN&L£ " a • 11.0tMLS o• ulll.EIS OTHDIIIISJ Sf'ICPll:D. e. TTK,DNl!:NSIOIIS,AHD ELIYA.TIOIIS 0, P.C.C.Olla AMD lil1TTU PEii INPIIOVNENT PL.AH.
7. llfLESS OlHIDIWISE SPEOll'IED,,-11.INE APC> GIIATE l"Olt INLET CASIE t SHILL BE ALKAMIIIA FOUNDRY 14 • X z 4• 1"11'£ A.-24 22 IGALYAHIZtD) OR EOU&L , PLActO LEVEL.
B. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLAS S 5ZOC 2500.
..
PARKWA YS LESS THAN 8
1 I COYEII IIEOUlllED
CASE I: 2
1 X 4' TREE WELL
TREE WELLS
4e"---4
--\i---------1
4 -l:--
1--e
PARKWAYS 8
1 OR GREATER 2 COVEJtS ltEQUlllED
CASE R: 4' X 4
1 TREE WELL
c - ""
""
0 CAK A " c D
I: 4!-d' �-rt'
lt �-o· 4':.r,"
"ff-,r l'-nf
�':.1( ··-itf
. POROUS TR EE WELL COVER
_/Willi ADJACENT
POROUS.PEJtNEAa.E �c.c.
flEINFWtCED:W,JTH �xz_f
l&GWBE WIRE NESH •
DIRTTI> BEFUISH
�
�-�
rl •• nm_�=-: ----.;_;-:;.:.ftt:!.�':"":,:-i_•
. �-:�-..---_,-_-_-_.,.,..,,.,· ........ --.-w-
TYPICAL SECTIONS
NOTES=
I. nra: WEU.S SIIAL.L - PI...M%D Uf>ROXIIIATELY :so' APAIIT, IUT NOT LESS THAN OflE PEit l'lt:SIDEXTIAf. LOT.
Z. LOCATION OF Tiii!! WELLS WILL IIE SUI.JECT TO T� IL"OI.LOWIN• CONDITIONS:
A. zs' FROM c1111a IIETURNS..
L I 5
1 flltOII UMT STANDAIIDS AND li'Owet POLES.
C. la' P110M FIM: HYDIIAKTS,DIIIYEWAYS, HOUSE WALU,UTILITY METERS, l"ED£STALS.
D. 10' P1tOM ALL UTILITY UTIEIIAU AND WAINS.
l. COVERS Allt: TO • COLOllED aUFF usu,. AM ACCEPT.uu: COLOIIUtO AGENT.
4. TWEE WELLS AM: TO SE •.acKP"ILLt:D WFTH CLEAH DlltT .AHD !'LUSH WITH ADJACDIT WALK UNTIL TIIED ARI!'. l"L.AN1'EI.
i-----PA_R_K_W_AY_V_A_Rl_ES_-_S_E _E_P_LA_N_S _(;_S_EE_N_O_TE_B-'--) ----1-ff. , R/W OR
S/W EASEMENT
i-------- VARIES-----+--- 4' (1.22m)
ON-SHE
\MPROVEMENTS
6" ( 15 3mm) C.M.B. PER
STD DWG NO 312
UNDER CURB AND GUTTER
C)�
z ...I -< -== U>w xo
La.I iii
SIDEWALK
TRANSITION AREA
LIMITS PER STD
DWG NO 811
8.33%
MAX
WEAKENED
PLANE JT
CONST JT
JOIN
2% MAX
· .--�- 5· (153mm)·\ .. ·: ·_ - i��J�,c���s· (153mm) CODE 6" (153mm)
MINIMUM CRUSHED MISCEUANEOUS BASE (C.M.8.)
SECTION A-A
N.T.S.
Al
SIDEWALK TRANSITION
AREA (TYPICAL)
(1 /2) W
N�
�ix
(1/2) W
WEAKENED
PtJ\NE JT
4' (1.22m}
<t
WEAKENED
PLANE JT
it, R/W OR
S/W EASEMENT
CONST JT
. JOIN
i----GRAOE I BREAKS-----
CONST JT
EXP JT
2' (610mm) MIN TO
VERTICAL OBSTRUCTION
x
CITY OF COST A MESA
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT
APPROVED BY:
FILE NAME: ST0-513.DWG /
FLOW LINE OF GUTTER
w
A_J
PLAN
N.T.S.
x
EXP JT
2' (610mm) ·>.ON
TO PROJECTED ie_
(TYPICAL)
RESIDENTIAL
DRIVEWAY APPROACH
TYPE I
STD. OWG. NO.
513
REVISED: SHT. 1 OF 2
EXP JT 3/8� (10mm) GUTIER UP
FLOW LINE OF GUTTE
1 2 W
x w
SECTION 8-8
DIMENSIONS N.T.S.
W=10' (3.05m) MIN - 16' (4.88m) MAX 'FOR RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAYS.
X= 4' (1.22m) FOR 6" (153mm) CURB FACE.
X= 5' (1.52m) FOR 8 .. (204mm). CURB FACE.
NOTES:
x
CURB FACE
HEIGHT VARIES
1. ALL DRIVEWAY LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE TRANSPORTATION SERVICES DMSION.
2. THERE SHALL BE ONE DRNEWAY PER PROPERTY.
3. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 560-C-3250 PER LATEST EDITION OF STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONST RUCTION SEC. 201 -1.
4. DEPRESSED CURB IS STR AIGHT GRADED WITH 3/8.,.
(10mm) GUTTER UP.
5. BASED UPON EXISTING SOIL CONDITIONS, THE CllY ENGINEER MAY REQUIRE A K EYWAY AT BACK OF CURB.
6. FOR JOINT DETNLS AND K'f:fWAY DETAIL, SEE STD DWG NO 314.
7. ALL PARTIAL DRIVEWAY RECONSTRUCTION SHALL REQUIRE TIE BARS (#4 x 2 4") AT 24 • ON CENTER.
8. FOR A 5' (1.52m) PARKWAY, A 3' (914mm) PUBLIC SIDEWALK EASEMENT IS REQUIRED AT THE BACK OF RIGHT -OF -WAY /PROPERTY LINE.
CITY OF COST A MESA
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT
APPROVED BY:
FILE NAME: STD-513.D'/¢
RESIDENTIAL
DRIVEWA-Y APPROACH
TYPE I
REVISED:
STD. owe. NO.
513
SHT. 2 OF 2
\
. .
t----P_AA_KW_'A_�_V_:AR_l_ES_-_S_EE_P_LAN_S ....:(:__SE-=E�NO-=-T-=E:......7:..!.)_--1_!t , R/W OR
S/W EASEMENT
i-------VARIE S -----+-- 4' (1.22m)
s· (150mm) C.M.B. PER
STD DWG NO 312
UNDER CURB AND GUTTER
SIDEWALK
TRANSffiON
{SEE NOTE 8)
ON-SITE
2!1: MAX \�£.N1S
-��--.-
6-.-
(
=
150:=m=m...:...)_·:·:-;:-· -r-G:::RAD=-=:E TO JOIN
PE
R
MUNICIPAL
s· (150mm) CODE
5• (150 mm)
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (P.C.C.)
s· (150 mm)
MINIMUM CRUSHED MISCEU.ANEOUS ELo\SE (C.M.8.)
SECTION A-A
N.T.S.
I(
UMITSPER 12W 12W
t-----'STD'---_N_O_B ...... 1-1--+--- DRIVEWAY WIDTH ---i x y
CITY OF COST A MESA
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT
APPROVED:
FILE NAME: ST0-514.DWG
'
. ct_ 4' (1.22m)
FLOW LINE OF GUTTER
w
A_J
PLAN
N.T.S.
y
DRIVEWAY APPROACH-TYPE If
_COMMERCIAL AND MULTI-USE
REVISED:
X 2'
(610mm) MIN
to PROJECTED
PANO/OR
VERTICAL
OBSTRUCTION
e Costa Mesa
SHT. 1 OF 2
..
;· t.
.'[· ... .
� OF DRIVEWAY APPROACH (SYMMETRJCAL)----1
't
BACK OF DRIVEWAY APPROtiCH
CF HEIGHT
VARIES
\. x y (1/2) W
. '
SECTION 8-8
N.T.S.
DIMENSIONS
W= 16' {4.88m) MIN - 26' {7.92m) MAX FOR ALL DRIVEWAYS.
X= 4' {1.22m) FOR 6'" (150mm) CURB FACE.
X= 5' {1.52m) FOR 8'" (200mm) CURB FACE.
Y= 7' (2.13m) ON MASTER PlAN STREETS
Y= 4' (1.22m) ON RESIDENTIAL, NON....:MASTER PLAN STREETS.
NOTES:
1. ALL DRIVEWAY LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE TRANSPORTATION SERVICES DMSION.
.. .
2. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 560-C-3250 PER LATEST EDffiON OF STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION SEC. 201-1.
3. DEPRESSED CURB IS STRAIGHT GRADED WITH 3/8 .. (10mm) GUITER UP.
4. BASED UPON EXISTING SOIL CONDITIONS, THE CITY ENGINEER MAY REQUIRE A KEYWAY AT BACK OF CURB.
5. FOR JOINT DETAILS ANO KEYWAY DETAIL, SEE STD DWG NO 314.
6. All PARTIAL DRIVEWAY RECONSTRUCTION SHALL REQUIRE TIE BARS (#-4 x 2'4j AT 24• ON CENTER.
7. FOR A 5' (1.52m) PARKWAY, A 3' (914-rnm) PUBLIC SIDEWALK EASEMENT IS REQUIRED AT THE BACK OF PROPERTY/RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE.
8. CASE I - SIDEWALK ADJACENT TO CURB ANO GUITER. NO GREENBELT.
CASE II - EXISTING GREENBELT BETWEEN SIDEWAU< AND CURB ANO GUTIER.
CITY OF COST A MESA
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT
APPROVED:
FILE NAME: STD-514.DWG
DRIVEWAY APPROACH-TYPE H
COMMERCIAL AND MUL Tl-USE
REVISED:
STD. OWC. NO.
514.
SHT. 2 Of 2
1200 mm
(4') MIN
y
1200 mm
(4') MIN
y
1200 mm
(4') MIN
y
r ....
GRADE BREAKS
�-
,._
STR _yR m
I
\. x ·I· w -I· x · I�+ A
TYPE A
A
r ....
GRADE BREAKS
TYPE B
A ..... � .... r=�- ·---
w .1
TYPE C
1200 mm
(4') MIN y
L��s mm (1") CF
SECTION A-A
CURB FACE, mm
150 (6") or less
175 {7")
200 (8")
225 (9")
250 (10")
275 (11")
300 (12") i:;r more
N\.irES:
X. mm
900 (3'-0")
1050 (3'-6")
1200 { 4' -0")
1350 (4'-6")
15�0 (�'--o")
i 1650 (5'-6")
1800 (s'-o")
Y, mm
1200 (4'-0")
1425 (4'-9")
1700 (5' -8")
19s11. te'-6") . - \
2175 (7'-3.) ·
2400 (8'-0")
2625 (8' -9")
1. RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAYS SHALL BE 100 mm
( 4") THICK PCC.
2. COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAYS SHALL BE 150 m�
{6�y-·rl:II_CK- PCC.
3. WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS SHALL BE .INS,:ALLED
AT BOTH SIDE OF A DRIVEWAY AND AT
APPROXIMATELY 300.0 mm_ (10') INTERVALS.·
..i., CURB FOR TYPE C DRIVEWAY SHALL BE
INTEGRAL AND MATCH ADJACENT
CONSTRUCTION.
5. REFER TO LOCAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS
FOR AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACCESS
. REQUIREMENTS AND MAXIMUM PERMITTED
DRIVEW AY WIDTHS.
6. DIMENSIONS. SHOWN ON THIS PLAN FOR METRIC
AND ENGLISH UNITS ARE NOT EXACTLY EQUAL
VALUES. iF METRIC UNITS ARE USED, ALL
VALUES USED FOR COl'i3 . ..:-··-... ..,._. �'!.�'' A�
METRIC VALUES. IF ENGLISH UNITS ARE
USEO, ALL VALUES USED FOR CONSTRUCTION
SHALL BE ENGLISH VALUES.
AMERICAN PUBLIC WORKS ASSOCIATION· SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA CHAPTER
PROMULGATED BY THE
PUBLIC WORKS STANDARDS INC.
GREENBOOK COMMlTTEI:
1984
REV.1998
DRIVEWAY APPROACHES
USE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
STANDARD PLAN
METRIC
110 - 1
SHEET1 OF1
I
·! ..
.;·· · ·,.· .,,nr'.:
·,,:1tr1�"-:,
···----· ·-
·.�, -.. · .
,t/ .... :
\�
·- ..... �
I" MINIMUM
2" MAXIMUM
, ;· ··.··· .... ..
.. ·TREE:J�O'OT>··��iRllER
• : •• ... . :.(''/ ,· . !
· .... "- .
12" ROOT PRUNE BARRIER
;'.,
·t
H :·:-- : . - . . •• ·· ··(�.} {�--.,-1;
fJ'Jfr;r:·. : ......
·,�·iirli:; :; .. '..J=t ::-.�;�··("
'"
,
.
.... . ......... ........ �-1.
· .. ·•·. -,
1708
·.SHT. I OF 2
NOTES:
Tree Trimming
l. Prior to root pruning, each tree shall be trimmed to reduce its overall size by one-third Cl/3) and to promote improved growth.
Trirrming shall also provide:
a. Removal of all dead, damaged, diseased, or structurally deficient limbs;
b. Thinning to reduce interior wind resistance;
c. Vertical clearance of 14.0 feet over roadways 9.0 feet over sidewalks;
d. Visual clearance around all traffic control devices and signs; e. An overall balanced appearance.
2. Root Pruning :
Root pruning cuts shall be made immediately adjacent to the sidewalk and shall be 4" wide, IG" deep {measured from the top of the final grade of the sidewalk) and 16'. long centered 8' either side of the center of the tree. The bottom 13" of the root prune cut shall be fille<! with pea gravel, to promote deeper watering, with the top 3" filled with native soil free from rocks or other rri0teriols that would interfere with landscape maintenance tasks. At least 18 months shall tror<:?�!:-e :.ciiore root pruning the opposite of a tree. In general, root pruning would not be performed adjacent to the curb -due to the normal depth of the curb.
3. Root ,control Barrier :
Barrier sholl be fabricated from o high density, high impact plastic, i.e.
Polystyrene, Polyethylene, Polyvinyl Cti]oride, <PVC>, or Acrylonitrile-Butodiene Styrene CABS>. The interior surface shall hove Y2" high Cminirrum> raised vertical ribs spaces 6" to ff' apart the full depth of the barrier and shall be expressly designed for root deflection.
Barrier used for root pruning shall have a minimum depth of 12" with a minimum thickness of 0.06". Barriers shall be 16 feet long in one continuous piece (preferred) or in a corrbinotion of pieces securely fastened wii"h adhesive at Joint points.
)RANGE COUNTY ENVIRONMENT AL MANAGEMENT AGE�
Approved �
dopted: Res. 78-791 Revised: Res. 86-1141; 88-1341: 96-546
TREE ROOT BARRIER
WLZau. frectorof Public Works
STD. PLAN
1708
SHT.2 OF 2
I
OUR REF:
I
SUBJECT:
I TO:
l
I
,.·,: , -·
UNITEi;) STATES.POST OFFICE
WEu13:JDJAZ:am:-9998 <�:.�{��:
DATE: May 30, 1990
Location of mailboxrs P.0.CL:
• •
Ciry o[ Costa. Mesa
MailboxPs shall bP l�catPd -0n thr right hand �idc of th� road way in chr dirPction of rhr delivpry routr PXCPpt on onr way streets where- ch�y may "b£> placed on the _left hand sidP. The bottom of _the .box shall be set ac an c-lrvation <>stablishrc oy the u.,s. Postal Service, usually betWP<>n 3 1 6 11 and 4'0" aOOV<' the roadway surfac£>.
On curbed strc<>ti, thr ro�dsidr fBcP of thr mailoox shall br sec back fr om th<' face of rhP curb a distance becwrpn b and 12 inches. On residential strrrts without curbs.L that carry low traffic volumrs, the ro�dsidr facr of·a mailbox shall br offsrc brt�ern 8 and 12 inchrs brh ind the cdgr of pavrmrnt. 156.54 D.M.M. Loca.tion
Rural boxrs muse br placPd so chat thPy may bP saf<>ly and con vcnirnrly srrvrd by carrirrs without lr a�ing their conv�yancrs.
In all new housing cracks, wr instrucr chr buildcrs to instal }· curolinc dr livcry boxes at 2 ro a posr, at thr prop£>rty line on tn<> curb.
155.262 Hardshi? casrs
a) ChnngPs. in the ·typ<> of dPlivr ry authorizPd for �n ;ira;i will be considered whC'rr. sarvic� by existing mPthods w�uld imp·osc- an rxtrcmP. ph.ysical harcdshi� on an in.dividual cus_tom��� Any .rrqurst for n changr in d,•J iv,•ry mPthods must o,• submi� rr.d in wr.icing. ·Ai>p·roval of rhc-sc r,•quPsts should be ba.s,•Y .u _,;�·,i·-�':· numanitarian and not economic crirrria. Each rr.que�t fo�A c h a n g � i n d ,?I i v a r y _ � "
0 r v i c r. s n o u l d b P r. " a 1 u a t r d o n � h r � a �-ts ·. of the customrr's nards; a ·rrquf'st should. not· oe den.ic>d �o.-lrly. orc. aus,• of incrP.asrd opcrat.ional costs or br.c.aus<' a fa D
l.i.\y .. . ..
IBC'ffll:>C?r or Otht>r i)a.rty may bt' av.;:ii}ablc:> [� rl'>criV<' m;1if'for:r_h_l7'. cusromrr.
.. .
,.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.i
i
.. 1
I
I
Pager lu,J..1.-:.:-;;.u, 117SS, ... ,..,,
MAILBOX IMPROVEMENT WEEK-Continued -�--�-
Exhibit C Exhibir O Th � Federal Highway Administr.ui�� has det�nnined tha� mailbox suppons· ·no than 4 inches by 4 mches· or a 4 Y.z-inch ct· wood post or·a 2-inch diarnet�r standard s,·:...:i!�·,.I . . b . .. .. 1.or-. a ummum pipe, une.d no more than 2-1 inc:his'' sh�uld safely break away if struck by a \·ehicle.�Tht (!la1lb4?x muse als� be securely attache·d to itl'Wft_·to prc:vem separauon when struck. Exhibits E and· j: on p age 12 are detailed .examples of mailbox · mountings and supports suggested by the FHW A. Boxes and supports should also be painted and free from rust.
NOCBUs and .All-Weather.Parcel Lockers
Contrad Delivery Routes ... .. . During Mailbox Improvement Week. postmas-. :. lers/managers or their designees should also Contract del_i�ery route rostomer-s must use· ab ... .r)�:: .:r6:�ew Ndghborhood Delivery and Collection Box approved trad1uonal c.rural-typc or concempotary · · Umts (NDCB Us) and All-Weather Parcel Lockers design box as new or n-placement boxes. in their delivery area to identify any haurds ot ir regularities. Exhibit G on page 13 is a suggested
format for use in conducting the review. R.csults of General Requir•m•.nts The placement of mailboxes on both rural and
contract routes must be safe and convenient tor
earners. The boxes must be on the right-hand side
of the road in the carrier's travel direction so they·
can,;cleliver mail without leavin theiT conv nee. ·•
lS ru e espcoa y app 1es w ere traffic conditions
make it dangerous for the carrier to drive to the left
· in .order to reach the boxes. or when · doing so
would constitute a violation of traffic laws and reg
ulations (apanmcnt house or other mulcple dwell
.ings.:f.m be ocmpted from. this ·rule as described in
-DMM 156.312).
O.n new rural routes, all boxes must be on ·the
n hi-hand side of the road in the dire"ction of th
route me o travel. Box placement must conform
wnh state laws and highway regulations. Rural car
riers are subject 10 the same traffic laws and regula
tions as other motorists. Cus1omcrs must remove
obstructions, including vehicles. trash cal)�. �nd .
snow. that impede efficient delivery. Excepi.'�hen a
box is tcm ranl blocked carriers must have
access lo t c ox 'llo"lt out leaving the Ve"hicle unless authonzed to dismount.
Mailbox Supports
· Suppons for mailboxes should be of adequa&e
strength and size to support the box properly.
However, customers should a,•oid using massive
mailbox suppons that, when struck, could damage
,·chides and cause serious injurv to vehicle occu
.Pants. Hea\7 metal posts. concr�1e posts. and miJ
ccllaneous hems of farm equipment, such as mill:.
cans filled "it h concrete, are examples of potential·
ly dangerous supports. The ideal support is· an as
sembly th:u bends or falls awar Crom a striking vchi·
de. D'-t�i sections 156.531, )56.54, 157.32c, and
• 1 57.4 specify postal regulations regarding con·
s1ruc1ion and placement ofm;iilboxcs and supports
on rural and high\\"ay ct>ntr.act routes.
the review should be recorded.
Employees conducting lhe review must complete
Fonn 1624, Ddivn-y and Collection Equipment IJOTk
Request, for any equipment that poses a safety
hazard to postal · customers or employees. Use
Form 7380; MDC Supply R�quisilion, to request
Form 162-4 from the materid disuibution centers.
Equipment Review.Procedure
Employees should use the NDCBU and parcel
locker Equipment Checklist and Followup Review
i:rocedurc:, Exhibit G, when examining the condi
uon of NDCBU and parcel Ioele.er equipment. This
exhibit may be reproduced locally. They should:
I. List 1hc unit location. type. and manufacturer
in. the lefi·hand column (omit manufacturer if all
items are in order).
�- Assign each checklist ite� one of the following
r.ungs:
OK-Equipment docs not need auerition for
this item.
X-Equipmenl needs attention for this item.
NA-hem docs not apply to this particular
piece of equipment.
3. Examine the following i1ems and annotate Ex-·
hibi1 G:
a. Equipment should be straight. vertical, and
lirml)· moun1ed. Auempt to shake 1he unit; i1
should no1 mol"e. If equipment is not firmly mount
ed. no1e whe1hcr it is the connection ar ground
le\·d 1h;i1 is loose or the �destal 10 cus1omcr com;
par1mcnts connection that needs auen1ion.
b. ChC'ck. \·isible welds. Make note of cracked,
broken, or rustC'd welds.
c. Obsen·e whether the carrier access door is
fockC'.d and secure. Open it and obsen·e that it is
no1 bo\\·cd or warped and 1ha1 the door and locking
b;ar opcra1e smoothly. With carrier access door(s)
open, notic-c if restraining de\•ices pre,·ent the door .·"
POSTAL BULLETIN
Exhibit E
11"
s1::cr,0N ,. ·A
•• 7. 3�r---,
, 1 2 • 7 1 8 , 19 '1 8 �
Wood Filler (Fir) Clo,np awollablt: .....,..
1 •
1 ovtomobil• tailpipe I /4 fittings Dre told
r
A 2- 114" • 3 1lz 110111
1 114 • 42 1/z" Stool Pipe
r� .ts� .�-.. � ..
Steel Pape
48"--------i
42"
I l/4" a ll3 112"
Stiel Pipe
CANTILEVER MAILBOX SUPPORTS
Exhibit F
SPACING FOR MULTIPLE POST INSTALLATION
SINGLE AND DOUBLE MAILBOX INSTALLATIONS
: • 1 •
21566, 5-15-86, Page 5
,R--........ ;.,, .. ti -�·-
= ·=-;: a·
R'\v:l•rl v·! a:1
Pall1' INCU"'MD PAIQl:ll9
IECONOARY HIGHWAY
:1 sz· a.1-11' I ur I a:-1
• 'IWCIL.tND•ND•MQGICCf
COU..ECTOR HIQHW�Y
b Jr a IR' I icl ,rl£:\n:1 wl vi A' I
IICUND•MIDWI-NGP...-.
MAJOR HIGHWAY
B I B lvlv�wlvlvl
l'QIIWIMD .. •IUlf .. NDP.NUllfa
PRIMARY HIGHWAY
TYPICAL CROSS SECTIONS
NOTES: REPER TO MASTER Pl.AN OF BIKEWAYS FOR
8TREET1I REQUIRING BIC'ICI.E FACIUTIEII.
. ADDIJIONAL RIGHTOFWAYMAYBEREQUIRED
TO MEET AAA. ACCEll81BILIIY REQUIREMeNTS
AT BUS STOPS AND DRIVE APPROACHES.
.... �
'{.c�
\. . '\
' (
�>- ......�....
.... ..� I� • /"
'\.
'\. / t!-.
"/ '¢, . .....
ORANGE
ii
, �t, I J IRWIE
I .. ,
I·
/+ ;>(
-1',r
,1
.. ..
'\, ( ' I
-�\
�
er
�<t.�
EiDEK
. is §L ---�. -- --
q, / �
6!.IIRIL -............................. ............................................................................ ...... t\HlflNRP?YMISJPN
Roll.SI. .......,a.,'IKI
Ru.51Hllllt10.1114
Ru.ll'""'llc,(wrktZJ,,tll
Ru.lO'MR ...,....,..,,. \171
h!lhAi,-1&111111 ,.,u.,n:t
n11.,en.:20 ackib1111.1111
Ru.PC,'JHI Dddnt11. UH
A..a.GN74C .IUnll'D.1117
Rd.GP-TI'� ,lllft1\l,.U11'
..... Ra ... �:n'.'111'1
R-. ,c.:ra.,s OcWt1t I. 1111
Rn,p.uac:: O...l.1111
RILa,..as:a Jwr\li,t,Ul.!I
Rc.GNl-11 .,.,..,, •• uu
fld.pe.a1-44 Odcb .. 24,1111
MciOINl��'D.1U4
...... ��1.1117
AU.� ........... U,2000
1111.GPoGU •Jl(lnlbMa,:zoos
LEGEND
-au.a.,,1�2.,ICJ
11-.1t-t1,SqiCwr1:Mnia.1114•
1'u.lW'I Od ..... 2:1,1111
R.11..11-11 Ocklllr11,1n,
,..._,J.CJ ..wi2.U"1s
11u.1•1-a ....._,,s,,m
lkl.JC.144�11.1111
11-.n-a ,Mts.11n
Ka. '1H4 ,Mt s. 1m
11.,,'n,m DlcitnDw11,U71
11-. n-,n NrMrrkrU. un
"-'.IJ.IQ ....._'21,1111
llca.U-lllqlllfflMl'11.UIS
llu.Q.'11 '*""Vl.1111
.... A-17 Mnflll,1112
lld.lWI _...,S.\IM
.... ., .... .,.....,..,..,.
lllc&.'1-1 F11:rV111S.2G01
llu.U.S Odl0Ct11.:IOOS
-
0 MA.JOR(104'R/W)
PRIMARY (80' RJW)
SECONDARY {7Z' R/W)
COLLECTOR (60' R/W)
� RIGHTTURNLANE
t'Lo"1Wf�.:.,a:r=:��
CllY OF COSTA MESA, CALIFORNIA
MASTER PLAN OF HIGHWAYS
AMENDED OCTOBER 18, 2005
GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENT 05-5